ELECT (Combine All)

SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
FOR
DESIGN AND BUILD INCLUDING TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE OF
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
TO
RIVIERA POINT PROJECT

AT 584 HUYNH TAN PHAT, TAN PHU WARD, DISTRICT 7 HO CHI MINH CITY, VIETNAM
Prepared by: J. ROGER PRESTON VIETNAM CO., LTD Alpha Tower (10th Floor) 151 Nguyen Dinh Chieu, Ward 6, District 3, Hochiminh City, Vietnam
MAY 2011
CONTENTS
PART 1 PART 2
FORM OF TENDER (NOT IN USE) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 1 SECTION 2 SECTION 3 SECTION 4 SECTION 5 SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION 10 SECTION 11 SECTION 12 SECTION 13 SECTION 14 SECTION 15 SECTION 16 SECTION 17 SECTION 18 SECTION 19 SECTION 20 SECTION 21 SECTION 22 SECTION 23
GENERAL REQUIREMENT (NOT IN USE) GENERAL DESCRIPTION (NOT IN USE) H.V. SWITCHBOARD & RELATED EQUIPMENT H.V./L.V. TRANSFORMERS H.V. CABLING INSTALLATION LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD FUSED SWITCHGEAR, MCB & DISTRIBUTION BOARDS CONDUITS & ACCESSORIES, CABLE TRUNKING, CABLE TRAYS CABLES BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEM WIRING ACCESSORIES LUMINAIRES LIGHTNING PROTECTION INSTALLATION STANDBY GENERATOR INSTALLATION TELECOMMUNICATION INSTALLATION POWER EARTHING SYSTEM PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (NOT IN USE) MATV/CATV INSTALLATION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM (CCTV) CARPARKING BARRIER SYSTEM (AUTO PAY SYSTEM) AUDIO/ VIDEO INTERCOM SYSTEM CAPACITOR BANK TESTING & COMMISSIONING
SECTION 3 H.V SWITCHBOARD AND RELATED EQUIPMENT MC 3 T TRUNG TH V CC THIT B LIN QUAN
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

SECTION 3 H.V SWITCHBOARD AND RELATED EQUIPMENT MC 3 T TRUNG TH & CC THIT B LIN QUAN
3.1 GENERAL This part of the Specification covers the design, fabrication, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of high tension switchgear and switchboards to be supplied and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall note that this Specification is based on sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) switchgear. The Contractor may offer vacuum switchgear as an alternative provided that the space requirements are complied with. In this case, full technical specification of the proposed switchgear shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for consideration. The H.V. switchgear shall be rated at min. 400 amp, 24 kV indoor single busbar, air-insulated, metal-clad SF6 or Vacuum type. Type-test certificates of the circuit breaker and switchboards shall be submitted with the Tender. The results of all type tests shall be recorded in type-test reports containing sufficient data to prove compliance with the Specification. Complete details of type tests shall be submitted for inspection when requested by the Engineer during tender assessment. Appropriate technical information and literature in English language must be submitted with the Tender. Type-test certificates shall be issued preferably by the Association of Short-Circuit Testing Authorities (ASTA). Test certificates issued by other organisations will only be accepted if the testing authority is established as being of equal standing as ASTA. 3.2 RATING The ratings of the switchgear shall be as follows :Rated voltage : No. of poles : Rated frequency : 24 kV 3 Phase Three 50 Hz
3.1 TNG QUT Phn ny cp r v thit k, nh sn xut, vn chuyn, lp t, kim tra v thm nh cc thit b ng ct v t trung th c cung cp v lp t bi nh thu.
Nh thu s ch rng c im k thut ny ca my chuyn mch ny da trn my ct bng hp cht sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). Nh thu c th s dng my ct chn khng thay th nhng phi m bo khng gian yu cu. Trong trng hp ny, nhng c im k thut ca my c thay th s c xem xt bi Qun l k thut.
My ct trung th s c gi tr thp nht l 400 amp, 24kV trn mt thanh ci, loi cch ly chn khng, lp kim loi SF6 hay loi chn khng. Giy chng nhn kim nh ca CB v my ct s c trnh cng vi gi thu. Tt c cc kim tra s ghi nhn y cc thng s trong bin bn kim tra xc nhn ng cc ch tiu. Tan b nhng chi tit kim tra s c trnh ln Qun l k thut thm nh khi c yu cu trong qu trnh m thu. Thng tin k thut v ti liu bng Anh ng phi trnh cng vi gi thu. Giy chng nhn kim tra c cp bi Hi ng kim nh Association of Short-Circuit Testing Authorities (ASTA) or KEMA. Giy chng nhn cp bi t chc khc ch c chp nhn nu kim tra bi c quan c thm quyn theo tiu chun tng ng ASTA.
3.2 THNG S NH MC Nhng gi tr ca my ct s tun theo cc thng s nh sau : in p nh mc : S cc : Tn s :

3/1
24 kV 3 Phase Three 50 Hz
The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT
u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp

Rated impulse withstand voltage to earth and between poles :
125 kV
in p xung kch chu c gia pha vi t :
125 kV
Rated one minute power frequency withstand voltage to earth and between poles : 50 kV Rated current of circuit breaker : Rated current of busbar : Short circuit rating: Making capacity : Breaking capacity: 400/630 A 1250 A 25kA / 3 sec. 62.5 kA 20 kA R.M.S.
in p tn s nh mc gia in p v ni t v gia cc cc chu ng trong 1 pht : 50 kV Dng nh mc ca CB : 400/630 A
Dng nh mc ca thanh ci : 1250 A Dng ngn mch nh mc: Kh nng ng (nh): 25kA / 3 sec.
62.5 kA
Kh nng ct ngn mch: 20 kA R.M.S. C hai gi tr dng ngn mch, dung lng ng v ct mch s c tnh khi CB ang v tr hot ng SERVICE v s lp t cc thanh ci ni t v mch ni t cng vy.
Both the short-circuit rating, making capacity and breaking capacity, shall apply when the circuit-breaker is being closed in the "SERVICE" location and also with the equipment arranged for busbar earthing and for circuit earthing. The panel shall be a dust and damp protected enclosure to IP5X (BS EN 60529: 1992 or IEC 60529 - Specification for degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code). 3.3 SWITCHGEAR PANEL DESCRIPTION The switchboard shall include the current transformers, voltage transformers, indicator lamps, ammeters, voltmeters, interlocks and protection equipment as shown on the drawings and described in the Specification. 3.4 ACCESSORIES The Contractor shall supply and install the following items complete with any other accessories necessary for the safe and proper operation of the switchboard :a) One set of H.V. test plugs for injection test through the six orifices of the circuit breaker. b) One set of H.V. test plugs for primary injection through the V.T. orifices.
T in phi c bo v chng bi v m t theo IP5X (BS EN 60529: 1992 hoc IEC 60529 - Tiu chun v kn ca v t (IP code)).
3.3 T CHUYN MCH TRUNG TH T chuyn mch gm c bin dng, bin p, n bo pha, ng h o dng, o p, kho lin ng v cc thit b bo v nh trong bn v v c m t trong tiu chun k thut.
3.4 CC THIT B KHC Nh thu s cung cp v lp t ton b nhng mc sau vi nhng thit b cn thit khc t in hot ng an ton v chnh xc.
a) Mt b kim tra in p cao cho kim tra phun thng qua su ci l ca CB . b) Mt b kim tra cao p cho kim tra p ng s b thng qua nhng ng V.T.
u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/2

c) One set of padlocks each with three keys for each padlocking point. d) One key cabinet for padlocks and keys. e) Other necessary miscellaneous items such as heaters, fuse and fuse links for tripping protection, terminal board tag blocks etc. The Contractor shall supply and install any additional relays, contactors, wiring, fuses, M.C.Bs, wiring termination etc. in the switchboard supplied to ensure the proper and safe operation of the switchboard. The switchboard shall be assembled to form a complete flush fronted switchboard and readily extensible at either end. 3.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION The switchboard shall consist of dust and vermin-proof cubicles segregated into single tier compartments. It shall be made from sheet steel of 2mm minimum thickness. The switchboard shall be suitable for all normal and fault conditions and is to withstand repeatedly without distortion or failure, shocks caused by closing and opening of the circuit breaker. Each switchgear unit shall comprise two main portions, a fixed portion housing the busbars, current transformers, voltage transformers, relays, indicating lamps and instruments and a moving portion comprising a carriage complete with SF6/vacuum circuit breaker. A relay and instrument compartment shall be located at the front of the switchgear unit and a hinged door shall be provided for access to the internal wiring and terminals. Moulded gaskets of non-aging material shall be used to provide close sealing. All panels constituting a complete switchboard shall be equal height. Bolted-on rear and top covers shall be designed to gain access to individual circuits without exposing other circuits which may be live.
c) Mt b kho mc vi mi 3 chic cho mi im kho. d) Mt t ng v cha kho. e) Nhng thit b khc nh in tr, cu ch, b ng ct cu ch, v.v
Nh thu s cung cp v lp t nhng rle ph, contactor, dy, cu ch, MCBs, u ni dy v.v c cung cp t in hot ng an ton v chnh xc.
T in s c lp t thnh mt dy lin pha trc v c khong trng hai u c th m rng thm. 3.5 CU TO CHUNG T s c mt bung cch ly chng li bi v cn trng c xp lng vo nhau. N c lm t tm thp c dy ti thiu l 2mm. T phi thch hp trong tt c cc iu kin bnh thng v khi c s c v khng b bin dng, hay h hng, sc khi ng ct CB.
Mi my ct gm hai phn chnh, phn v c nh v thanh ci, bin dng, bin p, rle, n bo pha, v cc thit b khc; phn di ng bao gm b chuyn mch vi my ct chn khng SF6.
Ngn ng dng c v rle c t pha trc t v ca c lp bn l m vo ni t dy v ni dy bn trong. m ca c lm t vt liu khng lo ho. Tt c t in c chiu cao ngang bng nhau. Cht ca np trn v sau c thit k d dng thao tc trong tng t ring r m khng cn m nhng ni ang c in khc.

All steel metalwork must be treated to prevent rusting and shall be complete with polyester powder paint finish. The colour of the panel finish shall be manufacturers standard. Instruments and relays shall be finished in black. A continuous earth bar shall run along each board for the efficient earthing of all sections. 3.6 SWITCHBOARD LAYOUT The Contractor shall ensure that sufficient space shall be available for both front withdrawal of circuit breakers and rear termination of power cables. A rubber insulating mat of 1m wide in switchboard length and 2 or 3mm thick, complying with BS 921, shall be provided in front of the switchboard panels. 3.7 BUSBARS AND CONNECTION Busbars and connections of a cubicle shall be of copper in accordance with BS 159: 1992 Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections, BS 1977: 1991 Specification for high conductivity copper tubes for electrical purposes, NEMA BU 1.1 Busways, UL 857 - Underwriters Laboratories Busway Standard in respect of current rating and material analysis. Primary busbars shall be contained in a separate compartment within the switchboard and access shall be possible only by means of bolted-on sheet steel covers which shall be clearly marked "BUSBARS". Busbars and busbar connections shall not be exposed when covers and doors are open for access to the remainder of the switchgear. Busbars shall be readily extensible. Each phase conductor of the primary busbars, including all through joints and tapping connections shall, in addition to being spaced at such intervals as to give the necessary air clearance for the voltage rating, be completely insulated or epoxy encapsulated in an approved manner, priority of using Rounded Edge Copper
The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT 3/4
Tt c tm kim loi phi c s l chng r st v c sn bng bt polyester. Mu sn s l mu ca chnh hng. Cc thit b v rle s hon ton l mu en. Thanh ci ni t s chy dc mi t ni t an ton cho tng phn.
3.6 S SP T T CAO P Bn thu phi m bo khng gian mt trc CB c ko ra d dng v mt sau t u ni cp.
Theo BS921, mt tm thm cao su cch in c chiu rng 1m s tri di theo mt trc t in v c b dy 3mm.
3.7 THANH CI V U NI Thanh ci v s u ni trong mt t phi tun theo BS 159 : 1992 - Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections, BS 1977: 1991 Specification for high conductivity copper tubes for electrical purposes, NEMA BU 1.1 Busways, UL 857 - Underwriters Laboratories Busway Standard t bit i vi gi tr dng in v cht liu u ni.
Nhng thanh ci chnh s t trong mt ngn ring bit trong t in v ch c th tip cn c qua tm thp che bt bulong v c dn cnh bo BUSBAR. Thanh ci v u ni s nhn thy c khi np che v ca m ra tip cn nhng phn cn li trong t. Thanh ci phi c th ko ra mt cch d dng.
Mi pha ca thanh ci chnh, gm tt c nhng im u ni t u n cui v b ni ly ngun s lm tng thm khong cch cho khong trng khng gian cn thit cho in p, c cch in hon ton hay c epoxy bo v thch hp, u tin s dng vin trn bng thanh ng v ng lt bn trong vi ph kin l inox. Khng c s dng

busbar and Inter-unit Bushing with Stainless steel support sheet. Taping will not be accepted. Primary busbars, connections and their supports shall be of an approved type and shall be capable of carrying the short-time current associated with their short-circuit ratings for a period of 3 seconds. Where busbar supports use insulation of moulded or resin-bonded material, it shall have a durable anti-hygroscopic surface finish with high anti-tracking properties. The connections from busbars in individual units shall have a continuous current rating of not less than that of the equipment comprising the unit. At all points when connections or joints occur, the busbars and connecting pieces shall be tinned or silver-plated and all bolts for joints shall be of high tensile steel. The resistance of any length of conductor containing joints shall be no greater than that of an equal length without a joint. All bolts must be special bolts of manufactures, not permit to replace any bolts eventhough allowance of Engineer. Primary busbars and connections shall be marked clearly and shall be placed for standard phase sequence Red (R), Yellow (Y) and Blue (B) counting from front to rear, top to bottom or left to right as viewed from the switching device operating mechanism side. 3.8 CIRCUIT BREAKER Circuit breakers shall be 24 kV, 3 phase SF6 types with making capacity, short time current rating, operating duty of the circuit breaker and the performance of all trip coils in compliance with BS 5311: 1988 - Specification for highvoltage alternating current circuit-breakers and/or IEC 60694 High voltage a.c. Switchgear and control-gear-circuit breakers for rated voltages above 1000V for a breaking capacity of 25 kA rms.
bng cch in.
Thanh ci chnh, s u ni v nhng thanh gi ca chng phi l loi c cho php s dng v c kh nng chu c dng ngn mch nh mc trong thi gian ngn mch l 3 giy.
Khi thanh gi thanh ci s dng cch in loi c hay loi nha, chng phi c lp bn chng rt m trn b mt.
Cc im ni t thanh ci trong cc b ring l s c dng nh mc lin tc khng nh hn cc thit b bao gm. Ti nhng im chuyn tip hay im ni, thanh ci v nhng u ni s bng thic hay m bc v tt c bulong phi l thp chu lc. in tr ca dy dn c u ni khng c ln hn ci c chiu di tng ng khng c u ni.
Cc bu lng phi l loi c sn xut t bit, khng chp nhn thay th bt c bu lng no m khng c s ng ca Qun l k thut. Thanh ci chnh v u ni phi c nh du r rng v c t theo th t pha (R), Vng (Y), Xanh (B), tnh t trc ra sau, t trn xung , hay t tri qua phi khi nhn t pha thit b ng ct c kh.
3.8 CU DAO T NG (CB) CB l loi 24kV, 3 pha vi kh nng ng (nh) loi SF6, gi tr dng ngn mch, chc nng hot ng v hiu sut lm vic phi ph hp vi BS 5311: 1988 - Specification for high-voltage alternating current circuit-breakers v/hay or IEC 60694 High voltage a.c. Switchgear and control-gear-circuit breakers for rated voltages above 1000V cho dung lng ct l 25 kA rms.

The moving portion of each circuit-breaker unit shall consist of a three-pole circuit-breaker with operating mechanism, primary and secondary disconnecting devices, auxiliary switches, position indicators and the necessary control wiring all mounted on a substantial steel framework. The framework and all metal parts of the moving portion apart from current carrying parts, shall be solidly earthed via the fixed portion. The earthing of the moving portion shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Means of registration shall be provided so that circuit breakers may be readily placed and secured in the correct position in the fixed portion. SF6 circuit breakers shall consist of a cylindrical mild steel gas enclosure with six individual sealed epoxy resin bushings. The drive shaft to the moving contacts shall pass through a rotating gas seal. The normal pressure of the SF6 gas shall not exceed 4 bar. The leakage rate of SF6 gas shall be less than 1% per annum. The SF6 circuit breaker shall be capable of interrupting its rated normal current at atmospheric pressure. Fixed and moving contacts, complete with arcing contacts, shall be provided for each phase. 3.9 OPERATING MECHANISM The circuit breaker shall be provided with motor charged spring, electrical closing, mechanical hand close, electrical shunt trip and mechanical hand trip facilities. A 4-digit operation counter shall be provided to register the number of operations. The mechanism shall be trip-free type so that the circuit-breaker shall be free to open during the closing operation immediately its tripping device operates. The circuit breaker shall be capable of closing fully and latching against its rated making current. Facilities shall be provided for manual slow closing and slow opening of the circuit breaker for maintenance purposes. The circuit breaker shall be so designed that these facilities cannot be used when the circuit breaker is in the service or earthing position.
Phn ng ca CB gm mt CB 3 cc c c cu hot ng bng c kh, thit b ng ct chnh v ph, cng tc ph, hin th v tr v dy iu khin, tt c c gn trn mt khung thp chc chn. Khung thp v tt c phn kim loi ca phn ng t nhng phn mang in s tch ri vi phn c in thng qua cc phn c nh. Ni t ca cc phn ng s c chp thun bi Qun l k thut. C ngha rng s chp thun s c cung cp cc CB c th thay th v c m bo trong v tr ng trong v tr c nh.
SF6 CB gm c mt ng kh thp nh hnh tr gn 6 ng nha tng hp ring l. Trc ko ng ct cc tip im s i qua mt m kh xoay. Ap sut bnh thng ca kh SF6 khng vot qu 4 bar. S r r ca kh SF6 s khng vt qu 1% trn 1 vng. CB SF6 c kh nng ct dng din nh mc ca n ti mt p sut kh. Mi pha s c nhng tip im ng, c nh, nhng tip im khng c h quang in.
3.9 C CU C KH CB c m t sc dng l xo, cun dy ng, phn c kh ng bng tay, thit b ct bng in v bng tay, cc cun ct bng tay v bng in. Mt b m s ln hot ng vi 4 ch s.
Phn c kh l loi t ct CB ct ngay lp tc nu ng CB khi cun ct ang hot ng. CB phi c kh nng ng hon ton v gi li ti gi tr dng nh mc ca n. CB cn c kh nng ng, m chm bng tay thun li cho vic bo tr. CB cng s c mt s tin dng khc c thit k nhng khng s dng n khi CB a vo s dng hay b tr ni t.

The protective circuit shall be suitable for operation from a 30V D.C. battery supply. The following coils shall operate continuously with their coils at an ambient temperature of 40oC, over a voltage range as follows :Spring charge motor : 85 - 110% of nominal supply voltage Closing solenoid : 85 - 110% of nominal supply voltage Shunt trip release coil : 70 - 100% of nominal supply voltage Auxiliary switches shall be provided to interrupt the closing supply or the tripping supply when the operation of closing and tripping respectively has been completed. All operating coils for use on the D.C. supply shall be connected so that failure of insulation to earth does not cause the coil to become energised. Tripping and closing circuits shall be provided with fuse in each pole on each unit and shall be independent of each other and all other circuits. Approved, positively driven mechanically operated indicating devices shall be provided to indicate whether a circuit breaker is in the open or closed service, isolated, test or earthed positions. 3.10 ISOLATING DEVICES AND SHUTTERS When isolation is effected by withdrawal of the circuit breaker, provision shall be made for positively locating the circuit breaker in the service, isolated and earthing positions. Stops shall be provided to prevent over-travel and each position shall be clearly indicated. A mechanical selector mechanism shall be utilised such that when a particular position is selected it is impossible to locate the circuit-breaker in any other position. Isolating devices shall incorporate self-aligning
Mch bo v s hot ng c t in p 30V DC cung cp t bnh ac quy. Nhng cun dy sau s hot ng c lin tc ti nhit 40oC, cp in p hot ng nh sau:
M t sc : 85 - 110% in p nh mc Cun dy ng : 85 - 110% in p nh mc Cun dy ct : 70 - 100% in p nh mc
Nhng tip im ph c s dng tng v tr ring ca CB khi c ng hay m.
Tt c cun dy hot ng phi s dng ngun DC trnh cun dy hot ng khi cch in i vi t b h.
Mch ng ct phi c cu ch bo v cho mi cc v ring r vi nhau v vi nhng mch khc.
Thit b hin th v tr lm vic ca CB c trang b xc thc n ang m hay ng, kim tra, cch ly khi mch hay c ni t.
3.10 THIT B CCH IN V NHNG L CHN Khi CB c ko cch ly ra khi mch, s c nhng hin th ch r tng trang thi v tr hot ng ca CB, v tr cch ly v ni t. S c v tr dng trnh CB khng b ko ra qu mc v mi v tr s c hin th r rng. Mt nm xoay bng c kh s c s dng khi tng v tr ca CB c chn, CB khng th t vo nhng v tr no khc c.
Thit b cch ly s lin kt vi nhng tip im t


contacts, the fixed contact of which shall be such that access can readily be obtained for maintenance purposes.
sp xp, tip im c nh, d dng kim tra trong cng tc bo tr.
Metal shutters shall be provided to completely shroud fixed isolating contacts of the circuit-breaker busbar and feeder circuit. These shutters shall be opened and closed automatically by the movement of the circuit breaker carriage and shall prevent access to the fixed isolating contacts when the circuit breaker is withdrawn. The shutters for the fixed isolating contacts connected to busbar and cables shall have independent operating mechanisms. Shutters for the busbars shall be painted red and with white lettering BUSBAR. Those for the circuits shall be painted yellow with white lettering CIRCUIT. To facilitate testing, a device shall be provided for fixing, but not locking, shutters in an open position. The device shall be arranged so as to be cancelled by the moving portion, to ensure that the automatic feature of the shutter is restored. Self-aligning plug and socket isolating devices of an approved design shall be provided for all auxiliary circuits. 3.11 PADLOCKING FACILITIES The Contractor shall supply sufficient padlocking facilities for the following functions :a) To lock closed, compartment door. the circuit breaker
L chn kim loi c trang b che chn nhng tip im cch ly c nh vi thanh ci ca CB v ca mch. Nhng l chn ny s ng, m t ng khi di chuyn CB v ngn khng tip xc vi nhng tip im cch ly c nh khi CB c ko ra. Nhng l chn cho nhng tip im cch ly c nh c ni n thanh ci v s c c cu hot ng c lp. Nhng l chn bo v thanh ci s c sn v ch trng BUSBAR. Nhng phn khc trong mch s c sn vng vi ch trng CIRCUIT.
d dng cho cng tc kim tra, s c mt thit b gi c nh, nhng khng phi l kho, nhng l chn v tr m. Thit b s c sp xp bi b phn chuyn ng, m bo rng tnh nng t ng ca nhng l chn c khi phc.
Trong thit k s c nhng plug v cm cch ly t sp xp c lp t cho tt c cc mch ph.
3.11 NHNG B KHO Nh thu s cung cp nhng b kho phc v cho nhng chc nng sau: a) ng kha, ca t cha CB.
b) To lock closed, each safety shutter in circuit breaker compartment. c) To lock closed, the V.T. safety shutters. d) To disable the manual "TRIP" device when the circuit breaker is in the "EARTH" position and "CLOSED".
b) ng kho mi l chn an ton trong ngn cha CB. c) ng kho, nhng l chn an ton V.T d) cch ly thit b hot ng "TRIP" bng tay khi CB ang v tr "EARTH" v "CLOSED".

e) To lock the selector mechanism on circuit-breaker isolated and service positions. 3.12 INTERLOCKING FACILITIES Mechanical & electrical interlocking facilities shall be provided to prevent the following operations :a) Withdrawal/insertion of circuit breaker into the isolating contacts unless the circuit breaker is in its open position b) The closing of a circuit breaker unless it is in its service, isolated, earthed or completely withdrawn position c) Closing of a circuit breaker in service position unless the auxiliary contacts are made d) Insertion of a circuit breaker into service position when its pole parts are not in their proper positions e) Closing of earthing switch when the circuit breaker is in closed position or vice versa f) Closing of a circuit breaker unless its spring is full charged 3.13 EARTHING AND EARTHING DEVICES All metal parts other than those forming part of an electrical circuit shall be connected in an approved manner to a hard-drawn, high conductivity copper earth busbar which shall run the full length and be bolted to the main frame of the switchboard without joint. The earth busbar shall be rated to carry currents equal in magnitude and duration to that associated with the short circuit rating of the equipment. Minimum size shall be 50mm x 6.4mm. The design and construction of the equipment shall be such that all metal parts, other than current carrying parts, or withdrawal equipment are earthed before the primary connections are made.
e) kho nm vn c kh trn CB cch ly v v tr lm vic. 3.12 KHO LIN NG Kho lin ng c v in s c trang b ngn nhng hot ng sau: a) S ko hay ci CB vo trong nhng tip im cch ly tr khi CB vo trong ng v tr m ca n.
b) ng CB tr khi n ang v tr hot ng, cch ly, ni t hay hon ton c ko ra.
c) ng CB vo v tr hot ng tr khi nhng tip im ph c sn sng.
d) a CB vo trong v tr hot ng khi nhng cc ca n cha vo ng v tr. e) ng tip im ni t khi CB v tr ng hay ngc li. f) ng CB tr khi l xo sc .
3.13 NI T V NHNG THIT B NI T Tt c nhng phn kim loi khng thuc v mch in s c ni theo mt kiu cho php ko ra, thanh ng c tnh dn in cao s chy di khng ni gia v c bt bu long vo khung chnh ca t in. Thanh ni t phi c kh nng mang ti vi dng in nh mc v trong sut thi gian c dng ngn mch xy ra trn thit b. Kch thc nh nht l 50mm x 6.4mm.
Thit k v lp ni t s gm tt c nhng phn kim loi, tr nhng phn mang in, hay nhng thit b di ng th s c ni t trc khi ng mnh.

Metal cases, supports and bases of all instruments, relays or other associated components mounted on the switchgear shall be connected to the earth busbar by conductors of not less than 2.5 mm2 cross sectional area. When components are provided for mounting separately, each shall be provided with an earthing terminal not less than 35 mm2 cross sectional area. Integral busbar earthing by means of the circuit breaker shall be provided on circuit breakers. Busbar earthing shall only be possible when all the circuit breakers which can feed the busbars are locked open. With the circuit earthed, shutters over unearthed fixed main isolating contacts shall be closed. Earthing facilities employing earth switches are not acceptable. Earthing switch with fault making capacity for cable termination shall be provided. Earthing switch shall be designed for high speed operation independent of operator. Earthing devices shall have a short circuit rating equal to that of their associated circuit-breaker. Padlocking facilities shall be provided for the purpose of preventing inadvertent earthing. Labels shall be provided to show whether the equipment is prepared for "SERVICE", "BUSBAR EARTH" or "CIRCUIT EARTH". Such indication shall be visible from the front of the equipment at all times. 3.14 TESTING FACILITIES All circuit breaker units shall be provided with facilities to enable high tension tests to be carried out. Provision shall also be made for temporarily completing the auxiliary circuits when the circuit breaker is isolated and withdrawn, to enable the functioning of the circuit breaker to be tested.
Thng kim loi, gi , v ca nhng dng c, r le hay nhng thit b lin quan khc gn trn my ct s c ni vi thanh ci t bng dy dn khng nh hn dy c tit din 2.5mm.
Khi nhng b phn cung cp c lp ring r, mi ci s c lp bng mt u ni t khng nh hn 35mm.
Ni t thanh ci bng CB s c trang b trn CB. Chng ch c th c ni t khi tt c CB, ci m c th a thanh ci vo c m kho. Vi mch c ni t, nhng l chn bn trn nhng tip im cch ly c nh chnh khng ni t s b ng. Dng nhng cng tc ni t th khng c php.
Cng tc ni t c bo v cho u ni cp khi ng mch s c cung cp. Cng tc ni t s c thit k cho hat ng tc cao khng ph thuc vo ngi vn hnh. Thit b ni t s c mt gi tr dng ngn mch tng ng vi CB ca n. Kho s c trang b ngn nga s ni t ngoi mun. Nhng nhn thng bo s c cung cp ch thit b sn sng cho "SERVICE", "BUSBAR EARTH" or "CIRCUIT EARTH". Nhng nhn thng bo s lun c nhn thy t mt trc ca thit b. 3.14 THIT B KIM TRA Tt c CB s c nhng thit b cho php kim tra in cao p.
Nhng mch ph cng s c lp t tm thi khi CB c cch ly v ko ra, cho php kim tra nhng chc nng lm vic ca CB.

When current transformers and protective relays are fitted, facilities shall be provided for primary and secondary injection tests to be carried out. These facilities shall be such that wires and connections need not be disconnected for the tests to be carried out. 3.15 MECHANICAL INDICATION Indication shall be provided to clearly indicate whether a circuit breaker is in the open or closed, service, isolated, test or earthed position. Positively driven mechanical indicating devices shall also be provided on all equipment to indicate the following where applicable :Circuit breaker "OPEN" or "CLOSED" Circuit breaker "SPRING FREE" "SPRING CHARGED" or
Khi bin dng v r le bo v c lp, thc hin c, nhng cng c ny s c kim tra s phu s cp v th cp. kim tra, nhng thit b h tr nh dy dn, u ni cn thit khng cn tho ra.
3.15 HIN TH C KH S hin th phi r rng bit trng thi CB ang m, ng, hot ng, cch ly, kim tra hay ni t.
Thit b hin th phn chuyn ng c kh s c trang b trn tt c thit b ch nhng trng thi sau: CB "OPEN" or "CLOSED" CB "SPRING CHARGED" or "SPRING FREE"
3.16 AUXILIARY SWITCHES Approved, positively driven in both directions, auxiliary switches shall be provided on all circuit-breakers and isolators for indication, control and interlocking. Auxiliary switches shall be strong, have a positive wiping action when closing and shall be mounted in an accessible position clear of operating mechanisms. Auxiliary switches shall be designed to make, break and shall carry, without undue heating, the current of their associated circuit. Auxiliary switches shall be rated for 10A operational current and shall be capable of breaking at least 2A at 220V D.C. with a circuit time constant not less than 20 ms. Not less than eight spare auxiliary switches shall be provided with each circuit-breaker and not less than four with each isolator. Each spare contact shall be readily changeable from normally open to normally closed and vice versa. All auxiliary switches shall be wired up (via
3.16 CNG TC PH Nhng cng tc ph, c php s dng, c kh nng thay i trng thi mt cch r rng c hai hng, s trang b trn tt c CB v hp cch in hin th, kim sot v kho ln nhau. Nhng cng tc ph phi chc chn, dt khot khi ng v s c lp trn v tr thun tin cho s hot ng v mt c kh.
Nhng cng tc phu c thit k s dng cho ng ct dng din trong mch nhng khng gy qu nhit. Nhng cng tc ph c dng in cho php l 10A v th ct ti gi tr t nht l 2A-220V DC vi thi gian ln hn 20 ms.
Mi CB s c nhiu hn 8 cng tc ph d tr v 4 ci cho mi mt b cch ly. Mi cng tc d phng phi d dng i trng thi t thng m sang thng ng v ngc li. Tt c cng tc ph s c ni (thng qua thit b ngt th cp nu khng c thit b ko ra c) n trm ni dy trn mt
3/11

secondary disconnecting devices if no withdrawable equipment) to a terminal board on the front of the fixed portion arranged in the same sequence for each individual unit of the same type. 3.17 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATERS Anti-condensation heaters of an approved type shall be provided inside each cubicle. They shall be thermostatically controlled, shrouded and located so as not to cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment. The heaters shall be switched by a double-pole miniature circuit-breaker, with a "cubicle heaters on" indication lamp which shall be installed on the front panel of the switchgear. The heaters shall operate from a 240V 50 Hz single phase A.C. supply. 3.18 INSULATORS Minimum insulator lengths for enclosed indoor-type circuit breakers shall be as follows :Rated voltage Minimum length of insulator in air 3.19 CURRENT TRANSFORMER Current transformers shall comply with BS 7626 : 1993 - Specification for current transformers and/or IEC 60185 Current transformers for measurement and protection and shall be suitable for the operation of protective gear, instruments and/or metering equipment. The design characteristics shall be to the Engineer's approval. The current transformers for each panel shall be of the rating as indicated on the Contract Drawings. The short time current rating of the primary windings of the current transformers shall be not less than that of the associated circuit breaker. The secondary windings of each set of current transformers shall be capable of being open circuited for one minute with the primary winding
trc ca phn c nh c sp xp theo cng th t cho ring tng ci cng loi.
3.17 IN TR SI in tr si chng ngng t cng chng loi s c lp trong mi ngn t. Chng c kim sot bng thermostat. Chng c che y v t sao cho trnh gy nguy him cho ngi v h hng thit b. Chng c cp ngun bi MCB 2 cc, vi mt n hin th "cubicle heaters on" c lp ng trc t in. Ngun cp l 240V 50 Hz mt pha AC.
3.18 CCH IN Chiu di cch in ti thiu cho loi CB trong nh nh sau: in p nh mc Khong cch cch in ti thiu 3.19 BIN DNG Bin dng s theo tiu chun BS 7626: 1993 Specification for current transformers v/hay IEC 60185 Current transformers for measurement and protection v phi ph hp bo v thit b, dng c, hay thit b o lng. Tiu chun thit k phi c Qun l k thut ng . Cc bin dng cho mi t phi c gi tr nh c ch trn bn v. : : 24 kV 127mm
: 24 kV : 127mm
Gi tr dng in khng thng trc ca cun s cp phi ln hn CB bo v n. Cun th cp s phi ct mch trong vng 1 pht khi cun s cp mang dng in nh mc.

carrying the rated current. Current transformers shall be air-insulated and shall be mounted in the fixed portion of the switchgear with a method of securing in position such that undue mechanical pressure cannot be exerted on the transformer windings. CT characteristics, including magnetization curves of each type of current transformer shall be submitted for approval. All current transformers shall be installed with the P1 terminals adjacent to the busbars. The polarity of the primary and secondary windings of each current transformer shall be clearly indicated and labels shall be fitted in a readily accessible position to indicate the ratio, class and duty of each transformer. Current transformers for indication or metering shall have their secondary windings earthed at the switchgear. The secondary windings of current transformers for protection shall be earthed at the panel which accommodates the associated relay. The relay connection shall be made via a removable link. 3.20 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER Voltage transformers shall be provided for the operation of the protective gear, voltage regulating equipment and instruments. Voltage transformers shall comply with BS 7625 : 1993 Specification for voltage transformers and/or IEC 60186 Voltage transformers for measurement and protection and shall be of the following rating :a) System Voltage : 22 kV 3 phase 50 Hz b) Highest Equipment Voltage : 24 kV c) Transformation Ratio : 22 kV/110 V d) Rated Output per Phase : 200 VA e) Accuracy : Class 0.5 for measurement
Bin dng s cch in chn khng v c lp trn phn c nh ca b chuyn mch mt cch m bo sao cho lc c kh tc ng ln bin dng khng c qu mc.
c im ca CT, nh ng cong t ho ca mi loi bin dng phi c xem xt v ng .
Tt c bin dng phi c lp t bng u ni P1 gn vi nhng thanh ci. Cc ca cun s v th cp ca mi ci phi c hin th mt cch r rng v nhn phi t v tr sao cho d dng c oc t s, loi, cng sut ca mi ci.
Bin dng hin th hay o lng s c cun s cp ni t ti switchgear. Cun s cp ca bin dng bo v s c ni t vo ni cung cp cho nhng r le. u ni r le s c ni bng u ni c th m c.
3.20 BIN P Bin p c cung cp cho hot ng ca thit b bo v, nhng dng c v trang thit b n p, bin p phi ph hp vi tiu chun BS 7625 : 1993 Specification for voltage transformers v/hay IEC 60186 Voltage transformers for measurement and protection v s c nhng gi tr sau:
a) in p h thng : 22 kV 3 phase 50 Hz b) in p ln nht : 24 kV c) T s bin p : 22 kV/110 V
d) in p ng ra mi pha : 200 VA e) chnh xc : Class 0.5 for o m


f)
Voltage Factor : 1.2 continuously & 1.5 for 30 sec
f)
H s in p :1.2 lin tc & 1.5 for 30 sec
g) Insulation Level : 60 kV R.M.S. V.T.'s shall have two separate windings for primary and secondary and shall be dry type with epoxy encapsulation. They shall be housed in naturally air-cooled totally enclosed sheet steel enclosures and shall be of isolating and retractable type. The primary winding shall be connected through renewable fuses to BS 2692 - Fuses for voltages exceeding 1000 V A.C.. with current limiting features. Secondary windings shall be connected through circuit breakers labeled to indicate their function and phase colour, to the appropriate circuits. Primary fuses shall only be removed when the V.T. is entirely withdrawn out at the isolated position. Voltage transformers shall be capable of being connected and disconnected from the equipment whilst in service. Facilities for padlocking in the service position shall be provided. A set of safety shutters, capable of being padlocked, shall be provided to automatically cover the fixed contacts when the V.T. is isolated. Particulars of shutters shall be identical to those for circuit breakers. The shutters shall operate automatically by positive drive activated by movement of the V.T. assembly. Class of insulation for components and windings shall be Class F. V.T. secondary windings shall be earthed at the switchgear through a link which can be removed for insulation testing. The earthing of voltage transformers shall be approved by the Engineer. Secondary circuits of voltage transformer shall not be paralleled. Connections to primary isolating contacts shall
g) Loi cch in: 60 kV R.M.S. V.T. s c hai cun s v th cp cch ly v l loi kh c bc epoxy. Chng s ct trong khng kh t nhin, hu nh c lm bng thp l, cch in, v l loi co gin c .
Cun s cp s c ni qua cu ch c th thay c theo BS 2692 - Fuses for voltages exceeding 1000 V A.C.. c t tnh gii hn dng. Cun th cp s c ni qua CB c dn nhn ch chc nng ca chng v mu pha trong mch ca chng.
Cu ch ca s cp ch c tho ra khi V.T hon ton c ko ra khi v tr c cch ly
V.T phi c kh nng ni v tho c ra khi thit b trong khi ang ch vn hnh. B kho v tr ang vn hnh s c trang b. Mt b l nhng l chn bo v c chc nng kho c, cng s c trang b t ng che nhng tip im c nh khi V.T c cch ly. Nhng l chn s c t im ging nhau so vi nhng CB ca chng. Nhng l chn s hot ng t ng bi b truyn ng c kch hot bng ng tc tho V.T.
Loi cch in cho V.T v dy l loi F.
Cun th cp ca V.T. s c ni t ti b chuyn mch bng mt u ni c th tho ri kim tra cch in. S ni t ca V.T s phi c Qun l k thut ng . Mch nh th ca V.T khng c ni song song.
S u ni n nhng cng tc cch ly chnh s c


have a thermal current rating of 200A and a short circuit capacity of the following :Rated highest equipment voltage : 24 kV
mt gi tr dng in sinh nhit l 200A v dung lng ngn mch nh sau: in p nh mc ln nht ca thit b : 24 kV
Rated short circuit breaking current : 25 kA R.M.S. Type test on temperature rise shall be certified by the manufacturer on tests undertaken in the manufacturer's works. 3.21 CABLE BOX Cable boxes shall be suitable for terminating the cables directly into the switchgear. The dimensions and terminal arrangements shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer before manufacture is commenced. All cable boxes shall be suitable for use with air insulated heat shrinkable elastometric PCP cable termination and shall be designed to exclude the entry of air, dust, or moisture. The internal surfaces of cable boxes shall be cleaned of all scale and rust after cleaning and priming and shall be finished with polyester powder paint. The cable box shall be suitable for 3 core XLPE/SWA/PVC cables. Where cable boxes are provided for three-core cables, the sweating sockets on the two outer phases shall be inclined towards the central to minimise bending of the cable cores. Where there is more than one core per phase, the socket block shall be so designed as to minimise bending of the cable cores. All cable terminals shall be of adequate size to ensure no over-heating takes place at rated current. Neon indicators fed from potential divider on each phase of the cable termination shall be provided in front of the panel to indicate either cable are "live" or "dead". The insulators and fittings shall be unaffected by atmospheric and climatic conditions, ozone, acids, alkalis, dust deposits or rapid temperature changes likely to arise when operating in the site
Dng in ct ngn mch nh mc : 25 kA R.M.S.
Loi kim tra s gia tng nhit s c chng nhn bi nh sn xut trong cng tc kim tra ca nh sn xut. 3.21 HP NI CP Hp ni cp phi thch hp ni cp trc tip ln trn t my ct. Kch thc v s sp t trm ni phi c Qun l k thut xem xt v chp thun trc khi ch to.
Tt c hp ni cp phi ph hp p ng c khong cch khng gian, s gin n nhit, trm ni dy bng cht nha n hi PCP v c thit k chng li khng kh, bi, hi m. B mt bn trong ca hp ni dy phi sch, khng b r, bi sau khi v sinh, sn lt v sn polyester.
Hp ni phi thch hp vi cp 3 rut XLPE/SWA/PVC. Nhng ch m hp ni cp s dng cp 3 rut, cm hn thic trn 2 pha ngoi s c khuynh hng nghing vo trung tm gim thiu cong ca cp. Nhng ch c hn 1 dy mi pha, b cm s c thit k sao cho gim thiu cong ca cp.
Tt c u ni cp phi c kch c tng thch m bo khng b qu nhit khi mang ti vi dng nh mc. n hin th neon c cung cp t b chia p trn mi pha ca u ni cp s c lp pha trc ca t hin th cp ang c ngun hay mt. Vt cch in v khp ni phi khng b nh hng bi iu kin khng kh, thi tit, kh ozone, axit, kim, ng bi hay s thay i nhit t ngt xy ra khi vn hnh trong iu kin v phi c

conditions and shall be designed so as to facilitate cleaning. 3.22 PROTECTION RELAYS The following shall be provided in a separate compartment where specified :a) Three single element induction disc type I.D.M.T.L. over-correct protection relays, c/w high set instantaneous elements, with current setting of 50% to 200% in 7 equal steps and time setting of 0-3s continuously adjustable at 10 times the current setting. The time-current characteristics shall be the 3/10 category in accordance with BS 142 Electrical protection relays. b) One single element induction disc type I.D.M.T.L. earth fault relay with current setting of 10% to 40% in 7 equal steps and time setting of 0-1.3s continuously adjustable at 10 times the current setting. c) Incoming panel : Pilot wire Solkor RF/HOR 4 or equal. d) Feeder panel : Temperature trip from transformers; differential current and intertripping to L.V. circuit breaker. e) One single unit trip circuit supervision relay which shall supervise the trip circuit of the circuit breaker and initiate audible alarm and visual indication if the trip circuit fails. It shall be connected across the trip supply, be normally energised and delayed drop off if trip voltage falls below 40% of nominal value. It shall be suitable for use at nominal trip voltage of 30V D.C. and be hand reset. All relays provided shall comply with BS 142 and shall be of draw out case type and flush mounted on the front panel of the switchgear. All terminals to relays shall be suitably insulated and the circuits shall be suitably fused, using H.R.C. fuses.
thit k sao cho d dng v sinh.
3.22 R LE BO V Nhng thit b bo v sau s c lp t trong mt hp ring r nh: a) Ba a cm ng n loi I.D.M.T.L. nhng r le bo v iu chnh chnh xc vi cc yu t tc thi, vi dng chnh c t 50-200% trong 7 mc bng nhau v thi gian set t 0-3s v c th iu chnh c n 10 ln dng in set. c tnh thi gian- dng in s l 3/10 ph hp vi BS 142 - Electrical protection relays.
b) Mt a cm ng n loi I.D.M.T.L. r le bo v chm t vi dng set t 10-40% trong 7 mc bng nhau v thi gian set t 0-1.3s c th iu chnh n 10 ln gi tr dng in set.
c) T ngun n: dy hin th loi Solkor RF/HOR 4 hay tng ng. d) T ngun cp: bo v qu nhit t bin th, lch dng, v inter-tripping n CB in p thp (L.V. circuit breaker). e) Mt rle ct bo v, loi s gim st s ct mch ca CB v pht ra tn hiu chung bo v n hin th nu mch ct hng. N s kt ni tt c cc s cung cp s c, thng hot ng v lm tr trn in p ct di 40% gi tr thng. N s c in p hot ng l 30V D.C v c nt nhn reset.
Tt c rle lp t phi tun theo quy nh BS 142 v l loi hp ko ra v c lp ngay vo mt trc ca t. Tt c u ni n rle phi c cch in ph hp v mch c lp cu ch thch hp, s dng loi H.R.C.

The relay contacts shall be of the double break type. The relay contacts shall have adequate making and breaking capacity. Unless otherwise specified, contacts shall be capable to make and carry 7500 VA for 0.5 second with a maximum of 30A and 660V A.C. or D.C.. A red coloured latch shall be provided at the side of each relay which shall isolate the trip circuit supply when the latch is moved from its fully locked position and before the relay is drawn out. The Contractor shall supply and install the alarm to be initiated by the auxiliary relay for transformer temperature protection and the trip circuit supervision relay. The pilot wire protective system shall operate in conjunction with similar equipment at the remote Power Grid end of the feeder via pilot cable. The pilot cables used by Power Grid will be either 5, 10 or 20 pair, 1.5mm copper conductor polyethylene insulated, copper tape screened, polyethylene oversheathed armoured type. 3.23 PILOT AND CONTROL CABLES All feeder panels shall be provided with termination for a twin core 1.5mm2 cable for termination of pilot wires from Power Grid switchgear. Each transformer panel shall come with sufficient number of control cable glands for alarm/control/tripping purposes. The size of the cable gland for transformer and feeder panel should be suitable for the overall diameter sizes of pilot/control cable used. The minimum size of alarm/tripping control cable for in the transformer panel is 2.5mm2 cross-sectional area. Each panel shall be provided with a terminal block. Adequate terminals with spares and cable glands suitable for Power Grid control cable shall be provided.
2
Nhng tip im ca rle phi l loi i. Chng c dung lng ng v ct tng thch. Tr phi c nhng yu cu v k thut khc, nhng tip im phi chu c cng sut 7500VA trong 0.5 giy vi dng in ln nht 30A- 660V A.C hay D.C
Mt ci cht nh du mu c lp bn cnh ca mi rle ci m s c lp ngun ct mch khi cht c rt ra khi v tr kho ca n v trc khi rle c ko ra. Nh thu s cung cp v lp t thit b bo ng thng qua role ph bo v qu nhit cho bin th v role gim st mch ct.
H thng bo v dy iu khin s vn hnh cng vi thit b tng t ti li ngun, im cui ca ng dy thng qua cp iu khin. Nhng cp iu khin c s dng bi li ngun s l 5, 10, hay 20 cp, loi dy ng bc polyethylene 1.5mm, ng c bc dy bng, bc st ph polyethylene.
3.23 CP DN V IU KHIN Tt c t ngun cung cp s c lp trm ni dy cho loi cp i 1.5mm ni dy dn t t ng ct li ngun.
Mi t bin th phi lp s dy vi mc ch bo ng, iu khin, ct mch.
Kch thc ca ming m cp cho bin th v t ngun cung cp phi ph hp bao trm ton b cp dn/ iu khin c s dng. ng knh nh nht ca cp iu khin bo ng/ ct mch cho bin th l 2.5mm.
Mi t s c lp nhng trm ni dy. Nhng im ni dy tng thch v nhng ming m dy ph hp cho cp iu khin ca li in s c trang b.

3.24 INDICATING INSTRUMENTS All indicating instruments shall be to BS 89 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories 1st Grade moving iron spring controlled with 100mm, 240o scale dials and external zero adjustment. Integrating meter shall be to BS 5685 - Electricity meters. Each panel shall be equipped with neon potential indicators to indicate whether each phase on the circuit side of the panel is "alive". The indicators shall be energised from condenser bushings on the panel. Each indicator shall be wired with a
3.24 THIT B HIN TH Tt c nhng thit b hin th phi theo BS 89 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories mc di chuyn th nht ca l xo c iu khin bng 100mm, 240o v chnh v khng bn ngoi. B ng h s l loi BS 5685 - Electricity meters.
Mi t in s c trang b dn bo hin th tng pha trong t ang ang c in hay mt. Nhng n bo s c cp ngun t b ng t li trn t.
Mi n hin th s c ni song song vi mt cng tc nhn thng ng. n s sng mi khi nt nhn ny hot ng.
normally-closed push-button switch in parallel. The operation of this switch shall light up the indicators. The indicators shall be mounted at the front of the switch panel and shall be shielded from extraneous light. The neon lamps shall be of adequate dimensions to provide clear indication under all conditions. The terminals at neon indicators shall be adequately shielded with positive means to prevent operating personnel inadvertently coming into contact with the 'live' terminals. Laminated plastic sheet engraved labels of ample size shall be provided for each of the units on the switchboard. A means of fixing these labels shall be provided, other than by adhesives. The use of embossing tape for labeling is not acceptable. The Contractor shall, during the progress of manufacture of the switchboard, submit a schedule of labels for approval by the Engineer before engraving is carried out. Warning labels shall be affixed to the rear panels and shall be coloured red with white lettering denoting "DANGER - LIVE BUSBAR INSIDE". In addition to automatic screening shutters and
n hin th s c lp mt trc ca t v s c che khi b chi nh sng t bn ngoi. Nhng n neon phi ph hp cho s chiu sng r rng trong mi iu kin. Nhng u ni ca n neon phi c che chn thch hp trnh tip xc gin tip ca ngi ln phn c in.
Nhng tm nha plastic c khc nhn vi nhiu kch c khc nhau s c gn ln trn tng phn ca t in cao p. Mt cch gn nhng ci nhn ny s c thc hin, khc vi cch dng cht kt dnh. Khng c php s dng dy bng khc ni lm nhn. Trong sut qu trnh lp rp t in my ct, nh thu s phi a ra danh sch ca nhn Qun l k thut xem st trc khi chng c ng du.
Nhn cnh bo s dn ng sau t in v s c nn , ch trng: "DANGER - LIVE BUSBAR INSIDE". Thm vo , t ng che nhng l chn v

barriers, warning labels shall also be provided for all live parts such as test terminal blocks. A brief operation instruction of the switchboard together with a detailed schematic wiring diagram listing out all the relevant switching steps and interlocks for commissioning/ decommissioning of part or whole of the 22 kV switchboard shall be provided by the Contractor in a frame adjacent to the switchboard. All equipment shall be solidly earthed. The
hng ro, nhng bin cnh bo cng s c gn ln nhng phn c in nh nhng trm u dy. Mt bng thng tin v hot ng ca t in cng vi mt bn v dy dn, bng lit k cc bc lin quan n vic ng ct, kho lin ng ca t cho hoc khng cho mt phn hay ton b t cao p 22kV vo hot ng cng s c gn trong khung v c cung cp bi nh thu.
Tt c cc thit b s c ni t mt cch chc chn. H thng ni t phi tun theo tiu chun Singapore CP 5: 1988 - Wiring of electrical equipment of buildings, Singapore Standard Codes of Practice CP: 16 - Earthing and CP 17 : 1991 The maintenance of electrical switchgear for voltages up to and including 22 kV.
earthing system shall comply with Singapore Standard Code of Practice CP 5 : 1988 - Wiring of electrical equipment of buildings, Singapore Standard Codes of Practice CP : 16 - Earthing and CP 17 : 1991 - The maintenance of electrical switchgear for voltages up to and including 22 kV. An earth bar shall be provided in the 22 kV switchroom. 3.26 D.C. SUPPLY A 30V d.c. supply system shall be provided for the opening and closing of the circuit breakers operating auxiliary and protective equipment/control devices, etc. as specified. The system shall comprise a battery section and a charger section each housed within separate compartments of a cubicle, c/w control wiring, protective devices and other accessories as required, supplied by a single proprietary manufacturer. The cubicle shall be externally finished in semi-gloss stoved enamel or cellulose to match the switchboard. The system shall also incorporate a double wound step-down transformer of appropriate rating as well as the following components :a) A.C. ON/OFF switch b) D.C. voltmeter 0-50V c) D.C. charge ammeter of appropriate rating
Mt thanh ni t s c lp trong phng my ct 2kV 3.26 NGUN D.C Mt ngun cung cp 30 V d.c s c cung cp ng, m ph cho CB v bo v trang thit b hay thit b bo v v.v nh thit k. H thng s gm bnh c quy v b phn sc, mi b s c cha trong mt ngn ring ca t in, vi dy iu khin, thit b bo v v nhng thit b h tr khc nh yu cu, c cung cp bi mt nh sn xut c ng k. Mt ngoi s c ph lp men gm hay cellulose hp vi t cao p.
H thng cng s lin kt vi mt bin p i gim n mt gi tr thch hp cng nh lin kt vi cc thit b sau: a) Cng tc A.C. ON/OFF b) Vn k D.C 0-50V c) Ampe k sc D.C. vi gi tr thch hp.

d) D.C. discharge ammeter of appropriate rating e) "Float" pilot lamp (blue), "Boost" pilot lamp (green), "Mains on" pilot lamp (red). f) "Charge Failure" pilot lamp (amber), "Low Voltage" pilot lamp (amber), "Earth Fault" pilot lamp (amber). g) Audible alarm h) Rectifier fuse of appropriate rating i) Charge failure monitor, low volt monitor, earth fault monitor Boost/Off/Float selector switch
d) Ampe k x dng D.C vi gi tr thch hp.
e) "Float" n bo(xanh dng), "Boost" n bo (xanh l), "Mains on" n bo(). f) "Charge Failure" n bo (vng), "Low Voltage" n bo (vng), "Earth Fault" n bo (vng).
g) Chung bo ng h) Cu ch chnh lu c gi tr thch hp. i) B kim sot li sc, in p thp, li chm t.
j)
j)
Cng tc chuyn v tr Boost/Off/Float
k) Auto/manual charge selector switch l) Facilities for testing the batteries and pilot lamps
k) Cng tc chuyn Auto/manual charge l) Nhng thit b kim tra bnh c qui v n bo.
m) Provisions of the a remote alarm monitoring points. (Signal wiring from the panel to the field data gathering panel shall be done by B.A.S. Contractor) :i) ii) Battery High Voltage Alarm Battery Low Voltage Alarm
m) Nhng im kim tra bo ng t xa. (dy tn hiu t t n t tp trung cc d liu s c lp t bi nh thu B.A.S):
i) ii) ii)
Bo ng Battery High Voltage Bo ng Battery Low Voltage Mt ngun Mains Power Failure
iii) Mains Power Failure Alarm iv) Charging Failure Alarm v) Earth Fault Alarm n) Other components as required The voltage level on normal and boost charging shall be adjustable by means of clearly marked controls situated inside the cubicle. Essential requirements of the batteries and the charger shall be as described below.
iv) Li ngun Sc v) Li chm t Earth Fault n) Nhng thit b yu cu khc. Mc sc bnh thng hay sc nhanh c th iu chnh c bng cch chuyn b v tr c vch du c t bn trong t. Nhng yu cu cn thit cho bnh v b sc nh sau.

3.27 BATTERY Batteries shall be of high performance nickelcadmium or sealed lead-acid type and shall be capable of supplying the standby and intermittent loads specified herein without deterioration under the environmental condition specified, with a constant voltage regulator connected to it as a float charger. Cells shall be of the nickel cadmium pocket plate type with a vent cap at the top. Cell containers shall be of moulded translucent plastic of high impact resistance and be able to withstand continuously corrosion attack by electrolyte. The battery compartment shall be designed such that work performed on a battery in service shall not require circuit interruption. Terminals and inter-cell connectors shall be of high conductivity corrosion-free material. Interconnection of rows of cells shall be in annealed copper bars of adequate cross section, suitably insulated. The battery shall have a nominal output of 30V. The nominal cell voltage after rated discharge shall be not less than 1.1V. On the failure of the mains supply, the battery shall be capable of supplying the connected load for 5 hours. At the end of the 5-hour period, the battery shall be capable of providing power to close and trip all the circuit breakers 4 times. The closing and tripping shall be made in an interval of 5 seconds. During the 5-hour period and at the end of the above closing and tripping duties, the terminal voltage of the battery shall be not less than 27V. 3.28 CHARGER EQUIPMENT The battery charger shall be of constant voltage float type, suitable for use with the associated batteries. The charger shall be operated at 400/230V A.C. and shall comprise transformer rectifiers of adequate capacity for the conversion of A.C. to constant voltage D.C. for charging at
3.27 BNH C QUY Bnh c tui th cao nh nickel-cadmium hay axitch kh phi c kh nng cung cp d phng lin tc cho ti nh d tnh m khng h hng trong nhng iu kin mi trng nht nh, vi mt b n p ni n n nh mt b sc ni. Mi ngn s l hc nickel cadmium loi bn mng vi mt np trn.
Nhng ngn cha phi l loi nha trong m c c bn cao v c kh nng chu c s n mn bi cht in phn. Ngn cha bnh c qui c thit k sao cho khi thc hin nhng cng vic cn thit trn bnh m khng lm gin on mch in.
im ni v cc u ni bn trong phi l loi vt liu chng n mn v c tnh dn in cao. Nhng mi ni bn trong mt ngn s c ti bi nhng thanh ng vi mt tit din v cch in ph hp.
Bnh in c in p ra thng l 30V. in p mt ngn bnh thng sau khi s dng c gi tr khng t hn 1.1V. Khi ngun chnh b mt, bnh n phi c kh nng cung cp in trong vng 5 gi. Sau 5 gi, chng phi cn kh nng cung cp ngun ng v ct cc CB 4 ln. Thi gian ng v ct s cch nhau khong 5 giy. Trong sut thi gian 5 gi cung cp ngun lin tc hot ng ng ct cc thit b, in p 2 u cc ca bnh s khng nh hn 27V.
3.28 CC THIT B SC B sc s l loi c hng s in p tri ni, thch hp s dng vi cc thit b h tr khc. B sc hot ng vi ngun 400/230V A.C. v bao gm mt bin th chnh lu vi dung lng thch hp bin in p A.C sang D.C vi gi tr sc t do hay sc tng in p nhanh cng nh cung cp cho ti

the float and boost values together with the supply of the standing load specified. It shall be self-protecting against continuous overload and shall be suitable for re-adjustment to correct for aging of rectifiers and other parts. The charger shall be of solid-state type with protection against voltage surges. The components shall be so rated and mounted as to ensure that under all operating conditions they shall not require replacement during the life of the equipment and require no or minimum pre-commissioning adjustment. The charging circuitry shall be so arranged that the failure of any component will not cause permanent damage to the batteries by overcharging. The charger shall be housed in a suitable floor-mounted sheet-steel cubicle with lockable double-hinged front doors, and anti-vermin ventilation louvres. The charger shall have a maximum current rating sufficient to meet a battery charging current in amperes, equal numerically to 7% of the battery capacity at the 10 hour rate. The charger on float charge performance shall be such that with the output voltage set with rated input voltage, frequency, and with 50% load, the output voltage shall not vary by more than +2% with any combination of the input supply voltage and frequency variations stipulated in the Specification and output current variation from zero to 100%. With rated input voltage and frequency, the charger output shall not be less than its rating in watts over the complete output voltage range. The charger shall have a taper characteristic booster charging facility, which shall be selected automatically or manually. In the event that the batteries are subjected to a heavy discharge, automatic changeover from float to boost charge (and vice-versa) operation shall occur as necessary to restore the batteries to the fully charged condition. The charger shall maintain the batteries at a
d phng. N phi c kh nng t bo v chng li qu ti v iu chnh trnh s lo ho ca b chnh lu v nhng phn khc.
B sc l loi bn dn c bo v chng in p nhiu. Cc thit b cng s c gi tr v c lp sao cho m bo tt c iu kin hot ng, chng s khng phi b thay th trong sut tui th ca thit b v yu cu khng hoc gim thiu s cn chnh trc. Mch sc s c lp t sao cho s h hng ca tt c cc thit b s khng lm bnh c quy b h do sc qu dng.
B sc s c t trong mt ngn bng thp vi sn lp thch hp, c bn l i c th kho c lp ca trc, c khe l chn thng gi chng cn trng. B sc phi c gi tr dng ln nht ph hp vi dng sc trn ng h ampe, tng ng 7% dung lng bnh trong 10 gi. B sc s th hin nhng bin i nh l vi in p ng ra so vi in p ng vo, tn s, v vi 50% ti, in p ng ra s khng thay i qu 2% vi bt k s thay i tn s, in p ng vo c quy nh trong c tnh k thut v s bin i dng ng ra t 0- 100%. Vi gi tr tn s, in p ng vo, ng ra ca b sc s khng t hn gi tr ca n tnh bng watt trong ton b khong in p ra.
Trn b sc s c mt ming dp vi phn ui gim dn th hin c trng ca b sc, ci chn ch sc t ng hay bng tay. Nu bnh in buc phi sc nhanh, nu cn thit chng s i trng thi t sc chm sang nhanh ( v ngc li) bng mt b chuyn i t ng phc hi bnh n trng thi y hon ton.
B sc s duy tr bnh trng thi sc y da trn


normal fully charged state, based on the following criteria :a) A constant voltage float-charge on the batteries shall be arranged such that, at below gassing level, the need for boost charging of the batteries is reduced to rare intervals and maintenance requirements minimised. The float-charge rate shall give a fast recharge to approximately 75% of the batteries' capacity within six hours with minimum electrolytic loss. b) Without heavy discharge, the float-charge rate shall also be such that battery electrolyte, at the ambient temperature specified, shall not require topping up at an interval less than once a year. c) After a heavy discharge, the time to restore the batteries to the fully charged condition shall be no more than 8 hours. The booster-charge voltage shall be limited to a maximum value which will not reduce the life of the batteries. d) If the batteries require occasional discharge-charge cycling to condition the electrolyte, the manufacturer shall inform and make provision for this in the charger. H.R.C. cartridge fuses shall be provided to protect and isolate individual control modules or boards and outputs from the batteries and load. Screw-in fuse cartridges shall not be used in all L.V. and extra L.V. circuit. A suitable surge suppressor shall be installed in both the input and output of the charger to prevent damage of the electronic components due to any external surge. The charger shall also be provided with load over-voltage protection. On the output terminals to the load, the voltage shall be limited so as not to exceed 12V D.C. with any combination of standing load current and charger output voltage.
nhng tiu chun sau:
a) Hng s in p sc tri ca bnh c quy s c ci t di mc bay hi ca cht kh, ch sc nhanh ca bnh th uc ci t gim n mc gia v s duy tr yu cu gim n mc thp nht. Ch sc li nhanh ca bnh s c gi tr khong 75% dung lng ca bnh trong vng 6 gi vi s hao ht cht in phn l thp nht.
b) Khi bnh khng x nhanh, gi tr sc cng ch nh l cht in phn ca bnh. nhit mi trng xung quanh, khng cn thit sc y bnh t nht l mt ln trong khong mt nm.
c) Sau khi x nhanh, thi gian phc hi li y bnh s phi khng qu 8 gi. in p sc nhanh s c gii hn ti gi tr ln nht m khng lm gim tui th ca bnh.
d) Nu bnh in thnh thong c s dng chu k np-x, nh sn xut s c thng bo lm sn nh yu cu cho b sc.
Cu ch v loi H.R.C. s c lp bo v v cch ly board hay nhng mch iu khin v cho dng ra t bnh n ti. Cu ch loi bt vt s khng c s dng trong tt c mch L.V. v ph L.V.
Mt b kh nhiu thch hp s c lp trn c ng vo v ng ra ca b sc trnh gy h hng cc thit b in t do bt k s nhiu t bn ngoi no.
B sc cng s c lp b bo v qu p. Trn ng ra n ti, in p s c gii hn sau cho khng vt qu 12VD.C bng bt k s lin kt gia in p ng ra ca b sc v dng ti d phng.

An approved charge fail relay shall be provided for the charger to detect failure of the D.C. output of the float (low rate) charger. A relay shall also be provided to detect fall of battery volts below the low-rate value. The alarm shall be delayed by between 30 to 60 seconds and in the event of a failure in the delay circuit, an alarm shall be given instantaneously. The alarm shall have a sharp threshold (the voltage decay may be very slow, with high performance batteries on light. load) and take no more than 50 mA continuously. Where the batteries are not earthed, means shall be provided to detect low insulation resistance of all wiring connected to the battery by means of a centre-tapped earth fault relay. The earth fault relay shall operate when the insulation of the wiring connected to either pole of the battery drops to 50,000. When one pole of the battery is directly connected to earth then no more than 5 mA earth fault current shall flow. The continuous drain from the battery shall not exceed 10 mA. The relay shall provide three independent contacts for alarms. The control circuit of the charger shall be of the solid-state type. Whenever it is necessary to step down the D.C. voltage for feeding electronic components, an A.C./D.C. converter shall be utilized. If any series resistors are used instead for this purpose, they shall be adequately rated.
Mt rle kim sot b sc thch hp s c lp t tm nhng li trn ng ra D.C ca b sc (nh l kim sot im ra c gi tr thp). Mt rle cng s c lp t kim sot gi tr in p thp ca bnh. Tn hiu bo li s pht ra sau 30-60 giy, v khi trong mch bo li c s c th tn hiu bo ng s pht ra tc thi. Tn hiu bo ng s c mc ku nghe chi tai (in p tiu hao s rt nh, so vi bnh c thi gian s dng cao cho ti n) v tiu th lin tc khng qu 50 mA.
Ni m bnh c quy khng c ni t, th s c lp b d tm in tr cch n thp cho tt c dy dn c ni n bnh bng mt rle chm t.
Rle bo v chm t s tc ng khi cch in ca dy dn ni n cc bnh in gim xung n 50,000. Khi mt cc ca bnh tip xc trc tip vi t th dng chm t ln hn 5mA s chy qua. Dng x lin tc t bnh c quy s khng c vt qu 10 mA. Rle s cung cp n 3 tip im c lp pht ra tn hiu bo ng.
Mch iu khin ca s l loi bn dn. Nu cn thit gim in p cung cp cho cc thit b in t, mt b bin tn A.C/ D.C s c s dng. Nu s dng nhng in tr mc ni tip, chng phi c gi tr tng thch.
SECTION 4 H.V / L.V TRANSFORMERS MC 4 MY BIN TH
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 4 H.V / L.V TRANSFORMER
MC 4 MY BIN TH
4.1
GENERAL
4.1 TNG QUT 4.1.1 M T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t v thm tra bin th cao/ thp p nh c th hin trong bn v hp ng. 4.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi theo tiu chun IEC, NEMA hay British Standards hay theo mt tiu chun quc t tng ng c chp thun cng nh ngha v php l v quy nh ca s ti. 4.2 TRANG THIT B 4.2.1BIN TH KH Bin th c thit k, sn xut v kim tra ph hp theo tiu chun BS 171 : 1970 - Specification for power transformers, NEMA ST 20 - Dry Type Transformers for General Applications, IEC 60076 Power Transformers v phi ph hp s dng trong vng nhit i c nhit mi trng xung quanh ln n 40oC v m tng i ln n 100% v ph hp vi nhng c im sau:
4.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall supply, install and commission the H.V./L.V. transformers as shown on the Tender Drawings. 4.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, NEMA or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 4.2 EQUIPMENT
4.2.1 CAST RESIN RANSFORMERS The transformers shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with BS 171 : 1970 - Specification for power transformers, NEMA ST 20 - Dry Type Transformers for General Applications, IEC 60076 - Power Transformers and shall be suitable for use in tropical countries having ambient temperature up to 40oC and relative humidity up to 100% meeting the following specification :Cooling Air cooled with forced air cooling for increased continuous operation Phase Frequency Voltage ratio Phase connection : H.V. Winding L.V. Winding : Delta : Star with neutral brought out : DYN 11 3 Phase 50 Hz 15-22/0.4KV
Gii nhit c lm mt bng qut gii nhit s hot ng lin tc c ko di. Pha Tn s T s bin p u dy pha : Cun cao p : Tam gic Cun h p: Sao c trung tnh 3 Pha 50 Hz 15-22/0.4KV
Vector Group
T u dy
: DYN 11
4/1
MC 4 MY BIN TH
Finished Colour
Manufacturer standard colour Cast resin transformers shall be constructed as follows :a) Core -the core shall be built-up of cold rolled grain-orientated sheet steel, shaped and stacked to give low no-load losses. b) High Voltage (H.V.) Coil - the high tension winding shall be of copper encapsulated in cast-resin. Minimium Class F insulation. Operation shall be limited to Class B. c) Low Voltage (L.V.) Coil the low voltage winding shall be of copper or aluminium foil vacuum encapsulated in cast-resin. Minimium Class F insulation. The transformer shall be so constructed that in the event of failure of any of the individual H.V. or L.V. coils, it shall be possible to dismantle the transformer, remove the damaged coil, replace it with a new coil and assemble the transformer on site. H.V. and L.V. terminals shall be at opposite sides of the transformer. All live terminals shall be completely shrouded to prevent accidental touching. Tapping points shall be connected to the H.V. coils and operated by an off-load hand operated tap-change switch. Tap positions shall be provided at + 5%, + 2.5% and 0. Overload protection shall be provided by temperature detection in two stages, 1st stage for alarm and 2nd stage for tripping the associated switchgear. A dial-type thermometer with maximum pointer with scale diameter of 100mm shall be provided. Enclosures complying with IP23 shall be provided for all transformers and shall be
Mu sn
Mu tiu chun ca nh sn xut.
Bin th kh s c ch to nh sau:
a) Dy - dy qun thnh vng trn cun thp thnh hnh qu l v hnh nn m bo rng tng tht in p l nh nht. b) Cun dy cao p (H.V) dy qun ca cun cao p s l dy ng c bc trong khun nha c. Lp cch in thp nht l loi F. S vn hnh s c gii hn n loi B.
c) Cun dy in p thp (L.V) - cun dy in p thp l loi ng hay l nhm c bao bc bng nha c. Loi cch in thp nht l F. Bin th s c lp ghp sao cho trong trng hp c bt k s c no ca cun dy cao hay thp p, th n phi c th tho bin th, ly cun dy b h ra thay th bng cun dy mi, v lp bin th li ti ch.
im u ni H.V. v L.V. s hai pha i din ca bin th. Tt c nhng im c in phi c bo v trnh tai nn tip xc trc tip.
Cc im ly ngun s c ni n cun dy H.V. v c vn hnh bng mt cn ct ti vn hnh cng tc p chuyn i. Nhng im p s c trang b ti + 5%, + 2.5% v 0. bo v qu ti s c trang b bng nhng u d nhit hai mc, mc th nht s bo alarm, mc th hai ct my ct (CB) ca n.
Nhit k loi c chia vch vi con tr ln nht c t l 100mm cng s c lp t.
V che tun theo IP23 s c trang b cho tt c cc bin th v s c lp dng bng vt liu
MC 4 MY BIN TH
constructed of non-combustible moisture-resistant materials.
and
chng chy v chng m.
The enclosures shall completely surround the coils, terminals, terminal protection relay boxes and other accessories. The enclosures shall be mounted onto the transformers with hinged and locked doors open from both sides of the transformers. Micro-switches shall be fitted to each leaf of the doors and the activation of the micro-switches shall trip the respective H.V. circuit breaker to which the transformer is connected. Emergency trip button shall also be installed on or in adjacent to each of the transformers. Noise suppression support blocks shall be provided for each transformer. 4.2.2 ACCESSORIES The transformer shall be supplied complete with, but not limited to the following accessories:a) Rating and diagram plate b) Dial-type thermometer c) Over-temperature actuating relays for alarm and trip, with at least 4 spare normally open and normally closed contacts. d) Rollers e) Anti-vibration mountings f) Terminal protection
V che s bao quanh ton b cun dy, im u dy, nhng hp r le bo v im u ni v nhng thit b khc. V che s c lp ln trn bin th bng nhng bn l v ca c kha t hai pha ca bin th. Nhng cng tc s c lp trn mi cnh ca v s tc ng ca chng s lm ct CB cao p tng ng vi bin th c ni n.
Nt nhn tt khn cp cng s c lp t trn hay gn mi bin th. Thit b kh nhiu s c trang b cho mi bin th. 4.2.2 NHNG THIT B KHC Bin th s c cung cp y , c c nhng ph kin sau:
a) Tm th ghi gi tr v cch u dy b) Nhit k c mt chia c) R le qu nhit alarm v trip, c t nht 4 tip im thng h v 4 tip im thng ng.
d) R le e) m chng rung ng f) Bo v u ni dy
g) Micro-switches at each transformer enclosure doors to trip respective H.V. circuit breaker. h) Emergency trip button for each transformer i) Transformer "On" R-Y-B indicating lights
g) Cng tc ca cho mi bin th ct CB ca H.V tng ng.
h) Nt nhn khn cp cho mi bin th. i) n hin th pha ca bin th "On" R-Y-B
MC 4 MY BIN TH
(Supply taken from each of the main incoming side of the L.V. switchboard) j) B.A.S. indication for Fan on and Fan trip of the transformer force fan j)
(Ngun c ly t pha ca ngun n chnh ca my ct L.V). S hin th B.A.S. cho Fan on v Fan trip cho mi qut gii nhit ca bin th
4.3
INSTALLATION The Contractor shall submit overall dimensions and total weights of each of the transformers to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall note the size and height of the transformer room indicated on the Contract Drawings.
4.3 LP T Nh thu s phi gii thiu ton b kch c v tng trng lng ca mi bin th cho Qun l k thut c s ng . Nh thu ph s ghi nhn li kch thc v chiu cao ca phng bin th c th hin trn bn v.
SECTION 5 H.V CABLING INSTALLATION MC 5 LP T CP TRUNG TH
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 5 H.V CABLING INSTALLATION
MC 5 LP T CP TRUNG TH
5.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall include for the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of all cables and accessories as specified herein and shown on the Tender Drawings. All cables of the same type shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition. All cables delivered to site shall be new and shall be clearly marked to identify different types and sizes. All the equipment shall be suitable for use in temperature and ambient conditions that will exist in various parts of the building, it is assumed air temperatures will rise to 40oC with 100% relative humidity. 5.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate Singapore, IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 5.3 CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYLENE INSULATED ARMOURED AND PVC INSULATED CABLES (XLPE/SWA/PVC OR XLPE/AWA/PVC) Cross-linked polyethylene insulated, screened and PVC sheathed cables (XLPE/PVC) shall be manufactured to BS 6622: 1991 - Specification for cables with extruded cross-linked polyethylene or ethylene propylene rubber insulation for rated voltages from 3800/660 V up to 19000/33000 V with insulation grade to suit the operating voltage and cores of equal cross section. Three core cables shall additionally have galvanised steel wire armour (SWA)
The English language version prevails SECTION 5/RIVIERA POINTSPECS/ELECT
5.1 TNG QUT Bn nh thu s cung cp, lp t, kim tra v thm nh tt c ng dy v thit b nh c ghi r trong ti liu ny v trong bn v u thu.
Tt c dy cp in cng loi s c cung cp bi mt nh sn xut m bo cng tiu chun v cu to. Tt c dy cp in c giao phi m bo mi v c nh du r rng phn bit chng loi v kch c. Tt c trang thit b phi ph hp s dng trong iu kin nhit mi trng xung quanh, nhng v tr khc nhau ca ta nh, v d nh nhit khng kh s ln n 40oC vi m tng i ln n 100%. 5.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v cng nhn lnh ngh phi tun theo nhng tiu chun ca Singapore, IEC hoc Anh hay mt tiu chun quc t c cng nhn tng ng cng nh v php lut v ni quy trong nc. 5.3 CP BC CROSS-LINK POLYETHYLENE, BC ST, CCH IN BNG PVC (XLPE/SWA/PVC OR XLPE/AWA/PVC)
Cp cch in cross-link polyethylene, c bc mng bo v, cch in PVC s c sn xut theo BS 6622: 1991 c tnh k thut v dy dn vi cch in bng nha hay cao su tng hp c gi tr in p t 3800/660 V ln n 19000/33000 V vi cp cnh in ph hp vi in p lm vic v tit din dy dn tng ng. Cp 3 rut s c thm dy thp m km bo v (SWA) v dy cp n s c dy nhm bo v (AWA).
protection and single core cables shall have aluminum wire armour (AWA) protection. Conductors shall be formed from high conductivity full annealed stranded copper. Conductor screening shall be non-metallic and consist of either a semi-conducting tape or a layer of extruded semi-conducting compound, or a combination of the two. Insulation shall consist of cross-linked polyethylene which is applied by extrusion to form a compact homogeneous body. Insulation screen shall consist of either a semi conducting tape or a layer of semi-conducting compound or a combination of the two. A metallic screen consisting of either plain or tinned copper tape shall be applied over the semi-conducting screen except where rendered unnecessary by wire armouring. The cores of multicore cables shall be laid up with suitable fillers to form a compact circular assembly. The bedding for three core steel wire armoured cable shall consist of layers of semi-conducting non-vulcanisable rubber-link tape. Alternatively, three core cable may be armoured with two layers of galvanized steel tapes with a bedding of an extruded layer of heat resisting PVC complying with BS 6746: 1990 - Specification for PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables, Type 5. The oversheath shall consist of an extruded layer of black PVC compound complying with BS 6746. 5.4 INSTALLATION AND TESTING The Contractor shall include for provision, installation, connection to city power supply, testing and commissioning of all cables, ladders, trays, trunking and accessories specified herein, shown on the Drawings and
Dy dn s c lm t dy ng c tnh dn in cao. Mn bc dy dn l phi kim loi v gm dy bng bn dn hay dy c mt lp p hp cht bn dn hoc kt hp c hai.
Lp cch in gm cross-link polyethylene c lm bng cch p to nn mt khi ng cht.
Lp mng cch in gm lp bng bn dn hay lp hp cht bn dn hay kt hp c hai. Mt lp mng kim loi gm dy bng ng khng mu hay trng thic s bc xung quanh lp mng bn dn tr nhng ni khng cn dy bc km.
Nhng dy cp nhiu rut s c t thnh mt khi trn vi nhng cht lm y thch hp.
Lp m cho ba li dy thp bc cp gm c mt lp bng bn dn non-vulcanisable rubber-link tape. Ba li cp cng c th c bc bng hai lp bng thp m km vi mt lp m ca mt lp p PVC chu nhit theo tiu chun BS 6746 : 1990 Specification for PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables, Type 5.
V bc s gm mt lp nha PVC tng hp mu en ra ngoi theo nh BS 6746.
5.4 LP T V KIM TRA Bn thu s cung cp, lp t, u ni vo li in quc gia, kim tra v nhim thu tt c ng dy, thang mng, hp in v nhng ph tng khc c d cp n trong ti liu ny, trn bn v v nhng mc khng c cp n mt cch r
those items not expressly specified but required to meet the design intent of this Section. All the main power cables involved in this Contract are indicated on the Contract Drawings and the Contractor shall provide all the necessary sleeves, trays, ladders, supports and cable trunking, glands, shrouds, end boxes, clamps, compounds, specialist tools, etc., necessary to install and make off the cables in accordance with good engineering practice and as hereunder specified and shown on the Drawings. All cables shall be provided with identification labels at each end and at all positions where cables change direction. In instances where cables are multiple runs, labels shall be provided at 10m intervals. Labels shall be manufactured from metal disc engraved to show the size of the cable phase and the equipment being fed. The Contractor shall be responsible for the off loading and handling of the cables on site and shall ensure that cables are delivered to site on drums and properly protected against mechanical damage. Cables shall be installed within cable ducts and draw pit systems provided by others by means of normal hand running off the cable drum. It shall enter the draw pit protected by roller guides and be drawn through by hand. Cable winches shall not be employed. The minimum bending radius shall be not less than twelve times the overall cable diameter or recommended by the cable manufacturer, whichever is higher. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, all cable joints shall be made using an approved type of heat shrinkable terminating kit by properly qualified jointers, with precautions being taken to exclude moisture and foreign matter during and after the jointing process to ensure acceptable continuity and
rng nhng yu cu phi ph hp vi nh thit k trong phn ny. Tt c nhng ng cp chnh cp trong bn hp ng c trnh by trn bn v v nh thu s cung cp tt c nhng ng, mng, thang, gi , hp in, m, mn che, hp ni in, kp, ngh v.v. cn thit v c nhng cng nhn lnh ngh lp t v ko cp nh c cp di y v trn bn v.
Tt c dy cp s c nhng nhn nhn bit ti mi im cui v nhng ni ng dy i hng. Th d ni cp c chia nhiu nhnh, nhn s c dn cch qung mi 10m. nhn s c lm t ming kim lai c khc su ch kch c ca cp v thit b c ko n.
Nh thu s chu trch nhim cho s khng mang ti v khng lm vic ca cp v phi m bo rng cp c giao n ni cn nguyn cun v c bo v k lng trnh h hng c kh.
Cp s c lp t trong nhng ng cp v h thng rnh ko dy, c lm bi nhng khc, bng cch ln cun cp v n s ri vo trong h cp c che bi hai bn g chn ca cun cp v c ko bng tay. Khng ko cp bng rng rc.
Bn knh un dy khng c nh hn 12 ln ton b ng knh ca cp hay theo hng dn ca nh sn xut, nu c s ln hn no.
Tr nhng ch nh khc hay c ch trn bn v, tt c nhng im ni cp phi s dng loi c chp thun l b u ni gin n nhit c cht lng cao, ch trnh hi m hay nhng vt l trong sut qu trnh trc v sau khi thi cng m bo tnh lin tc v cch in. Nhng ch ni thng ch c php ca Qun l k thut v
5/3
insulation levels. Straight through joints shall be allowed only at the discretion of the Engineer and shall utilise cold-pour resin in pre-moulded PVC joint sheets.
phi s dng nha lm ngui cho tm khun ni PVC .
Installation and fixing of all cables shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's procedure and recommendations. Cables entering end boxes, switchgear panels, transformers, etc. shall be run straight for a distance of not less than 300mm from the armour clamp. Before and after cables are jointed, all cables shall be subject to on-site tests generally as called for by BS 6480 : 1988 - Specification for impregnated paper-insulated lead or lead alloy sheathed electric cables of rated voltages up to and including 33000 V or requirement from local power company. All tests shall be carried out by an approved testing instrument and witnessed by the Engineer and shall include 50 kV d.c. voltage between each conductor and screen/armour for 15 minutes. 5.5 CABLE BUSHINGS AND TRANSITS In certain places, where cables pass through floors, walls or other partitions, pipe sleeves of an approved type shall be supplied and set in position by the Contractor. Every cable entry from exterior into the building shall be sealed by a Multi-Cable Transit System approved by the Engineer. The system shall ensure that a gas and liquid tight seal is achieved. Compression shall be achieved by either compression plate and end packing device or by use of a press wedge. Any unused openings in the frame shall be fully sealed by 'blind' inserts.
S lp dt v chnh sa cp phi ph hp vi th tc v hng dn ca nh sn xut. Cp i vo trong nhng u ni cui, t ng ct, bin th, v.v. s phi i thng vi mt khong cch ln hn 300mm t kp gi.
Trc v sau khi ni cp, tt c cp phi c kim tra chung ti ch nh theo BS 6480 : 1988 Specification for impregnated paper-insulated lead or lead alloy sheathed electric cables of rated voltages up to and including 33000 V hay qui nh ca in lc a phng. Tt c kim tra phi c thc hin bng dng c o c kim nh v c lm chng bi Qun l k thut v in p th l 50 kV d.c gia mi dy dn v lp bc/gip cch in trong vng 15 pht.
5.5 BC LT CP V NG I CP mt s ni cp i xun qua sn, tng, hay nhng vt chn khc, mng xng ni ng s c cung cp cng chng loi cho php v c ni vo bi nh thu. Mi cp i t ngoi vo trong ta nh phi c bo v bi h thng ng dn chung nhiu cp c cho php bi Qun l k thut. H thng phi m bo bt kn c kh, cht lng . Phi p bng a nn v thit b nht cng im cui hay s dng ci nm p lc.
Bt k ch h khng s dng trong h thng s phi c bt kn.
SECTION 6 LOW VOLTAGE MAIN SWITCHBOARD MC 6 T IN H TH
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 6 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHBOARD
MC 6 T IN H TH
6.1 GENERAL 6.1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the L.V. switchboard including installation and commissioning which shall form part of the Works as shown on the Tender Drawings. All switchboards, circuit breakers, contactors, fuse switches, relays, busbars and associated wiring shall fully comply with this Section. 6.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, NEMA or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 6.2 EQUIPMENT 6.2.1 L.V. SWITCHBOARD CONSTRUCTION L.V. switchboards shall be of the floor standing, Front-Accessible and Front/RearAccessible switchboards type, and shall be built up from enclosed units housing the circuit breakers, contactors, M.C.C.Bs, fuse switches, relays and other items of equipment shown on the Tender Drawings. The L.V. switchboards shall be suitable for indoor service on a 400V/230V 3-phase 4-wire 50 Hz system with solidly earthed neutral and capable as a whole of withstanding the electrical and mechanical stresses produced by fault conditions equivalent to 50 kA at 400V for three seconds. The main normal and emergency L.V. switchboard enclosures shall comply with BS EN 60439 : Part 1 - Specification for typetested and partially type-tested assemblies, Form 3.
6.1
TNG QUT
6.1.1 M T Phn ny qui nh t in p thp bao gm lp t v thm nh, nhng cng vic c thnh lp trn bn hp ng.
Tt c t in, CB, cng tc t, cu ch, cng tc, role, thanh ci v dy dn phi hon ton da trn phn ny. 6.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi da trn tiu chun ca IEC, NEMA hay Anh hoc theo mt tiu chun quc t tng ng c cng nhn cng nh tt c ngha v php l v lut nh ca s ti. 6.2 THIT B
6.2.1 CU TO T IN H TH T in s l loi ng, c th tip cn t pha trc, pha bn hng v s c lp CB, cng tc t, M.C.C.Bs, cu ch, rle, v nhng thit b khc nh c th hin trn bn u thu.
T in s l loi thch hp cho s dng trong nh vi h thng 400V/230V 3-pha 4-dy 50 Hz c trung tnh ni t mt cch chc chn v c kh nng chu ng c s c v c v in tng ng 50 kA ti 400V trong vng 3 giy.
T in ngun thng v t ngun khn cp phi da theo BS EN 60439 : Part 1 Specification for type-tested and partially typetested assemblies, Form 3.
All switchboards and associated equipment (switchgear, busbar assemblies, etc.) shall be certified for the category of duty specified.
Tt c t in v cc thit b lin quan (cng tc chuyn mch, thanh ci v.v) phi c chng nhn l loi c s dng vo ng chc nng
6/1
MC 6 T IN H TH
The L.V. normal and emergency switchboards shall be type-tested and type test certificates issued by an independent and acceptable test authority (e.g. ASTA, NEMA, etc.) shall be submitted to the Engineer. The sheet metal for the build up of the various items shall be specially selected, dead flat mild steel not less than 2mm thick. The panel shall be built up on substantial framing with all necessary stiffeners and supports. The entire panel shall be vermin proof and protected to IP 21. Front access doors and removable back panels shall be provided. Removable gland plates shall be provided at the top and at the bottom of the switchboard with knockouts or blanked off openings for incoming and outgoing circuit cables. The insulation level of the switchboards shall be 660V. All doors shall be removable with concealed hinges and where necessary, shall be interlocked with the switch mechanism. All doors shall be provided with dust-excluding gasket of neoprene or other equal and acceptable material. Labels shall be made of "Traffolite laminated white/black/white pattern with suitably engraved black lettering for non-essential power supply and red "Traffolite" laminated red/white/red pattern with white lettering for essential and vital circuits. Sizes of lettering shall be as follows :a) 6mm high for M.C.B. boards, fuseboards, selector switches, metering instruments, indicating lights, fuse-switches, switchfuses, switches, etc.. 15mm high for all circuit breakers. 75mm high for switchboards. all designation of
lm vic. T thng v t ngun khn cp phi c kim tra v c cp php bi mt t chc c lp v c chc nng (nh ASTA, NEMA, etc.) v phi c Qun l k thut xem xt.
Tm kim loi s dng trong nhng mc khc s c chn la t bit, tm thp mm mng c b dy khng c nh hn 2mm. T in phi c lm trn nhng khung chc chn vi nhng vt gia c cn thit. T in phi tuyt i ngn cn c cn trng v c bo v theo IP 21. T s c ca trc v tm mt sau tho g c. Tm m c th tho g c s c lp trn v y ca t in vi np c th ly ra hay trng cho php dy dn i vo v ra t in.
cch in ca t s l 660V.
Tt c ca t s l loi c th tho ra c vi bn l ca c che kn v nhng ni cn thit, s c ci kho lin ng vi cng tc c kh. Tt c ca s c m cao su ngn bi hay nhng vt liu khc tng ng c th chp nhn c. Nhn s c lm t "Traffolite c p thnh tm mu trng/en/trng vi ch thch hp c khc mu en cho ngun t khng phi l ngun cung cp chnh v tm p Traffolite mu /trng/ vi ch trng cho t ngun cung cp ch yu v quan trng. Kch c ca ch s nh sau: a) Cao 6mm cho t cha M.C.B., bng cu ch, cng tc xoay chuyn, thit b o lng, n hin th, cng tc cu ch, cu ch cng tc, cu ch v.v. Cao 15mm cho tt c cc CB. Cao 75mm cho tt c nhng m t chc nng ca t.
b) c)
b) c)
Exact details of lettering and legends shall be

Nhng chi tit c th ca ch v ghi ch s phi

MC 6 T IN H TH
agreed with the Engineer prior to manufacture. Labels shall be securely fixed with a minimum of two cadmium 6BA screws which shall be inserted into tapped holes in the equipment and secured by locking nuts at the rear. All paint finishes shall be of high quality epoxy powder coating. A minimum of two undercoats shall be applied and each built-up and flattened separately. The final coat shall be agreed light colour gloss finish and sufficient body shall be given to the paint films so that the final appearance of the finished units is entirely free from blemishes, undulations, foreign inclusions, scratches, patterning or any defects whatsoever. All coats of paint shall be oven-baked and dried. Ventilating louvres where required shall be provided on the sides and backs of panels and shall be of approved design. All louvres shall be screened. All panels and cubicles shall be fitted with internal sheet metal dividers to separate low voltage instruments and components. All terminals shall be shrouded, and those terminals which remain live with switchboard isolated shall be adequately labeled with cautionary signs. All circuits shall be provided with removable links/fuses to facilitate isolation, checking and maintenance.
c ng ca Qun l k thut trc khi sn xut. Nhn phi c lp chc chn vi t nht hai con vt cadmium loi 6BA v c bt xuyn qua l trn t v c kho pha sau bng nhng con tn.
Nhng nc sn cui ca t phi l loi c ph lp bt epoxy cht lng cao. Ti thiu phi c hai lp sn lt bn trong. Lp sn cui phi c mu sng bng ph hp v ton b t thng c sn mt lp mng mng cui cng cng hon ton khng b bn, b gn sng, try xc, hoa vn hay bt k nhng khuyt im no. Tt c cc lp sn phi c sy kh.
T s c nhng l thng gi bn hng hay ng sau theo yu cu thit k c cho php. Tt c l thng s gi s c lp li che.
Tt c bng, ngn ca t in s c lp trn nhng tm kim loi bn trong tch ri thit b in p thp v nhng b phn khc. Tt c cc trm u dy phi c che li, v nhng trm no cn in c c lp khi t phi c ngh du mt cch thch hp bng nhng du hiu cnh bo. Tt c cc mch s c lp bng nhng u ni/ cu ch tho g c thun tin trong cng tc kim tra v bo dng. 6.2.2 MY CT KHNG KH (ACB) ACB l loi ba hay bn cc nh c th hin trong bn v. CB s c gi tr in p 400V v c m bo qua kim tra dng ct ngn mch n 50kA trong 3 giy v chu c dng in y ti lin tc.
6.2.2 AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS Air circuit breakers shall be triple or four poles as shown on the Drawings. The circuit breakers shall be rated at 400V and certified by type tests to 42 kA short circuit breaking current for 3 sec. and rated to carry the full load current continuously. The circuit breakers shall be of the air break horizontal withdrawable pattern fully motorised and comply with BS EN 60947 Specification for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear and/or IEC 61641 Enclosed LowVoltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies. Insulating materials shall be
My ct s l loi my ct khng kh nm ngang ko ra c, c lp mot v phi theo quy nh trong BS EN 60947 - Specification for lowvoltage switchgear and controlgear v/hay IEC 61641 Enclosed Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies. Vt liu cch in phi ph hp vi iu kin mi trng xung quanh v
MC 6 T IN H TH
suitable for the ambient conditions specified and for the board design but shall in any case be rated for not less than Class B temperature rise. The design shall be such that the main contact pressure increases with heavy through-fault currents. Auxiliary arcing contacts shall be provided to protect the main contacts from burning during the switching operations. All contact parts shall be readily replaceable. A mechanically operated visual ON/OFF/ISOLATED indicating device shall be provided to indicate the circuit breaker position. A local push button shall be provided for manual tripping. Circuit breakers shall be provided with independent manual operation with spring-assisting closing mechanism. With hand charged spring mechanism, the springs shall not be discharged until the spring has been fully charged and until the means of charging has been removed or disconnected. The operating mechanism shall be trip-free. Mechanical interlocks shall be provided to cater for the following functions :a) The circuit breaker cannot be inserted or withdrawn when in the closed position. Attempted withdrawal shall not trip a closed circuit breaker. The circuit breaker cannot be closed until it is fully engaged or completely isolated and withdrawn. Covers or door giving access to the circuit breaker cannot be removed or opened unless the circuit breaker is fully isolated and withdrawn. Safety shutters shall be provided to all A.C.B. so that no live parts will be exposed when the A.C.B. is drawn out.
theo bn thit k nhng trong mt s trng hp th vt liu cch in khng c thp hn loi Class B.
Bn thit k phi tnh n s gia tng p lc ln tip im chnh vi dng in s c ln. Cng tc h quang ph s c lp bo v nhng tip im chnh khng b chy trong qu trnh ng ct CB. Tt c nhng phn tip xc c th thay th c mt cch d dng.
Nhng thit b dng hin th s hot ng c kh s c trang b (ON/OFF/ISOLATED) cho bit v tr ang lm vic ca CB. Mt nt nhn bng tay ct CB cng s c trang b.
CB s c l xo ng h tr v c kh cho s vn hnh bng tay.
Vi l xo c np bng tay, chng s khng nh ra cho n khi c np y hon ton v n khi thit b dng np l xo c ly i hay tho ri.
C cu hot ng l loi trip-free. Kho lin ng c kh s c trang b phc v cho nhng chc nng sau: a) CB khng th a vo hay ko ra c khi ang v tr ng. Khi c ko ra s khng lm ngt CB ang ng.
b)
b)
CB s khng ng c cho n khi n c lp hay cch ly hay c ko ra hon ton. Np hay ca ca CB khng th tho hay m ra c tr khi n c cch ly v ko ra hon ton.
c)
c)
d)
d)
Nhng l chn an ton s c lp cho tt c A.C.B. nhng phn c in khng c l ra ngoi khi A.C.B c ko ra.
MC 6 T IN H TH
Facilities shall be provided for testing the circuit breaker operation in the isolated and withdrawn position using the normal control functions. Where control circuits are supplied and interlock circuits are broken via plugs on withdrawal of the circuit breakers, a minimum of two jumper lead and socket and plug assembly of each size and type shall be provided to facilitate testing in the withdrawn position. The air circuit breakers shall be equipped with the following as shown on the Tender Drawings :a) One 100mm scale M.I.S.C. ammeter complete with selector switch and C.Ts of Class 1 accuracy to measure all line currents. One 100mm M.I.S.C. voltmeter Class 1 accuracy complete with protection H.R.C. fuses, and selector switch for phase to phase and phase to neutral (for incoming circuit breakers only). The selector switch shall be fitted with dial readings. One 3-element induction type relay three elements for overcurrent protection, with 50% to 200% plug settings. One single element induction type relay for unrestricted earth fault protection with 10% - 40% plug settings. The relay shall have I.D.M.T.L. or D.M.T.L. characteristics as specified on the Tender Drawings. Tripped, supply healthy, breaker closed, breaker open, phase indication. Setting levels of all adjustable tripping devices shall be clearly indicated and marked up on equipment. Delay trip systems capable of holding the systems closed for a period 1/2 second of complete mains failure after which the
6/5
Nhng dng c cn thit s c cung cp cho vic kim tra s hot ng ca CB khi ang v tr cch ly v ko ra vi chc nng kim sot bng tay. Ch mch iu khin v mch kho lin ng c tch ra bi nhng ci cht trong qu trnh ko CB ra, s c t nht hai u ni tt v l cm, jack cm lp cho mi loi v mi c khc nhau c lp t thun tin cho vic kim tra CB v tr ko ra ngoi.
A.C.B s c trang b nhng mc sau nh c th hin trn bn v:
a)
Mt ng h amper M.I.S.C. t l 100mm vi mt cng tc xoay v bin dng loi 1(Class 1) c chnh xc cao o tt c cc dng in. Mt ng h o p M.I.S.C. t l 100mm loi 1(Class1) c chnh xc cao c cu ch bo vH.R.C. v mt cng tc xoay chn pha vi pha v pha vi trung tnh (ch i vi CB ngun cp n) Cng tc xoay c lp c vch chia .
b)
b)
c)
c)
d)
d)
Mt b 3 thit b cm ng loi r le, l 3 thit b bo v qu dng , c nhng cht cm ci t t 50% to 200%.
e)
e)
Mt b thit b cm ng loi r le cho s bo v chm t c nhng cht cm ci t t 10% - 40%. Rle s l loi I.D.M.T.L. or D.M.T.L. c nhng c tnh k thut nh c ch nh trong bn v. CB c s hin th nh b Trip, ang c ngun, CB ng, CB m, bo pha. Mc ci t ca tt c thit b ct c iu chnh c phi c hin th r rng v c nh du ln trn thit b. H thng ngt c thi gian tr c kh nng gi h thng ng trong khong 1/2 giy khi xy ra s c chnh sau h thng s ngt
f)
f)
g)
g)
h)
h)
i)
i)
MC 6 T IN H TH
system should trip. The A.C.B. shall have Test Certificates for:i) Temperature Test ii) Mechanical Endurance Test iii) Dielectric Test 6.2.3 BUSBARS Busbars and busbar connections shall be constructed in accordance with the requirements of BS 159: 1992 - Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections and/or IEC standards. Busbars shall be of rectangular section hard drawn high conductivity copper, adequately rated and supported on non-hygroscopic, anti-tracking insulators spaced at suitable intervals, the complete assembly being capable of withstanding the maximum mechanical stresses set up either by any thermal expansion within the bars under normal operating conditions or under short-circuit fault conditions. Full size neutral bars shall be provided. Busbars installed in switchboards shall be so arranged that all conductors can be brought onto the bars without undue bending. Busbars shall be coloured to BS/IEC Colour Code at strategic locations for phase identification. Connections shall be made with double split case brass clamps. Drilling of the bars will not be permitted, unless approved by the Engineer. Notwithstanding the above, all conductors between the busbars and the fuse switches/M.C.C.Bs above 200A per phase shall be high conductivity copper bars, having a current rating of not less than that of the fuse switches/M.C.C.Bs to which they are connected. Busbars shall be tinned copper to BS 1432: 1987 - Specification for copper for electrical purposes: high conductivity copper rectangular conductors with drawn or rolled
mch. A.C.B. c nhng chng nhn kim tra cho: i) Kim tra nhit ii) Kim tra sc bn c kh iii)Kim tra cht in mi 6.2.3 THANH CI Nhng thanh ci v s u ni phi ph hp vi yu cu ca BS 159: 1992 - Specification for high-voltage busbars and busbar connections v/hay tiu chun IEC.
Nhng thanh ci phi c tit din hnh ch nht cht liu l ng c tnh dn in cao v kh ko gin c, c gi tr tng thch v khng ht m, cch in nhiu lp c t nhng v tr c khong cch ph hp, c kh nng chu c lc c kh ln trong qu trnh lp rp cng nh s gin n nhit trong thanh ci di iu kin hot bng bnh thng hay iu kin b ngn mch.
Nhng thanh ci trung trnh s c lp t. Nhng thanh ci c lp t trong t phn phi s c sp xp sao cho tt c cc dy dn c th i vo trong thanh ci m hkhng b un cong qu mc. Nhng thanh ci phi c nh du mu theo tiu chun BS/IEC Colour Code ti nhng v tr chnh nhn bit pha. S u ni s c lm bng nhng ci kp bng ng thau. Thanh ci khng c php khoan l, tr khi c s ng ca Qun l k thut. Ngoi ra, tt c dy dn gia thanh ci v nhng cng tc cu ch/M.C.C.B.s trn 200A mi pha phi l loi thanh ng c tnh dn in cao, c gi tr dng in khng nh hn nhng cng tc cu ch/ M.C.C.Bs m chng c ni n.
Nhng thanh ci s l lai ng trng thic theo BS 1432: 1987 - Specification for copper for electrical purposes: high conductivity copper rectangular conductors with drawn or rolled
MC 6 T IN H TH
edges and/or IEC standard. A tinned copper earthing strip of dimension not less than 25 x 3mm shall be provided for the full length of the switchboards and sufficient provisions made for earthing connections of all electrical circuits. It shall be effectively connected to all metal parts other than current carrying conductors. 6.2.4 FUSE SWITCHGEAR AND ISOLATORS All fuse switchgear and isolators shall conform to the requirements of BS EN 60947 Part 3 : 1992 - Switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors and fuse-combination units and/or IEC Standard. All contacts shall be fully shrouded and have a breaking capacity on manual operation as required by the relevant British Standard and/or IEC Standard. Isolators and fuse switchgears shall have mechanical interlocks between the panel door and the switch operating mechanism so arranged that the panel door may not be opened with the switch in the 'ON' position. Similarly, it shall not be possible to close the switch with the cubicle door open; except that provision shall be made within the cubicle for authorized persons to defeat the mechanical interlock and close the switch with the door in the open position for test purposes. All switchgear shall be flush mounting and be fitted with mechanical ON/OFF indicators with operating handles of the semi-flush or telescopic pattern. In TP & N fuse switch and switchfuse units bolted neutral links shall be fitted. For single pole and neutral switchfuses and isolating switches, the neutral conductor shall be taken through a bolted link. Where specified on the Tender Drawings Castell interlock shall be supplied. 6.2.5 FUSES, BARRIERS AND BASES Cartridge fuses to BS 88: Part 2 Specification for fuses for use by authorized persons (mainly for industrial application), Class Q1 and/or IEC Standard shall be
edges v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Mt thanh ng trng km c kch thc khng nh hn 25 x 3mm s c lp t dc theo sut chiu di ca t phn phi v cung cp s ni t cho tt c cc mch in. N s c ni t bo v cho tt c nhng phn kim loi tr nhng ng dn c mang in.
6.2.4 MY CT CU CH V DAO CCH LY Tt c cc my ct cu ch v cch ly phi tun theo yu cu ca BS EN 60947 Part 3 : 1992 Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Tt c cc tip im phi c hon ton che y v c dung lng ct trong iu kin hot ng bnh thng nh c yu cu bi tiu chun ca Anh v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
My ct cu ch v cch ly s c kho c klh lin ng gia ca t v cng tc hot ng c kh do ca t khng th m c khi cng tc ang v tr 'ON'. Tng t, n s khng th ng c cng tc khi ca t in ang m, tr khi trong t c lp t d phng cho ngi c trch nhim m kho lin ng v ng cng tc khi ca ang v tr m nhm mc ch kim tra.
Tt c my ct s l loi treo nm ngang v c lp vi hin th c kh ON/OFF vi tay cm vn hnh kiu semi-flush or telescopic pattern.
Trong kiu cng tc cu ch v cu ch cng tc TP & N ni trung tnh s lp bng b long. i vi n cc v nhng cng tc cch ly, cu ch ni trung tnh, dy dn trung tnh s c lp vo bng mt bu long. Kho lin ng s c lp t nhng ch c ch nh trn bn v.
6.2.5 CU CH, VT CHE CHN V Cu ch theo BS 88: Part 2 - Specification for fuses for use by authorized persons (mainly for industrial application), Class Q1 v/hay Tiu chun IEC s c lp t.
MC 6 T IN H TH
provided. The voltage rating shall be 400V 50 Hz to 500V d.c.. The rated breaking capacity of fuses shall be 80 kA at 400V 50 Hz or 40 kA 500V d.c.. Fuse bases and carriers shall be of plastic moulded insulating material of an approved make. Ceramic materials will not be accepted. All live terminals and contacts shall be effectively shrouded and it shall be possible to change fuses with the circuit alive, without danger of contact with live metal.
in p nh mc l 400V 50 Hz n 500V d.c.. dung lng ct nh mc ca cu ch s l 80 kA, 400V 50 Hz hay 40 kA 500V d.c..
cu ch v np y lm bng nha do c cch in. Vt liu lm bng s th khng c php s dng.
Tt c nhng u ni c mang in v cc tip im phi c che y mt cch an ton v chng c th thay th c khi trong mch vn cn mang in, m khng gy nn s va chm nguy him vo nhng phn kim loi ang c in. cu ch v np che s c nh du mu, trng cho ni cch ly, xanh sng cho iu khin v en cho tt c cc loi cu ch khc, v c s hin th bo pha. Cu ch v ni trong cng mt mch s c lp lin nhau trong cng mt hng. Cc cu ch iu khin v vn k s c lp pha trc t in bi gi cu ch ni pha sau.
Fuse bases and carriers shall be colour coded, white for isolating link, light green for control and black for all other fuses, with phase indication. Fuses and links in the same circuit shall be mounted in the adjacent positions in the same row. Fuses for control and voltmeter shall be mounted on the front of the panel by back-connected fuse holders. 6.2.6 MOULDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (M.C.C.B.) The a.c. rated short-circuit capacity for M.C.C.Bs installed in the L.V. switchboards shall not be less than 50 kA or 36 kA where specified. Except for the terminals and toggle, the entire current carrying and operating mechanism of circuit breakers shall be contained within a moulded plastic case. The operating mechanism shall be of the quick-make, quick-break type, with the speed of operation independent of the operator and mechanically trip free from the operating handle, so as to prevent the contacts being held closed against a short circuit or overload condition. The operating mechanism shall be constructed to operate all poles in a multi-pole breaker, simultaneously during opening, closing and tripping operations.
6.2.6 CB C LN (M.C.C.B.)
Dung lng dng ngn mch nh mc ca M.C.C.Bs lp trn t phn phi phi ln hn 50 kA hay 36 kA nhng ch c qui nh.
Tr nhng im ni dy v cn ng ct, ton b nhng phn mang in v phn c kh hot ng phi c t trong v nha c.
Phn hot ng c kh s l loi ng ct nhanh, cvn tc hot ng khng ph thuc vo ngi vn hnh v phn trip c kh cng khng ph thuc vo cn ng ct, ngn khng cho cc tip im b gi v tr ng khi xy ra ngn mch hay qu ti. Phn hot ng c kh s c lp t s dng tt c cc cc trong mt CB a cc, c c cu ng, m, trip ng thi.
MC 6 T IN H TH
All M.C.C.Bs shall conform to BS EN 60898 : 1991 - Specification for circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installation and/or IEC 947-2 Circuit breakers. M.C.C.Bs shall have an inverse current/time characteristic. 'ON' and 'OFF' indications shall be incorporated in the M.C.C.Bs to show whether the contacts of the circuit breaker are in the open or closed position. The breaking and extinction of the arc created during switching shall be achieved by the means of non-welding contacts and arc chutes surrounding these contacts. The breakers shall be complete with positive contact indication. The overload trip-setting indication shall be incorporated in the M.C.C.Bs or displayed permanently on the panel adjacent to the M.C.C.Bs. Triple pole circuit breakers shall be interlocked internally so that an overload on any one phase shall trip all three phases of the breaker simultaneously. The Contractor shall supply, on request, full current discrimination tables showing overload and short circuit discrimination and a full set of transparency characteristics curves to enable discrimination systems to be checked. 6.2.7AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER CONTACTORS (MAINS FAILURE) The automatic changeover contactors shall be 4-pole and suitably rated for heavy-duty applications in a wide range of temperature They shall be from 00C to 400C. manufactured and tested to the relevant British Standards and/or IEC Standard. The automatic changeover contactors shall consist of the following basic elements:a) Main contacts to connect and disconnect the load to and from the sources of
6/9
Tt c cc M.C.C.Bs phi ph hp vi BS EN 60898 : 1991 - Specification for circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installation v/hay IEC 947-2 Circuit breakers. Cc M.C.C.Bs s c mt c tnh dng in/ thi gian. S hin th 'ON' v 'OFF' s c lp trong cng mt M.C.C.Bs cho thy CB ang v tr ng hay m. S ct v dp h quang c xy ra trong sut qu trnh ng ct bi nhng tip im khng nng chy v bung dp h quang bao quanh nhng tip im ny. My ct s hon tt bng s hin th v tr.
S hin th ci t cho bo v qu ti s c lp trong cng mt M.C.C.Bs hay c hin th c nh trn t phn phi gn vi cc M.C.C.Bs.
CB ba cc s c kho lin ng bn trong khi c xy ra qu ti trn bt k mt pha no cng s lm trip tt c ba pha ca CB mt cch ng thi. Nh thu s cung cp, p ng nhng bn xem xt th hin s qu ti v ngn mch v ton b nhng ng cong th hin c tnh k thut kim tra h thng.
6.2.7 CNG TC T CHUYN NGUN T NG ATC ATC l loi 4 cc v c gi tr ph hp s dng trong iu kin lm vic nng vi khong nhit t 00C n 400C. Chng c sn xut v kim tra theo tiu chun British Standards v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
ATC bao gm nhng thit b chnh nh sau:
a)
Nhng tip im chnh ng v ct ti n v t ngun in.

MC 6 T IN H TH
b)
power. Sensing/Supervisory circuits to constantly monitor the condition of power sources and thus provide the signal necessary for the contactors and related circuit operation. Transfer mechanism to effect changeover of the main contacts from source to source. Status indication to show which source of power the load is connected. Command signals to start and stop the standby diesel generator.
b)
Mch cm bin v gim st kim sot tnh ttrng ngun in lin tc v do s cung cp tn hiu cn thit iu khin cc contactor v cc mch in lin quan.
c)
c)
Phn c cu truyn ng tc ng chuyn i nhng tip im chnh t ngun sang ngun. Hin th trng thi bit ngun m ti c ni n. Tn hiu iu khin khi ng v dng my pht d phng.
d)
d)
e)
e)
Three-phase sensing circuits shall be provided. Failure of one or more phases of the incoming supply or a reduction in voltage to less than 60% of normal, shall initiate a timing device adjustable in the range 0 to 15 seconds. If the failure persists at the expiry of this pre-set time delay, a signal shall be initiated to start the engine of the standby generator and the load shall be automatically disconnected from the main supply and connected to the generator supply. After restoration of the normal supply, the automatic changeover switch shall automatically be restored to its normal position after an adjustable preset period from 10-180 seconds. A signal shall be initiated to stop the engine of the standby generator after a further five minutes running to ensure security of mains supply. The automatic changeover contactors shall be electrically and mechanically interlocked to ensure that the two sources of supply will not be paralleled. 6.2.8 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (MAINS FAILURE) Clause 6.2.7 is also applicable to Automatic Transfer Switches (A.T.S.). Automatic Transfer Switches shall be four-pole with either a pair of Moulded-Case Circuit Breakers (M.C.C.B.) or a pair of withdrawable four-pole air-circuit breakers (A.C.Bs) as
Mch kim sot 3 pha s c lp t. Bt k s mt mt hay nhiu pha ca ngun cp hay s st p hn 60% ca in p bnh thng, s lm khi ng b m thi gian c th iu chnh c t 0 n 15 giy. Nu s c vn xy ra v khi thi gian ci t tri qua th mt tn hiu iu khin s lm khi ng my pht d phng v ti s t ng ct t ngun chnh v ni n ngun my pht.
Sau khi ngun chnh c khi phc, ATC s t ng tr v v r bnh thng ca n sau khi ht thi gian ci t (c th iu chnh c t 10180 giy). Mt tn hiu iu khin s lm dng my pht sau thi gian chy khng ti l 5 pht m bo an ton cho ngun chnh.
ATC s c kho lin ng c in m bo l hai ngun cp khng b ni song song vi nhau.
6.2.8 CNG TC CHUYN NGUN T NG (A.T.S) Mc 6.2.7 cng c th p dng c cho Automatic Transfer Switches (A.T.S.). ATS s c bn cc cng vi mt cp ca Moulded-Case Circuit Breakers (M.C.C.B.) hay mt cp ca ACB bn cc (loi c th ko ra c) nh c th hin trn bn v.
MC 6 T IN H TH
indicated in the Contract Drawings. A motorized mechanical linkage shall be provided in M.C.C.Bs or A.C.Bs whichever is applicable, for preventing simultaneous operation of the other breakers when one of the breakers is in its 'ON' position. Automatic Transfer Switches shall be provided with facilities for manual operation. 6.2.9 CURRENT TRANSFORMER Current transformers shall be the straight-through type with suitable ratio, output and class of accuracy for their function and shall comply with BS 7627: 1993 Specification for current transformers and/or IEC 60185 Current transformers for measurement and protection. Measuring current transformers shall have accuracy of Class 1 and protective transformers shall have an accuracy of 5P10, or otherwise specified. Current transformers shall be rated for class B temperature rise and a primary voltage of 660V. Current transformers shall be of the epoxy resin encapsulated type and shall be capable of providing the necessary output to operate the connected protective devices or instruments. Current transformers with adjustable primary turns will not be accepted. For dual ratio current transformers, all ratio terminals shall be terminated at a terminal board and be clearly marked with connections corresponding to the wiring diagrams. The secondary circuit of each set (R-Y-B-N) of current transformers shall be earthed at one point only. Means shall be provided for these earth connections to be disconnected by accessible position for testing. Current transformers provided in plastic casings and of the split core type will not be accepted.
Mt mt chuyn i c kh s c lp t trong M.C.C.Bs hay A.C.B u c th p dng c, ngn nga s hot ng ng thi ca nhng CB khc khi mt trong nhng CB ang v tr 'ON' ca n. ATS c lp t nhm cung cp s thun li cho s vn hnh bng tay. 6.2.9 BIN DNG Bin dng l loi xuyn thng qua (straight-through) c t s bin dng ph hp, ng ra v chnh xc cho chc nng ca chng phi tun theo BS 7627: 1993 Specification for current transformers v/hay IEC 60185 Current transformers for measurement and protection. Bin dng o lng c chnh xc cp 1 v bin dng bo v s c chnh xc 5P10, hay nhng c im khc.
Bin dng phi c gi tr gia tng nhit l loi B v in p s cp ln n 660V.
Bin dng s l loi c bc nha (epoxy resin) v c kh nng cung cp ng ra cn thit ni bo v cho cc thit b hay dng c o lng.
C th s dng loi bin dng c s cp iu chnh c. i vi loi bin dng i, tt c nhng im u ni s c u trn mt bng u dy v c nh du tng ng vi s u dy mt cch r rng. Mch nh th ca mi b bin dng ch c ni t ti mt im. C ngha rng cc im ni t ny s c cung cp ngt kt ni bi v tr xm nhp vo kim tra.
Bin dng l loi bc trong v plastic v khng cho php s dng loi c li chia.
MC 6 T IN H TH
Measuring current transformers shall be connected to test terminal blocks. The test blocks shall be provided with easily removable links and designed to facilitate automatic shorting when the links are removed. Where current transformers are used for measuring line currents via a common ammeter and a selector switch, current transformers shall be shorted out when not being used for indication. 6.2.10 PROTECTION RELAY Except where otherwise specified, protection relays shall comply with BS 142 - Electrical protection relays and/or IEC Standard.
Bin dng o lng s c ni n nhng trm ni kim tra. Trm ni dy kim tra s c cung cp vi nhng ci ni tt c th tho ri mt cch d dng v chng c thit k t ng ni tt li khi s kt ni c g ra. Nhng ch bin dng c s dng cho o lng thng qua mt ampe k chung v mt cng tc xoay, bin dng s c ngt nhanh khi khng s dng hin th.
6.2.10 R LE BO V Ngoi tr nhng ch c quy nh, nhng rle bo v phi tun theo tiu chun BS 142 Electrical protection relays v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Khi s dng loi dng nt cm set th phi thit k sao cho plug setting c th thay i trn ti m khng cn ngt mch ca bin dng ra, v im ly dng cao s chn mt cch t ng khi tho nt cm ra.
Where plug selection is specified, the design shall be such that the plug setting can be changed on load without open-circuiting the current transformer, and the highest current tapping point will automatically be selected when the plug is removed. For protection, under/over-voltage, trip monitor and trip supervisory relays, draw-out cases shall be provided for flush mounting and finished in phenolic black. A contact shall be fitted which shall short circuit the associated current transformer on withdrawal of the relay. For mains incoming I.D.M.T.L. protection relays, three single-phase units in one horizontal plane and accommodated in a common casing shall be provided. Earth fault relay shall be separately accommodated. The I.D.M.T.L. protection relays shall be electro-mechanical type of approved make. Earth fault relays shall have settings which are adjustable between 10% to 40% of current rating of circuit under protection. Overcurrent relays shall have adjustable settings between 50% to 200%. The range shall be adjustable in seven equal steps. Both types of relays shall have adjustable time setting range of 0.1 to 1 sec.
bo v, qu hay thp p, nhng r le kim tra v gim st s c, hp ko ra s c lp t nm ngang trn mt mt phng v c hon thin trong phenolic en. Mt tip im s c lp t ci m s lm ngn mch bin dng ca n khi rt r le ra.
i vi nhng rle bo v ngun cung cp chnh I.D.M.T.L, loi ba pha lp trn cng mt mt phng song song v c t trong cng mt v s c lp t. Rle bo v chm t s c lp t ring r. Rle bo v I.D.M.T.L. s l loi c m in kim. Rle bo v chm t c gi tr ci t c t 10% n 40% gi tr dng in ca mch. Rle bo v qu dng c gi tr ci t c t 50% n 200%. S ci t c th iu chnh c trong by bc bng nhau. C hai loi rle c thi gian ci t iu chnh c trong khong t 0.1 n 1 giy.
MC 6 T IN H TH
Relays shall be housed in vermin-proof accessible cases.
dust
and
Nhng rle phi c bo v trnh bi v c hp che ngn cn s xm nhp ca cc loi cn trng. Hin th trng thi hot ng s c lp t cho mi thit b bo v v c lp t trong cng mt rle. Rle s c mt thit b reset bng tay c th hot ng c m khng cn tho hp rle ra. Mt nt bt kn s dng bt kn dy in vo s c lp t trnh hp rle b h.
Operation indicators shall be provided for each protective element and installed within the same relay. The relay shall have a common hand-reset device operable without opening the relay case. A sealing device permitting the use of sealing wire shall be provided preventing opening of the case. Dust filters shall be provided in metal cases attached to the relays by screwed bezels and supplied with removable filter elements. The relay contacts shall be capable of making and breaking the maximum current which may occur under fault conditions in the circuit in which they are connected. 6.2.11 DISCRIMINATION Where earth fault detection is provided, sufficient adjustment shall be allowed to maintain discrimination between outgoing and incoming circuits, and prevent spurious tripping due to inherent leakage on long cable runs or remote equipment. Where circuit breakers are not provided with earth leakage detection, they shall be arranged to trip on earth fault by ensuring a low earth loop impedance. Outgoing circuit breakers shall have suitable characteristics to give discrimination with submain circuit breakers. 6.2.12 AMMETERS Ammeters shall be current transformer operated type and of accuracy Class 1 complying with BS 89: Part 1: 1990 Specification for definitions and general requirements common to all Parts and BS 89: Part 2 : 1990 - Specification for special requirements for ammeters and voltmeters and/or IEC Stanadrd and be capable of carrying their full load current without undue heating and shall not be damaged by the maximum fault levels of the switchgear.
Nhng ci lc bi lp t trong hp kim loi gn vi rle bng nhng mp c bt vt v c cung cp bng nhng thit b lc tho rp c. Nhng tip im ca r le phi c kh nng ng v ct dng in ln nht khi xy ra s c trong mch m chng c ni n. 6.2.11 CT MCH C CHN LA Ch m c lp t thit b d tm chm t, s iu chnh c cho php duy tr chnh xc gia ngun cp n v i, v ngn cn s trip gi do s r r t nhin trn ng cp di hay nhng thit b xa.
Ch CB khng c lp t thit b d tm dng r, chng s c lp t trip khi c li chm t bi mt vng tr khng t thp.
CB ngun cp ra phi c c tnh k thut thch hp c s chn la vi nhng CB ngun ph.
6.2.12 AMPE K Nhng ampe k s4 c lp bin dng loi c cp chnh xc Class 1 v tun theo tiu chun BS 89 : Part 1 : 1990 - Specification for definitions and general requirements common to all Parts and BS 89 : Part 2 : 1990 - Specification for special requirements for ammeters and voltmeters v/hay Tiu chun IEC v c kh nng mang y ti m khng gy qu nhit v khng b h hng bi nhng s c ln nht xy ra trong my ct.
MC 6 T IN H TH
All ammeters shall have a continuous overload capability of 120% of the upper limit of the scale for two hours. The scale shall be 100mm in total length. Mechanical zero adjustment shall be provided and accessible from the front without dismantling. 6.2.13 VOLTMETER Voltmeters shall be of accuracy Class 1 complying with BS 89 Part 1: 1990 and BS 89 Part 2 : 1990 and/or IEC Standard and have expanded scales of 100mm in total length. The range shall be 0V to 500V for all 400V 3-phase supply and the zero shall be marked. Voltmeters shall be connected to the incoming side of the power supply through 6 amp. H.R.C. fuses and links. Mechanical provided. zero adjustment shall be
Tt c nhng ampe k phi c kh nng chu c qu ti 120%lin tc gii hn trn ca vch chia trong hai gi. Vch chia s l 100mm trong ton b chiu di. S chnh v khng bng c s c lp t v c th lm c t mt trc m khng cn s tho d. 6.2.13 VN K Vn k l loi c cp chnh xc Class 1theo tiu chun BS 89 Part 1 : 1990 v BS 89 Part 2 : 1990 v/hay Tiu chun IEC v c vch chia 100mm trong ton b chiu di. Khong chia s t 0V n 500V cho tt c ngun cp 400V 3-pha v s khng s c nh du. Vn k s c ni vo pha u ngun cp n thng qua cu ch v ni 6 ampe loi H.R.C.
Chnh khng bng c s c lp t.
6.2.14 AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCH The ammeter selector switch shall be mounted on the front of the panel and shall be of the rotary type with make-before-break contacts for selection to read red-yellow-blue neutral currents with R-Y-B-N marked clearly on the switch. Contacts shall be rated for a thermal current of 6 amperes at 230V 50 Hz. 6.2.15 VOLTMETER SELECTOR SWITCH The voltmeter selector switch shall be mounted on the front of the panel and shall be of the rotary type with break-before-make contacts for selection to measure red-yellow, yellow-blue, blue-red and red, yellow and blue phase voltages with RY, YB, BR, R-Y-B marked clearly on the switch. 6.2.16 CONTROL AND AUXILIARY RELAYS Control and auxiliary relays shall be plug-in type, rack-mounted, provided with cable connection sockets and anchored by quick
6.2.14 CNG TC XOAY CHO AMPE K Cng tc xoayt cho ampe k s c lp mt trc ca t v s l loi quay c tip im ng trc khi ct (make-before-break) cho s chn la c dng in vi red-yellow-blue-neutral v R-Y-B-N c nh du r rng trn cng tc. Cng tc s l loi c dng 6 ampe 230V 50 Hz. 6.2.15 CNG TC XOAY CHO VN K Cng tc xoay cho vn k s c lp mt trc ca t in v l lai quay trn c tip im ct trc khi ng (break-before-make) cho s chn la o in p pha red-yellow, yellow-blue, blue-red and red, yellow and blue phase v c RY, YB, BR, R-Y-B c nh du r rng trn cng tc. 6.2.16 RLE IU KHIN V RLE PH Nhng rle iu khin v rle ph l loi ghim, c lp trn thanh ray, c l ni dy v c treo bi cht ci nhanh chng rung ng.
MC 6 T IN H TH
fastening vibration-proof devices. All contacts shall be double breaking type. Relay coils shall be rated at 230V 50 Hz single phase a.c. supply, and they shall operate when the voltage is reduced to 85% of nominal. Drop out voltage shall not occur at voltages exceeding 65% of nominal. Contact elements and operating coils shall be replaceable and be enclosed in transparent dust-proof plastic case or available for easy inspection. Each relay shall have a minimum of one pair of normally open and one pair of normally closed spare contacts. 6.2.17 LATCH RELAYS Latch relays shall provided for essential circuits and shall be suitably rated for 230V 50 Hz single phase a.c. supply. They shall be able to close when subject to a voltage reduction of 85% of nominal. When the operating coil of the relay is energised, a spring loaded latch closed position. The contact shall remain closed even after the power is removed from the operating coil. A manually operated relay coil shall be provided to release the contact and allow the relay to drop out. 6.2.18 VOLT-FREE CONTACTS (DRY CONTACTS) Where interface is required "volt-free" contacts shall be provided for use by the other Contractors. They shall comprise a pair of contacts operated directly by the equipment but electrically separated such that no potential derived from the equipment appears at the contacts. Volt-free contacts shall also be used to complete external control, alarm or indication circuits. 6.2.19 SEQUENCE TIMERS Delay timers shall be of the motorized type, suitable for 230V 50 Hz single phase a.c. supply application. When the motor is fed, a built-in electro magnetic clutch shall pull in a
Tt c cc tip im l loi i. Cun dy rle c gi tr l 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C, v chng s tc ng khi in p gim n 85% in p bnh thng. S st p s khng xy ra khi inp vt qu 65% in p bnh thng.
Cc tip im v cun coil l loi thay th c v c v bng plastic chng bi trong sut hay d dng kim tra.
Mi rler phi c ti thiu mt cp thng h v mt cp thng ng.
6.2.17 R LE CHT Nhng rle cht s c lp t cho nhng mch cn thit v l loi c gi tr ph hp cho 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C. chng c kh nng ng khi in p gim n 85% in p bnh thng. Khi cun dy ca rle b kch hot, mt l xo chu lc cht gi v tr ng. Tip im s duy tr v tr ng ngay c khi ngun cp cho cun coil c tt ra. Mt cun coil rle c iu khin bng tay s lm tip im nh ra v cho php rle tr vtrng thi ban u.
6.2.18 TIP IM KH
Nhng ch cn giao tip vi nhng thit b khc, cc tip im "volt-free" s c lp t v c s dng bi cc nh thu khc. Chng l mt tip im i c tc ng trc tip bi thit b nhng tip im s khng c cung cp in th t thit b. Tip im t do cng s c s dng iu khin cc thit b bn ngoi, bo ng hay dng bo hin th.
6.2.19 B NH GI (TIMER) Timer s l loi hot ng bng ng c, s dng ngun 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C. Khi motor c cp ngun, mt khp in t trong timer s ko mt cnh tay di ng, v theo thi gian ci
MC 6 T IN H TH
mobile arm, and run for the preset time, before closing the associated microswitch contacts. The mobile arm shall be spring loaded so that when the timer motor is de-energized, the timer unit resets by itself. Unless otherwise stated, all timers shall have adjustable timing between 0 to 10 seconds. 6.2.20 SWITCHBOARD HEATERS The switchboard shall have anti-condensation heaters and shall be energized from a 230V 50 Hz single phase a.c. supply. Each segregated panel section shall be fitted with panel heaters, illuminated push button and H.R.C. fuses. Panels for circuit breakers shall be fitted with suitably positioned adjustable thermostats for temperature control. 6.2.21 INTERNAL AND CONTROL WIRING All instruments and equipment shall be securely mounted and all internal wiring runs shall be included and shall be so positioned as to ensure complete accessibility for servicing purposes. All internal wiring shall be PVC insulated, neatly bunched, run on supporting cleats or insulators and shall be coloured and adequately labeled or sleeved for identification. All control wiring shall be 1.5mm2 multistrand copper and shall terminate on the "Klippon" system, and shall incorporate loops to permit the opening of doors and removal of components for inspection without disconnecting the cables. 6.2.22 B.A.S. INTERFACE PROVISION (NOT IN USE) The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary current transformers, auxiliary contacts, transducers, relay accessories, etc. for the B.A.S. control/monitoring points as specified in the Specification and the Contract Drawings. All control/monitoring points shall be group together and located in a separate compartment on the switchboard.
t, trc khi ng cc tip im li quan. Cnh tay di ng c ko cng bi mt l xo khi motor b ngng cp ngun, timer s t tr v v tr c ca n. Tr nhng trng thi khc, tt c timer u c thi gian iu chnh c t 0 n 10 giy.
6.2.20 B SI T IN PHN PHI T phn phi s c b hm ngn nga s ng hi nc v chng s c tc ng t ngun cp 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C. Mi phn ring bit trong t in s c lp vi t in tr hm, nt nhn c n bo v cu ch H.R.C. Nhng t cha CB s c mt cm bin nhit iu chnh c c t v tr thch hp kim sot nhit bn trong t.
6.2.21 DY IU KHIN V DY BN TRONG T Tt c cc dng c v trang thit b s c gn mt cch chc chn k c cc dy dn bn trong v s c t sao cho m bo c mc ch bo tr thit b c thun li.
Tt c dy dn bn trong phi l loi bc cch in PVC, loi cp mm, c i trong hp cch in hay trn thanh ging v phi c mu v c gn nhn mt cch tng thch hay gn s phn bit. Tt c dy iu khin s l loi 1.5mm2 dy ng nhiu si v c u ni trn h thng "Klippon", v c b gn li ca m v di chuyn c cc thit b kim tra m khng cn tho dy ra.
6.2.22 GIAO DIN VI H THNG T NG TRONG TO NH (B.A.S) (KHNG S DNG) Nh thu c trch nhim cung cp tt c cc bin dng, tip im ph, my bin nng, rle, cc thit b cn thit khc, v.v cho cc im iu khin, kim sot ca B.A.S. nh c th hin trn bn v. Tt c cc im iu khin, kim sot s c to thnh nhm v t trong mt ngn ring bit ca t phn phi.
MC 6 T IN H TH
6.2.23 PROTECTION TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE (SURGE ARRESTORS) Transient overvoltage protector shall be installed on all power cables or power distribution boards. Protectors shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of : TCXDVN 46:2007 : Protection of Structures Against Lightning - Guide for design, inspection and maintenance BS EN 60099 - 1 : 1994 - Non-linear resistor type gapped surge arrestors for a.c systems. IEEE C62. 41: 1991 - Recommended practice on surge voltages in low voltage AC power circuits. The protector must not interfere with or restrict the systems normal operation. It should not corrupt the normal mains power supply, break or shutdown the power supply during operation nor have an excessive earth leakage current. The protection shall be rated for a peak discharge current of no less than 10kA (8/20 microsecond waveform). It shall limit the transient voltage to below equipment susceptibility levels. The protector shall have continuous indication of its protection status and should clearly show : a) full protection present
6.2.23 B CHNG ST NGUN (SURGE ARRESTORS) B bo vqu p cm ng s c lp t trn tt c cc dy ngun hay t ngun phn phi.
B bo v phi c kim tra ph hp theo yu cu ca: TCXDVN 46:2007 : Chng st cho cng trnh Tiu chun thit k, kim tra v bo tr.
BS EN 60099 - 1 : 1994 - Non-linear resistor type gapped surge arrestors for a.c systems. IEEE C62. 41: 1991 - Recommended practice on surge voltages in low voltage AC power circuits.
B bo v phi khng nh hng hay lm hn ch s hot ng bnh thng ca h thng. N khng c lm thay i ngun cung cp chnh bnh thng, lm gin on hay mt ngun cung cp trong sut qu trnh hot ng hay gy ra dng r vi t qu mc. nh ca dng in x s c gi tr khng di 10kA (bc sng 8/20 micro giy). N s gii hn in p cm ng di mc cm nhn ca thit b.
B bo v phi hin th c tnh trng bo v lin tc ca n v th hin mt cch r rng nh sau: a) b) ang thc hin s bo v hon ton gim kh nng bo v- yu cu cn c thay th khng cn bo v- thiu kh nng bo v
b) reduced protection - replacement required
c) no protection - failure of protection Remote indication of status should also be possible via a volt free contact. The status indication should warn of protection failure between all combination of conductors, including neutral to earth to
c)
S hin th trng thi t xa cng c th lm thng qua mt tip im t do. S hin th trng thi nn cnh bo c li gia tt c cc dy iu khin, k c dy trung tnh ni t ngn nga in p ngn mch nguy
MC 6 T IN H TH
prevent potentially dangerous short circuit between neutral and earth to go undetected for any length of time. Full detailed installation instructions shall be supplied with the protector and the Contractor shall comply with the installation practice as detailed by the protector manufacturer. 6.3 INSTALLATION 6.3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall provide all labour and materials to install and commission the L.V. switchboards. 6.3.2 POWER GRID METERS AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS Provision shall be made, where specified and/or as shown on the Tender Drawings, for accommodation of the Authority's supply metering equipment on the L.V. switchboards. The Contractor is responsible for liaising with Power Grid for testing and installing the meters and current transformers. 6.3.3 LABELS Labels shall be provided as specified in this Section. 6.3.4 TESTING On site testing shall include, but not be limited to, the following :a) Mechanical tests including checking of all mechanical and electrical connections, interlocks, etc.. High voltage dielectric test. Primary injection test of protection device wherever practical. Functional checks of all control circuits. 6.3
him gia trung tnh v t m khng b pht hin trong bt k khong thi gian di no. Chi tit lp t s c cung cp cng vi b bo v v nh thu phi tun theo hng dn lp t c chi tit bi nh sn xut.
S LP T
6.3.1 TNG QUT Nh thu s cung cp tt c nhn cng v vt t lp t v thm nh t in phn phi L.V. switchboards. 6.3.2 NG H O LI IN V BIN DNG
S c cung cp nhng ni c ch nh v/hay nh trong bn v, thun li cho thit b o lng cung cp ca ngi c thm quyn trong t phn phi. Nh thu chu trch nhim gi lin lc vi li in kim tra v lp t ng h v bin dng.
6.3.3 NHN Nhn s c cung cxp nh c quy nh trong phn ny. 6.3.4 KIM TRA K c kim tra ti ch, nhng khng c gii hn, nh sau: a) Kim tra c kh bao gm kim tra tt c s ni, kho lin ng c kh v in, v.v.
b) c)
b) c)
Kim tra cht in mi cao p. Kim tra p ng s cp cho cc thit b bo v nhng ni ring l. Kim tra chc nng lm vic ca cc mch iu khin. Hiu chnh cc thit b o lng v bin dng v.v.
d)
d)
e)
Calibration of metering current transformer, etc..
instruments,
e)
MC 6 T IN H TH
f)
Secondary injection test of protective devices. Insulation resistant test. Any other tests as recommended by manufacturer and required by Authorities. All fees for testing is deemed to be included in this Contract.
f)
Kim tra p ng th cp cho cc thit b bo v. Kim tra cch in. Nhng kim tra khc c ngh bi nh sn xut v yu cu bi ngi c thm quyn. Tt c chi ph kim tra c tnh trong bn hp ng ny.
g) h)
g) h)
MC 6 T IN H TH
SECTION 7 FUSED SWITCHGEAR, MCB AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
MC 7 MY CT CU CH, MCB V T PHN PHI

SECTION 7 FUSED SWITCHGEAR, MCB AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS MC 7 MY CT CU CH, MCB V T PHN PHI
7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall provide, install, test, commission and set to work all sub-cir cuit distribution switchgear and enclosures as indicated in the Tender Drawings and specified in this Section. 7.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, NEMA or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. The short circuit ratings of the switchgears shall be certified by an independent and acceptable testing authority. 7.2 EQUIPMENT 7.2.1 FUSED SWITCHGEAR Fused switchgear and switches shall be suitable for surface mounting, with enclosures fabricated from sheet steel, finished in grey or other agreed colour, stoved enamel, removable top and bottom end plates and gasket door. Chrome plated front operated handles with visible 'ON', 'OFF' indication shall be provided. Front access doors shall be detachable and shall be interlocked to prevent opening when the isolator is 'ON'. Padlocking or key locking with key trapped when fuse/isolator is in closed position shall be provided. Provisions shall be made for the interlock to be defeated by a competent person for maintenance purposes. The interior of the switches and fused switchgear shall comprise porcelain bases fitted with plated non-ferrous conducting components.
7.1 TNG QUT 7.1.1M T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, kim tra, thm nh v a vo vn hnh tt c cc t in phn phi chnh v ph nh c th hin trn bn v v nhng c im k thut c ghi trong phn ny.
7.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi theo tiu chun ca IEC, KEMA or British Standards hay mt tiu chun quc t tng ng c cng nhn, cng nh ngha v php l v nhng quy nh ca s ti. Gi tr dng ngn mch ca my ct phi c chng nhn bi mt c quan kim nh c lp v c cng nhn. 7.2 THIT B 7.2.1 MY CT CU CH My ct cu ch v cng tc phi ph hp lp trn mt phng, vi nhng ph kin i km c lm bng thp tm, c sn mu xm hay mu khc c chp thun, c nung trng men, m ca v tm y trn v di c th tho ra c. Nhng tay nm vn hnh pha trc c m Chrome c hin th 'ON', 'OFF' . Ca trc c th tho ra c v c kha lin ng ngn m ca khi cng tc ang v tr 'ON'. Trn c lp kha c cha c ci by vi nhau khi cu ch/ cng tc cch ly ang v tr ng. Kha lin ng s c m bi ngi c thm quyn cho cng tc bo tr.
Bn trong cng tc v my ct gm c bng s c lp vi tm phi kim loi.

Switches shall be quick-make and break type and shall have removable shields over the fixed contacts and removable moving contact bars. The fused switchgear and switches shall have a positive contact indicator to show the contact position with the door open. All fused switchgear and switches shall be capable of withstanding the electrical and mechanical stresses produced by interrupting prospective fault currents of up to and including 42 kA R.M.S. symmetrical at 433V for 3 sec. All switching devices shall be rated for 660V, designed for heavy duty applications. They shall be fully tested to conform to BS EN 60947 Part 3 : 1992 - Switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors and fuse-connection units. Cartridge fuses to BS 88: Part 2 - Specification for fuses for use by authorized persons (mainly for industrial application) and/or IEC Standard shall be supplied. Where mounted externally or otherwise specified, weatherproof enclosure with IP 55 degree or protection shall be provided with hotdipped galvanized finish. 7.2.2 MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS (M.C.B.) Single pole miniature circuit breakers shall be used for sub-circuit control and protection on all lighting and small power circuits. Three-pole breakers shall equipment. be used for three-phase
Cng tc s l loi ng ct nhanh v c hp bo v c th tho ra c v nhng thanh tip xc di ng tho ra c. My ct cu ch v cng tc s c mt n hin th ch v tr ca cng tc lc ca m.
Tt c my ct cu ch v cng tc phi c kh nng chu c ng sut v in v c kh do ct dng in s c ln n 50 kA R.M.S. ng vi 433V trong 3 giy.
Tt c thit b ng ct phi c gi tr 660V, c thit k lm vic trong iu kin khc nghit.chng phi c kim tra y theo BS EN 60947 Part 3:1992 - Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-connection units. V cu ch theo BS 88 : Part 2 - Specification for fuses for use by authorized persons (mainly for industrial application) v/hay Tiu chun IEC s c cung cp. Nhng ch c gn ngoi tri hay mt ni c bit no khc, s dng loi ngoi tri vi IP 55 degree hay c bo v bng hp c m km.
7.2.2 CB C NH (M.C.B.) CB mt cc s c s dng kim sot cc mnh ph v bo v cho nhng tuyn n hay nhng cm c cng sut nh. CB 3 cc s s dng cho thit b 3 pha.
M.C.Bs shall be single-pole or three-pole only and neutral link switching is not required. The body and base of the units shall be moulded Bakelite or similar material and units shall be sealed after assembly. The load handling contracts shall be silver/tungsten and the contracts and operating mechanism so designed as to give a wiping action both at make break.
M.C.Bs ch l loi 1 hay 3 cc v cng tc ni trung tnh th khng cn thit. Thn v ca CB s c c bng nha tng hp hay vt liu tng t v s c nim phong sau khi lp rp. Cc tip im cho ti l loi bc/vonfram v c cu vn hnh c thit k sao cho tc ng ng ct khng lm d tip im.

The breaker operating mechanism shall be the trip-free type so designed as to prevent the load handling contracts from closing on a fault. Circuit protection against overload and fault conditions shall be provided by means of a thermal magnetic device designed to give thermal operation on overload and magnetic operation under fault conditions. Positions of the breaker operating dolly shall be clearly indicated. M.C.Bs shall comply with BS EN 60947 Part 2 : 1992 - Circuit-breakers and/or IEC Standard and be ASTA certified for the minimum 6 kA short circuit capacity. The tripping characteristics shall be suitable for the type of load connected. All cable and busbar terminations shall be sweated and tinned prior to connection to M.C.B. terminals. 7.2.3 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Miniature circuit breaker distribution boards shall be provided to serve lighting circuits, small power outlets. All wiring, busbars, etc. within the distribution boards shall be screened behind a 2.5mm thick flame retardant insulating shield. Only the M.C.B. operating dolly and insulated body shall project through the shield. Connection blocks used for branching live feed cables inside distribution boards shall include one insulated support, brass connection blocks with removable anti-shear plates to enable cables to be connected without cutting, if necessary and preferably to be fixed on DIN rails. The rating of the connection blocks shall be not less than the rating of the incoming circuit breaker. Bakelite Insulated (B.I.) connectors used shall be approved type by Local Power Company.
Tc ng c kh ca CB s l loi trip-free c thit k ngn s ng li vo ti khi ang c s c. S bo v qu ti v s c s c kim sot bi mt thit b nam chm nhit, t. Tc ng nhit khi qu ti v tc ng t khi mch c s c.
V tr trng thi hot ng ca CB phi c hin th r rng. M.C.Bs phi tun theo BS EN 60947 Part 2 : 1992 Circuit-breakers v/hay Tiu chun IEC v ASTA, KEMA chng nhn kh nng ngn mch thp nht l 6 kA. c tuyn trip phi ph hp vi loi ti c ni n.
Tt c cp v u ni thanh ci phi c lm sch v trng thic trc khi c ni n M.C.B. terminals. 7.2.3 T IN PHN PHI T in lp CB c nh c lp t cho cc tuyn n, cm c cng sut nh.
Tt c dy, thanh ci, v.v trong t in s c bo v sau mt tm chng chy dy 2.5mm. Ch c phn thn cch in v cn ng ct ca M.C.B c l ra ngoi.
Hp ni dy s dng phn nhnh cp ngun n bn trong t phn phi bao gm mt cch in, phn ni dy bng ng thau c tm chng s di chuyn c th tho ri ra c cp c th ni c m khng cn phi ct, nu cn thit v tt nht l c lp c nh vo thanh DIN. Gi tr ca hp ni dy s khng t hn gi tr ca CB ngun cp n. u ni c cch in l nha tng hp (B.I) c s dng l loi c chp thun bi in lc a phng.

Comb busbars are permitted for use in distribution boards for residential premises only. It shall also be restricted to single-phase distribution boards and shall not exceed 100A rating. Neutral bars shall be of adequate cross section, mounted on insulators and drilled to receive circuit wiring. Two clamping screws shall be provided per neutral way. Screws shall be cheese head brass not less than 2BA. Where neutral earth terminal connectors are installed, they shall have equal numbers of terminal ways as the numbers of M.C.Bs provided in the board. Enclosure doors shall be fitted with chrome plated handle and closing latch device. The sheet metal for the board shall be not less than 1.6mm and for the door shall be 2mm thick. MCB boards shall be finished with rust resistant primer and high quality epoxy powder coating. Polyester distribution boards with high quality may also be acceptable in lieu of sheet metal enclosure. 7.2.4 RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES Residual current devices (R.C.D.) shall comply with the requirements of British Standard and/or IEC Standard. R.C.D. shall be either two or four poles and current- operated type with a tripping time not exceeding 0.1 sec. The R.C.D. shall be rated for operation at 400/230V 50 Hz. All R.C.D. shall be trip-free. A test button shall be provided for testing of the R.C.D. 7.3 INSTALLATION 7.3.1 GENERAL
Nhng thanh lc ch c php s dng trong t phn phi. N cng ch c gii hn s dng cho t phn phi mt pha v c gi tr khng vt qu 100A.
Nhng thanh trung tnh phi c tit din thch hp, c lp trn thanh cch in v c khoan lp ng dy dn. Mi ng dn thanh trung tnh s c gi bng nhng ci kp bi hai con c. Nhng con c s l loi ng thau khng nh hn. Nhng ch u ni ng dy trung tnh, chng s c s u ni ng dy tng ng vi s M.C.Bs c lp trong t.
Ca t s c lp vi tay nm c bc chrome v c cht kha. Tm kim loi cho t s khng nh hn 1.6mm v ca s c dy l 2mm.
T cha MCB s c ph sn lt chng r st v c lp bt epoxy cht lng tt. T Polyester cht lng cao cng c th c s dng thay cho loi t kim loi.
7.2.4 CB CHNG DNG R (R.C.C.D) CB chng r (R.C.D.) phi tun theo tiu chun Anh v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
R.C.D. s l loi hai hay bn cc c thi gian ct khng qu 0.1 giy khi c dng lm vic i qua.
R.C.D. c gi tr lm vic ti 400/230V 50 Hz.
Tt c R.C.D. s l loi lm vic c lp. Mt nt nhn s c lp t kim tra R.C.D. 7.3 S LP T 7.3.1 TNG QUT

The Contractor shall provide all labour and materials to install all sub-circuit distribution switchgear and enclosures. All boards and outgoing circuits shall be clearly labeled, and marked with phase identification. All labels shall be of laminated plastic, black engraved with white words. 7.3.2 LABEL All phase conductors, neutral and earth terminals within the enclosure shall be correspondingly labeled with cable markers. 7.3.3 IDENTIFICATION Inside each distribution board door, a circuit record card, enclosed in a Perspex envelope shall be provided and fixed giving the total number of points served by each M.C.B., total load per way and the area served. 7.3.4 NEUTRAL AND EARTH CONDUCTORS Under no circumstances shall the neutral cables be short-circuited with the circuit protective conductors. 7.3.5 CABLE ENTRY Cable entry knockouts shall be provided at top, bottom or both sides of the enclosure as required or removable gland plates used. Where single cable entered the enclosure, the entry plate shall be non-ferrous type.
Nh thu s cung cp tt c nhn cng v vt t lp t tt c cc t phn phi chnh v ph.
Tt c cc t v ngun ra phi c dn nhn v nh du nhn bit pha. Tt c cc nhn s l loi tm nha, c trm khc mu en vi ch mu trng. 7.3.2 NHN Tt c cc dy pha, trung tnh, trm tip t phi c dn nhn mt cch tng ng bng nhng cable markers. 7.3.3 S NHN DNG ng sau mi t phn phi s c mt bn v chi tit mch phn phi c bc bng tm nha trong nhn bit tng s im n ti c cung cp bi nhng M.C.B.
7.3.4 DY DN TRUNG TNH V DY T Khng c trng hp no cp trung tnh s b ngt mch vi cp ni t.
7.3.5 NG DY DN I VO T ng dy cp vo t s trn, di hay c hai pha nh yu cu hoc s dng tm np m tho g c. Ch m cp n i vo th s dng loi tm phi kim loi.
SECTION 8 CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES, CABLE TRUNKING,CABLE TRAYS MC 8 NG IN V PH KIN, MNG CP, KHAY CP

SECTION 8 CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES, CABLE TRUNKING, CABLE TRAYS MC 8 NG IN V PH KIN MNG CP, KHAY CP
8.1 GENERAL 8.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall install conduits, cable trunking, cable trays and all necessary accessories as specified on the Tender Drawings and this Section. 8.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, NEMA or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 8.2 EQUIPMENT 8.2.1 STEEL CONDUITS, BOXES AND ACCESSORIES All metal conduits shall be galvanized welded steel complying with BS 4568 - Specification for steel conduit and fittings with metric threads of ISO form for electrical installations and/or IEC Standard. No conduit shall be of less than 20mm. All conduit outlet boxes and junction boxes shall be malleable iron and of standard circular pattern with spout to BS 4568/IEC as specified. Standard circular pattern boxes shall be used with conduits up to and including 25mm. Rectangular pattern adaptable boxes shall be used for conduits of 32mm and larger. All conduit boxes shall be provided with lids. Adaptable boxes shall be of mild steel of not less than 2.5mm with hot dip galvanized finish. Boxes shall be not less than 47mm deep and of such dimensions as will enable the largest size cable, for which the conduit run is suitable, to be drawn in without excessive bending of the cables. Lids of the same gauge with brass fixing screws, shall be provided.
8.1 TNG QUT 8.1.1 M T Nh thu s lp t cc ng dn, mng in, v ph tng cn thit khc nh c th hin trong bn v v trong phn ny.
8.1.2 CC TIU CHUN Tt c cc trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi tun theo tiu chun IEC, NEMA or British Standards hay mt tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh tt c cc quy nh php l v php lut ca nc s ti. 8.2 THIT B 8.2.1 NG DN, HP NI BNG THP V CC PH TNG. Tt c cc ng dn kim loi phi l loi thp m km theo tiu chun BS 4568 - Specification for steel conduit and fittings with metric threads of ISO form for electrical installations v/hay Tiu chun IEC. ng dn khng nh hn 20mm.
Tt c cc hp ni v hp chia s l loi st mng, v l kiu c l trn theo tiu chun BS 4568/IEC nh qui nh. Nhng hp hnh trn s c s dng vi ng dn t phi 25mm. Nhng hp hnh ch nht s c dng vi ng phi 32mm v ln hn.
Tt c cc hp ni ng s c np y. Nhng hp m tng s l loi thp mm khng nh hn 2.5mm c lp trng m km. Hp s c su ln hn 47mm v vi kch thc nh vy s cho php dy c kch ln, loi ph hp i ng dn, ko dy m khng lm chng b un cong qu mc. Np y s s dng loi cng kiu v c vt bt bng ng thau.

Spacer bar saddles shall be malleable cast iron with bases and shall be hot dip galvanised to BS 729 : 1994 - Specification for hot dip galvanized coatings on iron and steel articles and/or IEC standard. Socket outlet boxes shall be constructed of sheet steel, galvanized finish and shall comply with BS 4662 : 1989 - Specification for boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories and/or IEC standard. Flush or surface mounting type outlet boxes shall be used where applicable. An earthing terminal with brass screw shall be provided in each lighting and power outlet box. All conduit entries to adaptable boxes, outlet boxes and switchgear shall be made with coupling and hexagon male brass bush with serrated steel washer. 8.2.2 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT Flexible steel conduit and solid type adapters shall comply with BS 731 : Part 1 : 1993 Flexible steel conduit & adaptors for the protection of electric cable and/or IEC standard and shall be of the metallic watertight pattern, PVC oversheathed. 8.2.3 PVC CONDUIT All rigid PVC conduit shall comply with the requirements of BS 6099 - Conduits for electrical installations and/or IEC standard. All conduit shall be of the high impact heavy mechanical strength type. All conduit fittings shall comply with the requirements of BS 4607 - Non-metallic conduits and fittings for electrical installations and/or IEC standard. Conduit, fittings and accessories shall be from the same manufacturer. No conduit smaller than 20 mm meter shall be used.
Kp gi ng s l loi gang mng c v c trng lp m km theo BS 729: 1994 - Specification for hot dip galvanized coatings on iron and steel articles v/hay Tiu chun IEC
Nhng hp cm s c lm bng thp tm, m km v theo tiu chun BS 4662 : 1989 Specification for boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Hp cm loi m hay loi gn ni s c s dng theo nhng ni thch hp. Mi n v hp ni cm s c mt cc ni t vi vt bt bng ng thau. Tt c cc ng dn i vo hp ni, hp cm v my ct s c ni bng khp ni v ci ni rng c bng ng thau c long n rng ca bng thp. 8.2.2 NG THP L XO ng dn mm bng thp, ng cng v khp ni phi theo tiu chun BS 731 : Part 1 : 1993 Flexible steel conduit & adaptors for the protection of electric cable v/hay Tiu chun IEC v l loi kn nc bng kim loi, hay c bc nha PVC.
8.2.3 NG NHA PVC Tt c cc ng dn cng bng PVC phi tun theo yu cu ca BS 6099 - Conduits for electrical installations v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Tt c ng dn phi l loi c bn c kh cao.
Tt c cc ni ng s phi tun theo yu cu ca BS 4607 - Non-metallic conduits and fittings for electrical installations v/hay Tiu chun IEC. ng dn, khp ni, v cc ph tng khc phi cng mt hng sn xut.
ng nh hn 20 mm s khng c s dng.

8.2.4 CABLE TRUNKING Metal cable trunking shall be manufactured complying with Singapore Standard SS 249 : 1981 - Steel surface cable trunking and accessories and/or IEC standard. When specified otherwise, the cable trunking system shall be of the hot-dipped galvanised or electro-galvanised sheet steel both internal and external throughout and coated with electrostatic epoxy powder with a minimum film thickness of 45 micron. The trunking system shall comprise of purpose factory made bends, tees, reducers etc., and shall be electrically continuous grounded by linking each sections and joints with purpose factory made copper link. All screws bolts and nuts shall be of zone plated or cadmium plated. Covers shall be of the quick-fix pattern with centre captive screw or spring-on type. Fixing arrangement employing self-tapping screws shall not be accepted. Cable trunking shall have the dimensions and thickness as specified in the following table:METAL CABLE TRUNKING SIZE AND THICKNESS
8.2.4 MNG CP (TRUNKING) Hp cha cp bng kim loi s c sn xut theo tiu chun Singapore Standard SS 249 : 1981 Steel surface cable trunking and accessories v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Khi c qui nh khc, h thng hp cha cp s l loi c trng m km hay thp tm m tnh in ton b t trong ra ngoi v c ph lp bt epoxy mng vi dy 45 micron.
H thng mng cp bao gm ch un, chia ba T, ch gim, v.v, v c ni t lin tc bng cch lin kt mi phn trunking v nhng ch ni vi nhau bng ci ni bng ng. Tt c c v b long s c m km.
Np s l loi gn nhanh, loi c vt bt gi hay c rnh ci. S lp t s dng lai vt t ci s khng c chp nhn.
Hp ni cp s c kch thc v dy nh trong bng sau: KCH THC MNG CP & DY
Size (mm) Width (max) 50 100 175 350 100 150 175 300 150 300 150 200 Height (max) 50 50 50 50 75 75 50 75 100 100 150 150
Material Thickness (mm) Body 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.6 Cover 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5
Kch thc (mm) rng (max) 50 100 175 350 100 150 175 300 150 300 150 200 Cao (max) 50 50 50 50 75 75 50 75 100 100 150 150
dy vt liu (mm) Mng cp 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.6 Np 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5 1.2 1.5

8.2.5 PVC TRUNKING PVC trunking, when specified shall comply with the requirements of BS 4678 Part 4 Specification for cable trunking made of insulation material and/or IEC standard. All trunking shall be of the high impact heavy mechanical strength type. The trunking system shall comprise of purpose factory made bends, tees corners, reducers, etc. and colour shall be to manufacturers white unless specified otherwise. 8.2.6 CABLE TRAYS Metal cable tray shall be perforated with return edges of minimum 20mm high. When specified otherwise, the cable tray shall be fabricated from hot-dipped galvanised or electro-galvanised steel sheet with electrostatic epoxy powder coating to minimum thickness of 45 micron or hot dipped galvanised to ASTM A386 finishes. The tray system shall comprises of purpose factory made bends, tees, reducers etc. and shall be electrically continuous grounded by linking each sections and joints with purpose factory made copper link. Metal cable tray shall have the dimensions as specified in the following table :CABLE TRAY SIZES AND THICKNESS
8.2.5 MNG CP NHA Trunking nha phi tun theo yu cu ca BS 4678 Part 4 Specification for cable trunking made of insulation material v/hay Tiu chun IEC. Tt c trunking phi l loi c bn c kh cao.
H thng trunking bao gm cc ch un, ch chia ba T, ch gim, v.v, v mu s l mu trng ca nh sn xut, tr khi c nhng ch nh khc.
8.2.6 KHAY CP Khay cp kim loi l loi c l , g cao t nht l 20mm. Khi c nhng ch nh khc, mng in s l loi c lm t thp tm m km hay m tnh in c bc lp bt epoxy vi dy ti thiu l 45 micron hay lp m km ASTM A386 .
H thng mng bao gm nhng ch un khc, chia ba T, ch gim, v.v, v c tip t lin tc bng cch lin kt tng phn vi nhng ch ni vi nhau bng ci ni bng ng.
Mng in kim loi s c kch thc quy nh nh sau: KCH THC KHAY CP & DY
Cable tray sizes and thickness
Khch thc khay cp v dy
Width
Thickness
Width
Thickness
50mm
1.0mm
50mm
1.0mm

100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 450mm 600mm 750mm 1000mm
1.0mm 1.2mm 1.2mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 2.0mm
100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm 450mm 600mm 750mm 1000mm
1.0mm 1.2mm 1.2mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 1.6mm 2.0mm
8.2.7 CABLE LADDER All cable ladder and accessories materials shall be hot-dipped galvanised. The cable ladder shall consist of side rail and horizontal rungs. These should have rigid welded type construction and fabricated with a minimum of 2.0mm (14 SWG) sheet steel. Dimension of side rail should be 32mm x 32mm channel type with flange facing outside. Rungs should be 50mm x 30mm slotted channel type and spaced 300mm apart or to manufacturers standard whichever is smaller. The side rail and all fittings shall have 4 nos. of the square holes on each end for fixing splice plates. All the bolting hardware shall be "carriage" type and finishing with hot dipped galvanized except that electrically continuous grounding jumpers shall be copper, size shall be of 150mm length x 20mm width. All accessories shall be proprietary type. Cable ladder shall be supplied in clear width of 150mm, 300mm, 450mm, 600mm, 750mm or 900mm as specified. 8.2.8 FLUSH FLOOR TRUNKING SYSTEM (Not in use) All cables in the office area are to be laid in 2, 3 or 4-way flushfloor trunking system as per the layout drawings. The flushfloor trunking system shall be constructed from pre-galvanized steel sheet in accordance with BS EN10142: 1991
8.2.7 THANG CP Tt c thang treo cp v ph kin khc s l loi c trng m km. Thang treo cp bao gm cnh bn l tay vn v nhng nc thang song song. Chng phi l loi c hn lin kt chc chn li vi nhau v c sn xut t thp tm c dy ti thiu l 2.0mm (14 SWG). Kch thc ca tay vn phi l 32mm x 32mm, loi rnh c mp cnh quay mt ra ngoi. Nhng bc thang l 50mm x 30mm loi c s rnh v t cch khong nhau 300mm hay nh hn theo tiu chun ca nh sn xut. Cnh bn v nhng khp ni ca thang s c 4 l vung hai u lp tm ni. Tt c c vt phi l loi ng thau v c nhng m km ngoi tr ch ni dy tip t s l loi bng ng, kch thc l di 150mm x rng 20mm. Tt c cc ph kin phi l loi ph hp.
Thang treo cp c cung cp c rng c quy nh l 150mm, 300mm, 450mm, 600mm, 750mm or 900mm. 8.2.8 H THNG MNG CP T SN (Khng s dng) Tt c cp trong khu vc vn phng s c i trong h thng mng cp t sn 2, 3 hay 4 ngn nh c th hin trn bng v b tr. H thng mng cp t sn s c sn xut t thp m km tun theo tiu chun BS EN10142: 1991
8/5

(Z275NAC) or JIS G3302: 1994 (Z27). The Flushfloor trunking system chosen must be the type which allows the trunking top cover to be opened whenever the readjustment of floor termination in the service outlet box is required or in cases where new cables are to be laid in the future or for the repositioning of service outlet box. The flushfloor trunking shall allow the reinstatement of the existing trunking dividers and cover for the repositioning of the service outlet box. The junction box shall come with metal flyover. The flyover is constructed from pre-galvanized steel sheet in compliance with BS EN10142: 1991 ( Z275NAC) or JIS G3302: 1994 (Z27). Due to Electromagnetic interferences, use of plastic flyover is not allowed. This is to comply with the latest I.E.E. wiring regulations. 8.3 INSTALLATION 8.3.1 GENERAL The complete installation shall comply Bristish Standard Code and/or IEC standard. Different conduit and trunking systems shall be provided for each of the following systems as called for in this Specification. a) Normal lighting and general purpose outlets (e.g. 13A or 15A switch socket-outlets). Three phase power supply. Single and 3 phase motors. E.L.V. circuits. Telephone services. Protective relay circuits. D.C. circuits. Security System
(Z275NAC) hay JIS G3302: 1994 (Z27). H thng mng cp t sn c chn phi l loi mng cp c np c m ra khi chnh sa cc b ni bn trong cc hp ng ra c yu cu hay trong trong trng hp i thm cp hay thm cc cm cho hp ng ra phc v. Mng cp t sn cng cho php lp t li cc vch ngn v np y hin hu cho vic tng thm cc cm cho hp ng ra dch v. Cc hp ni s c cc np y kim loi. Cc np y c sn xut t thp m km tun theo tiu chun BS EN10142: 1991 (Z275NAC) hay JIS G3302: 1994 (Z27). Khng cho php s dng cc np y bng nha v c s nhiu t. iu ny tun theo cc qui nh v i dy mi nht ca I.E.E.
8.3 S LP T 8.3.1TNG QUT Ton b s kp t phi tun theo tiu chun Anh v/hay Tiu chun IEC. H thng ng v hp in khc nhau s c lp t cho tng h thng sau nh c yu cu trong phn ny. a) Chiu sng bnh thng v nhng cm thng dng (nh cm cng tc 13A hay 15A) Ngun cung cp ba pha. ng c ba v mt pha. Mch E.L.V.. Cc cm in thoi. Mch rle bo v. Cc mch in D.C. H thng an ninh.
b) c) d) e) f) g) h)
b) c) d) e) f) g) h)

i) j)
Fire Alarm and Detection System Emergency lighting and power outlets circuits Public Address and Background Music System MATV/CATV System
i) j)
H thng d tm v bo chy. Cc cm ngun v n chiu sng khn cp. H thng thng bo v nhc nn. H thng truyn hnh trung tm/ truyn hnh cp.
k)
k) l)
l)
The Contractor's attention is especially drawn to the necessity for keeping all conduit and trunking entirely separate from other piping services and no circuit connections will be permitted between the conduits and trunking and such pipes. 8.3.2 STEEL CONDUIT SYSTEM G.I. conduit for indoor installation shall comply to BS 4568 Class 3 and G.I. conduit for outdor installation shall comply to BS 4568 Class 4. All conduit systems in plant rooms, lift motor rooms, false ceiling voids, bulkheads and switchrooms shall be surface mounted on walls and soffit. Conduit systems in all other areas shall be carried out in concealed conduit. Unless special permission has been obtained from the Engineer, no conduit shall be installed underneath cable trays or along steel structures. Conduit systems shall be electrically and mechanically continuous and watertight after installation. The system when installed, and before wiring, shall be kept plugged with wooden plugs. Immediately before wiring, all conduit systems shall be thoroughly swabbed out until dry and clean. All sets of bends in conduit runs shall be formed on site in bending machines. Inspection bends may be permitted at column, where large bends shall be avoided. Junction box shall be installed wherever the connections exist. Runs between draw-in boxes shall not have more than two right angle bends or their
Nh thu c bit ch l bt buc ko ton b ng v trunking, tt c phi ring bit vi nhng ng khc v khng cho php ni gia cc ng, trunking v nhng ng nh th.
8.3.2 H THNG NG KIM LOI ng G.I. lp t trong nh phi tun theo BS 4568 Class 3 and G.I. ng lp t ngoi tri th theo BS 4568 Class 4. Tt c h thng ng trong phng my, phng mt thang my, trn trn gi, vvh ngn, phng in s lp loi ni trn tng v di bao ln. Trong tt c cc khu vc khc, h thng ng s c chn m. Tr phi c nhng s ng c bit ca Qun l k thut, ng dn khng c php lp t di mng in hay dc theo nhng cu trc kim loi.
Sau khi lp t, h thng ng v in v c kh phi c tnh lin tc v kn nuc. Khi h thng c lp t, v trc khi ko dy, chng phi c bt u bng nhng nt bt bng g.Ngay trc khi ko dy, tt c h thng ng phi c lau chi bn trong cho n khi hon ton kh ro v sch s.
Tt c nhng ch un ng phi c lm ti ch trn my un ng. Nhng ch r kim tra c th c chp nhn ti ct nh, nn trnh nhng ch c cong ln. Hp ni s c lp t nhng ni c s ni. ng dn chy gia hai hp ko dy khng c c nhiu hn hai gc vung 90 hay tng ng
8/7

equivalent and the length of such areas shall be limited to 12 m to permit easy draw-in of cables. The Contractor shall make good any damage to the finishes of all conduits (including threads cut at site) by painting two coats of good quality lead paint. The Contractor shall arrange for a telescopic conduit system to be employed where expansion joints are crossed. However, where conduit is surface mounted on walls or ceilings, a normal flexible metal conduit with external circuit protective continuity conductor shall be used. The size of the circuit protective conductor shall be in accordance with BS and/or IEC. All conduit systems shall be installed so as to enable wiring to be carried out on the "loop-in" system. All conduits shall be swabbed through before installation so as to clean out all dirt, burrs and moisture. Conduits shall be fixed with full spacer bar saddles at intervals not exceeding 1.2m. 8.3.3 PVC CONDUIT All conduit joints shall be made using a solvent adhesive recommended by the manufacturer of the conduit, to methods laid down by the manufacturer. All such joints shall be watertight. The same conditions apply to joints between conduit, fittings and accessories. Dipping of conduit or conduit fittings into solvent adhesives is forbidden. Before joints are made, conduit ends shall be cut square and all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed. Care shall be taken to remove all damp, grease, cement dust and oil from all faces of conduit and accessories prior to jointing. Conduits shall be entered fully into box spouts and butted into couplers, other than expansion couplers, for jointing purposes. Screwed PVC conduit shall not be used unless
nh vy v chiu di ca nhng khu vc nh vys c gii hn 12m d dng trong vic ko dy. Nh thu s phi lm hon thin trnh gy h hng h thng ng dn sau khi hon tt (k c nhng ch ren rng) bng cch sn hai lp sn c cht lng tt nht. Nh thu s sp xp cho mt h thng ng tp trung c s dng nhng ch ni bng ngang qua. Tuy nhin, ch ng c lp ni trn tng hay trn, ng dn mm bng kim loi c dy dn bo v bn ngoi s c s dng theo tiu chun Anh v/hay Ti chun IEC.
Tt c h thng ng dn phi c lp t sao cho dy dn to thnh h thng vng mch vng.
Tt c ng dn phi c lau chi sch s nhu bi bm, cnh sc, m t trc khi lp t.
ng dn phi c gi c nh bng nhng kp ng vi khong cch khng qu 1.2m. 8.3.3 NG NHA PVC Tt c ch ni ng phi s dng loi keo kt dnh lp t c ngh bi nh sn xut ng. Tt c ch ni nh vy phi kn nc. Ap dng tng t i vi ch ni gi ng, khp ni v cc ph kin khc. Cm khng c nhng ng hay ni ng vo keo kt dnh. Trc khi ni, u ng phi c ct ngang v phi lm snh cc g cnh sc bn. Ch l phi lm sch du m, m t, bi xi mng bn trong, ngoi ng v cc ph tng khc trc khi ni. ng phi c a su vo trong ni ng v ng u vo trong khp ni.
Khng c bt vt ng nha PVC tr phi thc s

8/8

specifically called for or when the PVC conduit is to be connected to metal equipment, conduit and fittings with screwed entries. Where such entries are not available, non-screwed male bushes and couplers shall be used. Expansion couplers shall be used where straight runs of conduit exceed 8m. Within such couplers a space of not less than 10mm shall be allowed between the ends of the conduit. The solvent adhesive used in such joints shall allow for movement caused by expansion without affecting the water-tightness of the joint. A similar system shall be employed when conduits cross building expansion joints in any situation and the couplers shall span the joints. All bends shall be made using the correct size spring. Conduit sizes of 25 mm and below may be set cold but all larger sizes shall be set hot. A pipe vice shall not be used during this or any other operation. The radius of any conduit bend shall not be used directly to heat conduit for bending purposes and the manufacturers recommendation should be followed. Full spacer bar saddles shall be PVC with bases. The fixing s shall be such that the conduits may be taken into accessories without sets or bends. 8.3.4 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUITS CONNECTIONS TO FIXED EQUIPMENT Connections to electric fixed equipment shall be by means of PVC cables in conduits, with the final connection being made by flexible metal conduit and suitable adapters (except above false ceiling, in flexible/corrugated PVC conduits). A separate external circuit protective conductor copper cable in accordance with BS 6004 : 1995 - Specification for PVC-insulated cables (non-armoured) for electric power and lighting of not less than 2.5mm run outside the flexible tube and solidly connected at each tube termination shall be provided. Flexible conduits installed in water pump rooms
2
cn thit hay khi ng nha c ni vi cc thit b kim loi, ng v khp ni c l bt vt. Nhng l vt nh vy th khng c sn, m s s dng ci ni c khng c rng vi cc khp ni.
Ni ng ko di s s dng nhng ni ng thng di hn 8m. Bn trong khp ni nh vy cho php c h khng qu 10mm gia nhng im cui ca ng. Keo dn cho nhng ch ni nh vy s cho php trong trng hp c s bin ng s khng lm thm nc qua nhng ch ni ny. Mt h thng thng thng s c chp thun khi ng in i qua mi ni m rng trong bt c trng thi no v b ni s m rng mi ni ny.
Cc ch un cong phi c lm ng cong. ng phi 25mm v nh hn c th l lnh nhng cc ng ln hn s l nng. Kp ng s khng c s dng trong trng hp ny hay bt k trng hp no khc. Khng c dng nhit t trc tip ln ng un v phi theo hng dn ca nh sn xut.
Cc kp gi ng phi l loi PVC c . Vic c nh cc ng in c th lm t cc ph kin m khng cn b cong ng.
8.3.4 NG THP MM NI VI CC TRANG THIT B
Cc trang thit b s c ni bng dy cp bc PVC t trong cc ng dn, c im cui c bc bng ng l xo kim loi v u ni thch hp (ngoi tr bn trn trn gi, ng PVC mm). Mt cp dn bo v ring bng ng bn ngoi theo tiu chun BS 6004 : 1995 - Specification for PVC-insulated cables (non-armoured) for electric power and lighting ln hn 2.5mm i ra ngoi ng l xo mm v c u ni chc chn ti mi im cui ca ng.
ng l xo dc lp t trong cc phng bm nc
8/9

and the like shall be of the metallic watertight pattern, PVC oversheathed and with a separate solidly connected external circuit protective conductor. 8.3.5 CABLE TRUNKING Trunking shall be terminated with end flanges which shall be bolted direct to distribution boards or apparatus. Connecting pieces shall be used and bolted with cadmium plated mushroom head steel screws, nuts and vibration resistant locking washers. Each joint shall have a tinned copper link bolted to each adjacent trunking to ensure electrical continuity. All frayed and sharp edges shall be removed from trunking before installation. Conduit entry to trunking shall be by galvanized coupling and brass male bush with serrated steel washer. Knockouts shall not be provided. Trunking shall be drilled on site. Where trunking crosses expansion joints, a trunking system shall be used which will allow for expansion and maintain earth continuity. The system used shall be checked by the Engineer prior to it being used. Trunking installed in a vertical plane shall contain sufficient supporting devices within the trunking to prevent strain on the cables due to the weight of the cables, and to prevent vertical movement of the cables. All hangers and support for cable trunking shall be hot-dipped galvanized. 8.3.6 CABLE TRAYS/LADDERS Cable trays/ladders shall be supported from the soffit of structural slab, beams, etc., by heavyduty hot-dipped galvanized steel brackets. Tray/ladder supports shall be spaced according to the number and size of cables being carried
v cc phng tng t s l loi bng kim loi khng thm nc, c bc nha PVC v c mt dy dn bo v ring bn ngoi c ni mt cch chc chn. 8.3.5 MNG CP im cui ca Trunking c g ni ci m s c bt c trc tip vo t din phn phi hay cc thit b. S dng nhng tm ni v vt c u thp hnh nm c m cadmium, b long v long n chng rung ng. Mi im ni s c mt ci ni bng ng c bt c n mi ci trunking k m bo tnh lin tc v in. Nhng cnh g sc bn cn phi c lm sch trc khi lp t trunking.
ng dn ni vo trunking bng nhng khp ni m km vi ni c bng ng thau c long n thp rng ca. Nhng loi khc th khng c s dng. Trunking s c khoan nh v. Ni trunking i ngang qua nhng ch ni, mt h thng trunking s c lm cho php m rng v duy tr s ni t c lin tc. H thng trunking nh vy s c Kin trc s kim tra trc khi a vo s dng. Trunking lp t trong mt mt phng thng ng phi c cc vt gi c nh bn trong gi cho dy dn khng b cng qu mc do trng lng ca cp, v trnh s chuyn ng thng ca cp.
Cc thanh treo v gi trunking s l loi c nhng m km. 8.3.6 KHAY CP V THANG CP Mng v thang s c treo t mt di nhng cu trc sn, , ct v.v, bng nhng gi bng thp chu lc c trng m km. Cc thanh treo mng/thang s c t cch khong tu theo s lung v kch c ca cp trong
8/10

on the tray/ladder, but nowhere shall they exceed 1.5m intervals to ensure that tray sag does not exceed 1:500 with all cables. Cables installed on cable trays/ladders shall be neatly arranged and secured to the cable trays/ladder by cable ties at intervals of not exceeding 1m. 8.3.7 FLUSH FLOOR TRUNKING SYSTEM (Not in use) During the construction stage, the contractor shall take into consideration a maximum space of 35 to 45% to allow for future expansion. The contractor must also take note that upon passing through a junction box, the trunking space is deemed reduced by at least 50%. The layout design of the flushfloor trunking system is either of fish, comb or grid design configuration. The recommended spacing of the fish, comb or grid is between 2000-3500mm. This maximum spacing also applies to junction box-to-junction box, trunking-to-trunking and service outlet box to service outlet box. The design shall include flushfloor trunking running along the wall perimeter of the office area, connecting to the fish or comb or grid trunking configuration. The recommended distance between the said flushfloor trunking and the perimeter wall of the office area shall be 1000mm. Junction boxes shall be used for all the bends/intersections of the flushfloor trunking system. It is recommended that all wiring terminations at workstations be flexible to enable relocation of the floor service outlet boxes within 4 meters along the trunking run. Cables laid complete with termination shall be tested to the requirements specified. 8.3.8 APPLICATION Cable ladders, trays and trunking for indoor installation shall be electro-galvanised steel with electrostatic epoxy power coating of 45 micron
mng/thang, nhng khng c qu 1.5m m bo vng ca mng khng qu 1:500 vi tt c cp bn trong. Cp lp t trn mng/ thang phi c sp xp gn gng v c buc cht vo mng/thang bng cable ties vi khong cch khng qu 1m.
8.3.7 H THNG MNG CP T SN (Khng s dng) Trong sut qu trnh thi cng, nh thu phi lun lun ch n khong trng ln nht cho php l 35% n 45% cho vic m rng trong tng lai. Nh thu phi cng ch rng khong trn xuyn qua hp ni, khong trng mng cp c cho rng gim xung t nht 50%. Mt bng b tr ca h thng mng cp t sn s bao gm cc dng nh xng c, hnh ci lc hay hnh li. Khong khng c ngh l 2000-3500mm. Khong khng ti a ny cng p dng cho t hp ni n hp ni, mng cp n mng cp v t hp ng ra phc v n cc hp ng ra phc v. Thit k h thng mng cp t sn cng bao gm mng cp t sn chy dc treo chu vi tng ca khu vc vn phng, kt ni n h thng mng cp dng hnh xng c, hnh ci lc hay hnh li. Khong cc ngh gia h thng mng cp t sn v chu v tng ca khu vc vn phng s l 1000mm. Hp ni s s dng cho tt c cc gc/ cc ch giao nhau ca h thng mng cp t sn.
Tt c cc dy dn u ni ti trm lm vic s d dng di chuyn cc hp ng ra phc v trong vng 4m theo chiu di cng mng cp. Sau khi lp hon chnh cp vi cc b ni, phi tin hnh kim tra nh c yu cu.
8.3.8 NG DNG Thang, mng v trunking lp t trong nh s l loi thp m km bng in c ph lp bt epoxy tnh in dy 45 micro v lp ngoi tri s l loi thp

and for outdoor application shall be hot-dipped galvanised steel to ASTM A386 finish. 8.3.9 PAINTING All brackets shall be painted with two coats of primer and minimum one coat of final finish to match the building finish. All electro-galvanised conduits, trunkings, cable trays and ladder shall also be painted with two coats of primer and minimum one coat of final finish be as follows :Electrical Public Address/Emergency Voice Communication Telephone Security Data MATV/CATV ORANGE
nhng m km theo ASTM A386.
8.3.9 CNG TC SN Cc gi s c sn hai lp lt v ti thiu mt lp cui ph hp vi mu sn cui ca to nh.
Tt c cc ng dn, trunking, mng v thang m km bng in cng s c sn bng hai lp lt v ti thiu mt lp cui nh sau:
in H thng thng bo/ thng bo khn
CAM XM
GRAY WHITE in thoi H thng an ninh D liu H thng MATV/CATV Mu nn XANH DNG XANH L TRNG
As background colour BLUE GREEN
or any other colour as specified by the Engineer. All hot-dipped galvanised conduits, trunking, cable trays and ladders shall be colour banded at intervals not exceeding 5m and wherever necessary, at bends, tees, etc. and where they pass from one room or zone to another. All metal and PVC trunking/conduits installed in general view of the public shall be painted with one coat of final finish to match the wall/ceiling colour or any other colour as specified by the Engineer.
Hay nhng mu khc c Qun l k thut ph duyt. Tt c cc ng dn, trunking, mng, thang c nhng m km s c nh du mu vi khong cch khng qu 5m v nhng ni cn thit, ch cong, ch chia, v.v v nhng ni chng i t phng hay khu vc ny qua mt khu vc khc . Cc ng dn/trunking bng nha v kim loi lp t trong tng th chung s c sn mt lp ph hp vi tng/trn hay cc mu khc c Qun l k thut ph duyt.
SECTION 9 CABLES MC 9 CP IN
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 9 CABLES
MC 9 CP IN
9.1
GENERAL
9.1 TNG QUT 9.1.1 M T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t v kim tra tt c cp v linh kin c nu ra y v th c hin trn bn v.
9.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall include for the supply, installation and testing of all cables and accessories specified herein and shown on the Tender Drawings. 9.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, NEMA or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the British Standards and/or IEC Standard. All cables shall be batch tested by PSB or be approved under international certification scheme. 9.2 EQUIPMENT
9.1.2TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng s phi tun theo tiu chun IEC, NEMA or British Standards hay mt tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh tt c cc quy nh php l v php lut ca nc s ti. Tt c phng php lp t phi ph hp vi tiu chun ca Anh v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
Tt c cp phi c cp chng ch kim tra bi PSB hay c chp thun vi cc chng ch kim tra quc t. 9.2 THIT B 9.2.1CP BC CCH IN PVC. Tt c cp bc PVC gm c dy dn ng c theo tiu chun BS 6004 : 1995 - Specification for PVC-insulated cables (non-armoured) for electrical power and lighting v/hay Tiu chun IEC ngoi tr c ch nh khc trn bn v. Gi tr in p cp phi l 600/1000 Volts.
9.2.1 PVC INSULATED CABLES All PVC insulated cables shall consist of annealed copper conductor complying with BS 6004 : 1995 - Specification for PVC-insulated cables (non-armoured) for electrical power and lighting and/or IEC Standard unless indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. The rated voltage of the PVC cables shall be 600/1000 Volts. The minimum cable size shall be 2.5mm2 for lighting and 2.5mm2 for small power or control circuits. Neutral conductors shall have black insulation and live or phase conductors, red, yellow or blue insulation with phase identification sleeves at each termination.
Tit din cp nh nht l 2.5mm cho n v cho cc mch iu khin hay thit b c cng sut nh.
Dy trung tnh s c cch in mu en v dy pha c cch in mu , vng, xanh v c c bc mu mi u cui phn bit pha.
MC 9 CP IN
9.2.2 FLEXIBLE CORDS Flexible cords shall be 300V/500V grade to BS 6500 : 1994 - Specification for insulated flexible cords and cables and/or IEC Standard. It shall be multi-stranded copper conductors, high temperature, PVC insulated with flame retardant white circular PVC sheath. The minimum size of conductor shall be 2.5mm . 9.2.3 PVC INSULATED ARMOURED CABLES (PVC/SWA/PVC) PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, steel wire armoured, PVC sheathed cables (PVC/SWA/PVC), shall be 600V/1000V grade to BS 6346 : 1989 - Specification for PVC insulated cables for electricity supply and/or IEC Standard. It shall stranded, shaped, copper conductor cores of equal cross section and colour coded insulation. PVC insulated cores shall be sheathed with flame retardant PVC which shall serve as a bedding for galvanized single steel wire armouring. The armouring shall be covered with an outer flame retardant PVC sheath. 9.2.4 M.I.C.S. CABLES (Not in use) All M.I.C.S. cables and cable accessories, glands, etc. shall be 1000V grade to BS 6207 : 1991 - Specification for mineral insulated copper sheathed cables with copper conductors and fittings to BS 6081 : 1989 Specification for terminations for mineralinsulated cables and/or IEC Standard suitable for heavy duty industrial applications. All M.I.C.S. cable fittings and accessories shall be manufactured by the appropriate cable manufacturer and only one make of cable shall be used. 9.2.5 FIRE RESISTANT CABLES All fire resistant cables shall comply with BS
2
9.2.2DY DN MM Dy dn mm l loi 300V/500V theo BS 6500 : 1994 - Specification for insulated flexible cords and cables v/hay Tiu chun IEC. N l loi rut dy ng nhiu si, chu nhit, cch in PVC vi v bc PVC bao quanh mu trng chng chy.
Tit din nh nht l 2.5mm
9.2.3 CP CCH IN PVC BC GIP (PVC/SWA/PVC) Cp cch in PVC, bc PVC, gip bc bng dy thp, v PVC in p cch in 600V/1000V theo tiu chun BS 6346: 1989 - Specification for PVC insulated cables for electricity supply v/hay Tiu chun IEC. L loi dy dn ng nhiu si, c tit din v mu code cch in tng ng.
Dy cch in PVC s c bc bng loi PVC chng chy, c s dng nh mt lp nn bc nhng si thp m km. Lp gip st s li c bo v bng mt lp PVC chng chy bn ngoi. 9.2.4 CP M.I.C.S. (Khng s dng) Tt c cp M.I.C.S. v ph kin khc, np m, v.v s l loi 1000V nh BS 6207 : 1991 - Specification for mineral insulated copper sheathed cables with copper conductors and fittings to BS 6081 : 1989 Specification for terminations for mineral-insulated cables v/hay Tiu chun IEC thch hp cho nhng ngnh cng nghip nng. Cc khp ni v ph kin khc phi c lm bi nhng nh sn xut cp thch hp v ch s dng ca cng mt nh sn xut.
9.2.5 CP CHNG CHY Tt c cp chng chy phi tun theo BS 6387 :

MC 9 CP IN
6387: 1994 - Specification for performance requirements for cables required to maintain circuit integrity under fire conditions and/or IEC Standard. They shall be single-core, unarmoured cables rated at 450/750V, each comprising stranded, circular annealed copper conductor, MICA tape fire barrier, insulation of XLPE, EPR or other special fire resistant compound with continuous temperature rating of min. 850C and an extruded oversheath of PVC in orange or black colour. The minimum size of each conductor shall be 2.5mm . Fire resistant cable shall be strapped or tied to the cable support system using stainless steel cable ties or stainless steel strapping which are tested and approved for use in fire resistant wiring system. All relevant test certificates of the cables shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering. 9.2.6 CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYLENE INSULATED ARMOURED CABLES (XLPE/SWA/PVC OR XLPE/AWA/PVC) Cross-linked polyethylene insulated steel wired armoured and PVC sheathed cables (XPLE/SWA/PVC) shall comply to BS 5467 : 1989 - Specification for cables with thermosetting insulation for electricity supply for rated voltage of up to and including 600/1000V and up to and including 1900/3300V and/or IEC Standard with insulation grade to suit the operating voltage and cores of equal cross section. Conductors shall be formed from high
2
1994 - Specification for performance requirements for cables required to maintain circuit integrity under fire conditions v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
Chng l loi cp n, khng bc gip, gi tr in p 450/750V, mi si gm nhng dy dn bng ng trn c ti luyn, dy bng MICA ngn la, cch in loi XLPE, EPR hay loi ho cht c bit chng chy c gi tr nhit chu c thp nht l 850C v c thm mt lp v bc p PVC mu trng hay cam.
Tit din nh nht ca mi dy dn l 2.5mm2.
Cp chng chy s c gi hay buc cht vo h thng khung bng nhng dy buc bng cable ties hay dy bng bng thp khng r loi c kim tra v cho php s dng trong h thng dy chng chy. Tt c nhng chng nhn kim tra lin quan n cp phi c xem xt v ng bi Qun l k thut trc khi c t hng. 9.2.6 CP BC GIP, CCH IN CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYLENE (XLPE/SWA/PVC OR XLPE/AWA/PVC) Cp c v bc PVC, gip bng si thp, cch in l Cross-linked polyethylene (XPLE/SWA/PVC) phi tun theo BS 5467: 1989 - Specification for cables with thermosetting insulation for electricity supply for rated voltage of up to and including 600/1000V and up to and including 1900/3300V v/hay Tiu chun IEC c loi cch in ph hp vi in p lm vic v rut c tit din tng ng.
Dy dn phi c lm t dy ng c ti luyn hon ton v c tnh dn in cao. Lp mng bc dy dn s l loi phi kim loi v c mt lp dy bng hay mt lp p hp cht bn dn, hay kt hp c hai.
conductivity full annealed stranded copper. Conductor screening shall be non-metallic and consist of either a semi-conducting tape or a layer of extruded semi-conducting compound,
9/3
MC 9 CP IN
or a combination of the two. Insulation shall consist of cross-linked polyethylene which is applied by extrusion to form a compact homogeneous body. Insulation screen shall consist of either a semi- conducting compound or a combination of the two. A metallic screen consisting of either plain or tinned copper tape shall be applied over the semi-conducting screen except where rendered unnecessary by wire armouring. The cores of multi-core cables shall be laid up with suitable fillers to form a compact circular assembly. Multi-core cables shall have steel galvanised wire (SWA) or galvanised steel tape armour and single core cables shall have aluminum wire armour (AWA) protection. The bedding for multi-core wire armoured cable shall consist of layers of semi-conducting non-vulcanisable rubber-link tape. Three core cable may be armoured with two layers of galvanized steel tapes with a bedding of an extruded layer of heat resisting PVC complying with BS 6746 : 1990 Specification for PVC insulated and sheath of electric cables and/or IEC Standard. 9.2.7 INSULATED XLPE/PVC CABLES XLPE/PVC insulated copper cables shall comply with IEC 502:1983 for rated voltage 600/1000V and/or British Standard. Conductors shall be of annealed copper and circular compacted stranded. The insulation shall be XLPE extrucding over the conductor to the wall thickness specified in IEC 502 para 4.2.6. For multi-core cables, the core are suitably laid-up with fillers and tape beeded over the entire assembly, the over sheath of the cable shall consist of an extrucded layer of black PVC. The multi-core cable shall be identified by black, red, yelow, blue.
S cch in gm c cross-linked polyethylene cht c ng dng to nn mt khi c ng cht. Lp mng cch in gm c mt lp hp cht hay kt hp c hai. Mt lp mng kim loi bng dy bng ng trng thic hay trn s c bao quanh lp mng bn dn ngoi tr nhng ch c yu cu khng cn thit bng dy bc gip.
Rut ca cp nhiu si s c xp t bng mt cht thch hp to nn mt khi trn c. Cp nhiu rut s c dy thp m km (SWA) hay bc dy bng thp m km v dy n s c bc dy nhm bo v.
Lp cui ca dy cp nhiu rut bc gip gm c cc lp dy dn mng bng bng cao su. Cp ba rut c th c bc gip vi hai lp dy bng thp m km vi lp cui chu nhit bng PVC theo tiu chun BS 6746 : 1990 Tiu chun k thut cho cc cch in bng PVC v cp chng nhiu v/hay Tiu chun IEC.
9.2.7 CP BC XLPE//PVC Cc bc XLPE/PVC s l loi sn xut theo tiu chun IEC 502 : 1983 cho in p nh mc l 600/1000V v/hay Tiu chun Anh. Dy dn l loi ng ti v qun trn. Lp cch in XLPE bc bn ngoi dy dn vi chiu dy theo tiu chun IEC 502 mc 4.2.6. Cp nhiu li, cc lp dy c sp xp thch hp vi cc bng la v cc lp bn ngoi cho ton b cp, lp bc bn ngoi s bao gm lp bao bn ngoi bng PVC en.
Cc nhiu li s c nh du bng mu en, , vng v xanh.

9/4
MC 9 CP IN
For armounred XLPE/PVC cables, round wire aluminium armour shall be used and applied on an extructed PVC inner covering. 9.3 INSTALLATION
Cp bc gip XLPE/PVC, vi lp bc gip bng nhm s c s dng v c s dng nh lp bao bn ngoi. 9.3 LP T 9.3.1 TNG QUT Nh thu c nhim v cung cp, lp t, kim tra v thm nh tt c cp, ng dn, trunking, mng v nhng ph kin c nu ra y v nhng ci khng bt buc tuyt i nhng yu cu phi ph hp nh thit k trong phn ny.
9.3.1 GENERAL TheContractor shall include for provision, installation, testing and commissioning of all cables, conduits, trays, trunking and accessories specified herein, and those items not expressly specified but required to meet the design intent of this Section. Cables shall be enclosed in conduit or trunking in accordance with BS/IEC for capacities of conduits and space factor for capacities of trunking. All wiring shall be carried out on the loop-in system and the wires drawn into the conduits after the whole of the installation has been completed. Joints or connectors shall not be allowed in wiring cables. Exposed ends of conductors of 6mm2 and above not filled with sockets shall be sweated solid for connection to clamp terminals. Cables which forms part of underground network to be installed by the Contractor and subsequent handover to either PowerGrid or other relevant authorities shall comply with the latest requirements of local power company. 9.3.2 PVC INSULATED CABLES The Contractor shall provide all the necessary sleeves, trays, conduits, supports and cable trunking, glands, shrouds, end boxes, clamps, compounds specialist tools, etc., necessary to install and make off the cables in accordance with good engineering practice and as hereunder specified and shown on the Tender Drawings.
Cp dn phi i vo trong ng hay trunking ph hp vi yu cu BS/IEC cho s lng cp trong ng v h s khng gian ca trunking.
Tt c dy dn s c lp t theo h tng mch vng (loop-in) v dy dn c ko trong ng sau khi ton b s lp t hon tt.
Dy dn khng c php c nhng ch ni hay u ni. u dy trn tit din t 6mm tr ln khng c c lp trc tip vo cm m c kt ni qua mt b u ni. H thng mng cp ngm di t c lp t bi nh thu v sau bn giao cho in lc a phng hay nhng ngi c trch nhim phi tun theo cc qui nh ca in lc a phng.
9.3.2 CP BC CCH IN PVC Nh thu s lp t tt c cc mng, ng, thanh treo cp v truking, hp ni, kp ng, tm m, ngh chuyn dng, v.v cn thit lp t v lm du cp ph hp vi cng vic ca mt k s lnh ngh vnh c nu ra y hay th hin trn bn v.
MC 9 CP IN
All cables shall be provided with identification labels at each end and at all positions where cables change direction. In instances where cables are multiple at 10m intervals. Labels shall be manufactured from metal disc engraved to show the size of the cable phase and the equipment being fed. Where multi-core cables are for indication, protection and control applications, each core shall have an identification number and engraved ferrules over the cable tails. The ferrules shall be numbered to correspond to a wiring diagram agreed by the Engineer. All wires shall be terminated with an acceptable type of clamp connector. Pinching screw type connectors shall not be acceptable. All cables shall be installed in accordance with the BS/IEC, the cables being run between their source and termination points installed on cable trays, in ducts, clipped to ceilings and wall. Cables shall in general be supported by cable ladders or perforated cable trays. The cable ladder/tray supports shall be spaced at such intervals to ensure that the sag shall be not more than 1/500 when installed with cables, otherwise corrective measures shall be carried out to the Engineer's satisfaction. Cables run horizontally, shall be properly supported and cleated at intervals not exceeding 2m directly to the cable ladder/tray. Where cables are installed vertically, they shall be cleated at distances not exceeding 1m. Where cables are run in areas exposed to weather, they shall be installed in hot-dipped galvanised metal trunking. The Contractor shall be responsible for the off loading and handling of the cables on site and shall ensure that cables are delivered to site on drums and properly protected against
Tt c cp phi c nhn nhn dng ti mi u v ti nhng ch m cp i hng. Chng hn nh nhng ch cp c bi s cch khong l 10m. nhn dn s c lm t tm lim loi c khc in su ch knh thc ca cp, pha v thit b m chng cp ngun ti.
Ch cp nhiu rut lp t hin th, bo v v iu khin, mi si s c mt s nhn din v c vng kim loi khc s cui u cp. Chng s c nh s tng ng vi s u dy c s ng ca Qun l k thut. Tt c dy dn phi c u ni bng mt loi u ct thch hp. Khng c s dng loi u ni l c kp.
Cp s c lp t theo tiu chun BS/IEC, cp chy gia ngun ca chng v im cui c lp t trn mng, trong ng dn, kp trn trn, tng hay nhng v tr khc. Cp ni chung s c treo bng thang treo cp hay mng treo c khot l. Thanh treo mng / thang s t cch khong sao cho vng khng qu 1/500 khi c mang cp, ngc li s phi hiu chnh sao cho tho mn vi yu cu ca Qun l k thut.
Cp t nm ngang s c treo mt cch thch hp vi khong cch treo mng/ thang khng qu 2m. Ch cp t thng ng, chng s c ct cht vi khong cch khng qu 1m.
Nhng ch cp i ngoi tri, chng s c lp trong trunking kim loi c m km.
Nh thu c trch nhim bc d v qun l cp v m bo rng chng c giao n ni phi cn nguyn kin v c bo v cn thn trnh b hng v c kh.
9/6
MC 9 CP IN
mechanical damage. 9.3.3 ARMOURED CABLES (PVC/SWA/PVC) Cables shall be terminated in a gland fitted with an armour clamp. The gland body shall be provided with an internal conical sealing to receive the armour clamping cone and a clamping nut which shall secure the armour clamping cone and conical armour seating. A flame retardant PVC shroud shall be fitted to cover the gland body. Cable conductor terminations shall be by means of heavy-duty compression cable lugs. The lugs shall be high conductivity copper electro-tinned and applied to the conductor by means of a hydraulic crimping tool or unless otherwise specified. Cables within cable ducts and draw pit systems shall be installed by means of normal hand running off the cable drum. It shall enter the draw pit protected by roller guides and be drawn through by hand. Cable winches shall not be employed. Unless agreed by the Engineer, straight through joints in cables shall not be allowed. The minimum bending radius shall be not less than twelve times the overall cable diameter or in accordance with the cable manufacturer's recommendation. Unless otherwise specified, all cable ducts and draw pits shall be provided by the Contractor. 9.3.4 M.I.C.S. CABLES (NOT IN USE) Cables shall be sealed immediately after cutting. All cable shall give a minimum of 10M when tested on a 1000 V D.C. Megger immediately and 48 hours after sealing. The Engineer reserves the right to test all cables during installation and up to the end of the maintenance period. Any cables not giving a
9.3.3 CP BC GIP (PVC/SWA/PVC) u cp s c lp vo mt tm m bng mt ci kp st. Thn tm m s c mt ron hnh nn gn ci kp st u cn v mt con b long, ci m s bo v ci kp v ming lt st hnh nn. Mt lp PVC chng chy bao quanh bo v thn tm m.
u ni cp s c lm bng u ct chu lc cao. u ct l loi ng trng thic c tnh dn in cao v lp vo u cp bng khun dp thy lc hay tr phi c nhng yu cu khc.
Cp trong ng dn v h ko cp s c lp bng cch ko chng tut ra khi cun cp. Chng s ri vo h cp c che li bi hai cnh bn ca roller v c ko ra bng tay. Khng c dng ti hay rng rc ko cp.
Tr phi c s ng ca Qun l k thut, trn cp khng c php c s u ni. cong ti thiu khng c vt qu 12 ln ton b ng knh ca cp hay theo hng dn ca nh sn xut.
Tr khi c nhng ch nh khc, tt c cc ng dn v h cp phi c lm bi nhthu.
9.3.4 CP M.I.C.S.(KHNG S DNG) Cp phi c bt kn ngay sau khi ct. Tt c cp phi c gi tr cch in ti thiu 10M khi o kim tra ngay lp tc 1000 V D.C. bng Mega Ohm v 48 gi sau khi bt kn. Qun l k thut c quyn kim tra cp trong sut qu trnh lp t v cho n khi kt thc thi gian bo hnh. Bt k cp khng tho mn cp cch in s c sa cha hoc
MC 9 CP IN
satisfactory insulation level shall be resealed or if considered necessary by the Engineer, replaced by the Contractor to obtain a satisfactory test reading. Cables terminations at distribution boards, switchgear and apparatus generally shall be made by means of cold screw-on pot type seals with ring type universal glands. Brass locknuts with serrated washers shall be used where cables terminate at apparatus not provided with screwed entry. For termination of single core cables to equipment, a piece of non-ferrous plate shall be provided. Screw on cable lugs shall be provided for the cable connections to equipment. Through joints, if required, shall be of the brass sleeve type. The sleeve shall be internally threaded at each end to receive a ring type universal gland, fitted to each of the cable ends. An ebonite spreader shall be used within the sleeve to hold the cores in position. Solder type connections shall be used on all cables up to and including 16mm . Above this size, mechanical type connections shall be used. All joints shall be of acceptable manufacture and carried out fully in accordance with manufacturer's installation recommendations All terminations and seals shall be made in accordance with agreed methods, care being taken to exclude moisture and foreign matter. Compound used in the making of seals shall be capable of withstanding a temperature of 1500C with plastic sleeving to copper cores. Where M.I.C.S. cables are installed during building construction and may be liable to mechanical damage, they shall be provided with adequate temporary protection in the form of sheet steel troughs or by other acceptable method. Damaged cables not so protected shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own cost.
2
nu cn thit s c Qun l k thut xem xt v thay th bi nh thu t c gi tr kim tra ph hp.
u ni cp ti nhng t phn phi, my ct v thit b ni chung s c gn bng loi vt xit vi vng m loi thng thng. Oc kho bng ng thau c long n rng ca s c s dng nhng ni cp ni vo thit b khng c l bt vt. i vi cp n ni vo thit b, mt ming kim loi mu s c lp vo. Cp ni vo thit b s s dng loi vt bt vo u ct ca cp.
S ni dy, nu cn thit, s lm bng mng xng ni bng ng thau. Mng xng l loi ren rng ti mi im cui gn mt vng m thng dng, lp vo mi im cui ca cp. Mt ngn cp c s dng trong mng xng gi dy ng v tr. Loi mi ni hn s s dng cho cp di16mm. Nu ln hn, s dng loi ni c kh.
Tt c u ni phi ca nh sn xut chuyn dng v s lp t phi hon ton tun theo hng dn ca nh sn xut. Tt c s u ni v ron phi lm theo ng phng php, ch trnh nhng vt l hay m t. Hp cht s dng lm ron phi c kh nng chu nhit 1500C
Nhng ch lp t cp chng nhiu M.I.C.S. trong sut qu trnh xy ng to nh do c kh nng b h hng v c kh, chng phi c bo qun tm thi trong nhng mng bng thp tm hay bng cch khc c chp thun. Cp b h hng do khng c bo qun tt s phi c thay th bi nh thu bng chnh chi ph ca h.
MC 9 CP IN
Where M.I.C.S. cables pass through walls, they shall be protected with a piece of pipe sleeve bushed at each end and built into the wall. All cables shall be routed entirely separate from pipework associated with other services. Where M.I.C.S. cables pass through floors, they shall be protected for a distance of not less than 300mm from floor level with pipe sleeves. Where three phase power is run in M.I.C.S. single cores, the cables shall be installed in a manner to prevent unnecessary heating up of the sheaths which will involve an installation in trefoil formation of the three phases R.Y.B. or grouped in a double layer for a 4-wire 3 phase system and spaced from other conductors. Alternatively, they may be arranged in single layer, flat formation, touching throughout their length or if the Contractor so wishes may be ordered from the Supplier already laid up in trefoil twisted formation. M.I.C.S. cables connecting L.V. switched inductive loads shall be protected from voltage surges by surge suppressors at the conductors terminations. 9.3.5 CABLE PIPE SLEEVES, MULTI-CABLE TRANSITS AND FIRE STOPPING In certain places, where cables pass through floors, walls or other partitions, pipe sleeves shall be supplied and set in position by the Contractor. After installing the cables, the pipe sleeves must be thoroughly grouted in or otherwise securely fixed in position and the space between the cables and the sleeves completely filled in with a fire-resisting material, acceptable to the Fire Services Bureau, and which has no deleterious effect on the cables. Every cable entry from exterior into the
Khi cp M.I.C.S. i xuyn qua tng, chng s c bo v bng mt ming ng lt bc ngoi ti mi im cui v c lp vo trong tng.
Cng vic lp t h thng ng dn v lp t cp phi hon ton tch bit nhau. Nhng ch cp M.I.C.S. i xuyn qua sn, chng s c bo v vi khong cch ln hn 300mm t mt sn vi c ng.
Khi ngun ba pha i bng cp n M.I.C.S., chng s c lp t theo mt phng php ngn nga s t nng khng cn thit ln v l kiu lp theo hnh ba l cho ba pha R.Y.B. hay nhm trong mt lp i cho h thng 3 pha bn dy v v cch khong vi nhng dy dn khc. Hoc l chng c th c sp xp trong mt lp n, kiu phng, nhn thy c trn sut chiu di ca chng hay nu nh thu mun, chng c th c order t mt nh cung cp loi kiu hnh ba l xon li.
Cp chng nhiu M.I.C.S. ni vi ti cm L.V s c bo v khi in p nhiu bng b kh nhiu ti mi im cui ca dy dn.
9.3.5 NG BC LT CP, X L CH CP I QUA V CHNG CHY mt s ni cp i xuyn qua nh sn, tng hay nhng chng ngi vt khc, c bc ng s c lp t bi nh thu.
Sau khi lp t cp, c ng bc cp phi c trm trt tht k lng hay c lp mt cch chc chn v khong khng gia cp v c ng bc phi c lm y hon ton bng vt liu chng chy, ph hp vi quy nh ca S phng chy cha chy, loi khng nh hng c hi i vi cp.
Cp t ngoi i vo trong to nh s c bt kn
9/9
MC 9 CP IN
building shall be sealed by a Multi Cable Transit System approved by the Engineer. The system shall consist of a mild steel frame with completion tecron insert blocks to ensure that a gas and liquid tight seal is achieved. Compression shall be achieved by either compression plate and end packing device or by use of a press wedge. All unused openings in the frame shall be fully sealed by 'blind' inserts. 9.3.6 EXCAVATION, REINSTATEMENT AND LAYING OF CABLES Underground cable shall be laid direct in trenches unless otherwise indicated (i.e. uPVC circular cable ducts). When cable trenches are opened all cables shall be laid and the trenches shall be back-filled within 24 hours. At all times safety precautions shall be taken and arrangements made to prevent damage to cables. Trenches shall be excavated to provide the minimum cover as follows :Type of Cable In open ground and under pavement (mm) Control cable 600 Under road subject to vehicular traffic (mm) In other situation
bng b chuyn cp (MCT) c ph chun bi Qun l k thut. H thng gm c mt khung thp vi cc b lm kn m bo l hon ton kn khi gas v cht lng. S nn cht c lm bi tm p v thit b ng hay s dng ci nm.
Tt c nhng ch h khng s dng trn khung s c bt kn hon ton bng cht lm kn. 9.3.6 H O, S SAN LP, S SP T CP Cp chn ngm di t s c t trc tip trong rnh tr khi c nhng yu cu khc (chng hn nh ng dn cp trn nha PVC).
Sau khi cp c t vo rnh, chng phi c san lp li trong vng 24 gi. Lun t bng bo ch an ton trnh lm h hng cp.
H chn s c o vi kch thc ti thiu nh sau: Loi cp Trn mt t v di v h (mm) Di ng giaothng (mm) Cc tnh hung khc
800
As Indicated
Cp iu khin L.V. 0.6/1kV H.V. 1kV v ln hn
600
800
Nh hin th
L.V. 0.6/1kV H.V. 1kV and above
600
800
As Indicated As Indicated
600
800
Nh hin th Nh hin th
1000
1000
1000
1000
MC 9 CP IN
Turf and top soil shall be removed carefully and preserved for re-instatement in their original positions. Broken land drains and damage to other services shall be reported and indicated. All subsequent costs due to damages shall be borne by the Contractor. The excavation shall be kept free of water and properly shored up. Other services uncovered shall be adequately supported by slings or other means and protected.
Cc tng v lp t s c o mt cch cn thn v gi san lp li nh v tr c ca chng.
Nhng ng rnh thot nc b b hay lm h hng nhng cng trnh khc phi c bo co v trnh by. Tt c nhng chi ph do lm h hng s phi chu bi nh thu. Nhng rnh o phi gi kh ro, khng c nc v c chng mt cch hp l. Nhng cng trnh ph khng c che chn khc s c chng bng cch treo mc hay nhng cch khc v c bo v. Trc khi t cp, y rnh phi lm cho bng phng, loi tr nhng vin lng lo ra khi h ri lp mt lp t dy 75mm c sng lc qua lp li c c mt li rng ti a 12mm hay ch t khng thch hp, c ct.
Before cables are laid, the bottom of the trench shall be evenly graded, cleared of loose stones and then covered with a 75mm layer of earth which has passed through a sieve with a maximum mesh of 12mm or where local ground is unsuitable, with sand. Power cables shall be pulled in over adequately spaced cable rollers and the resulting surplus cable shall be snaked across the width of the trench. In straight run trenches cable crossing is not permitted except where cables branch from the main run. At each draw-in point, joint or junction box the cable shall be left slack. Cables shall not be pulled taut to straighten them after laying.The Contractor shall ensure that the strain is taken on the cores as well as the sheath when cables are laid. Where more than one cable is laid in a trench the cables shall be spaced apart in accordance with their current rating but subject to the minimum spacing specified as follows:-
Cp ngun s c ko qua cun cp c t vi khong cch thch hp v cui cng cp d s b ngang qua b rng ca rnh. Trn ng thng ca h chn khng cho php o ct ngang nhau tr nhng ch cp chia t ng chnh. Ti mi im ko cp vo, u ni hay hp ni cp nn trng ra. Cp sau khi ko khng nn b ko cng thng. Nh thu phi m bo l sc cng trn cp bng vi v bc khi cp c lp t.
Khi c hn mt cp t trong rnh, cp s c t vi cch khong ph hp vi gi tr dng in ca chng nhng tu thuc vo khong cch ti thiu c cho nh sau:
MC 9 CP IN
Cable
H.V
L.V
MATV/ Tel (depth in mm)
Data
Con trol
Gas, water and other piped service
Cp
H.V
L.V
MATV/ Tel ( su mm)
Data
iu khi n
Gas, nc & cc h thng ng khc
H.V
300
300
300
300
300
H.V
300
300
300
300
300
L.V
300
150
150
150
300
L.V
300
150
150
150
300
MATV/Te lephone
300
150
50
50
250
MATV/ TEL
300
150
50
50
250
Data
300
150
50
50
250
Data
300
150
50
50
50
250
Control
300
150
50
50
250
iu khin
300
150
50
250
Gas, water and other piped services
300
300
250
250
250
Gas, nc & cc h thng ng khc
300
300
250
250
250
(Where this is not possible, 50mm thick concrete or stone tiles shall be used as separators) After laying, the cables shall be covered with enough fine sieved earth (or sand where the local ground is unsuitable) to ensure 50mm cover after tamping. Warning covers shall be laid over the cables and the trench filled in and compacted. Reinstatement shall be effected by back-filling in 100mm layers and hand ramming the first two layers. Power rammers may be used for the remaining layers. The turf shall be replaced and the level of the finished reinstatement shall not protrude more than 25mm above the normal ground level. Co-axial and control cables shall be laid to the instructions of the manufacturer and
(nhng ch m bng trn khng thch hp, b tng dy 50mm hay gch lt s dng nh vt cn).
Sau khi lp t, cp pfhi c lp li hon ton vi lp t qua sng lc (hoc ct khi t o khng thch hp) m bo lp dy 50mm sau khi m. Cp v h chn s c ph tm che bo v mt cch chc chn.
H chn cp s c san lp li trong nhng lp dy 100mm v hai lp u tin s c m. My m c th c s dng san lp. Lp t mt c thay th v sau khi san lp mc cui cng khng c nh cao hn 25mm so vi mt t.
Cp ng trc v cp iu khin s c lp t theo hng dn ca nh sn xut v ch trnh

9/12
MC 9 CP IN
precautions shall be taken to prevent denting, kinking or displacement of the armouring when laying the cable in the trench. In particular the cable shall not be set or bent in a radius of less than 550mm or 12 times the overall diameter of the cable whichever is the greater. Co-axial cables shall not be laid one over the other. Where it is necessary to change the level of the cable the bottom of the trench shall rise or fall with a slope not greater than 1 in 12. All cable ends shall be sealed in a manner recommended by the cable manufacturer. Approved interlocking cable warning covers shall be provided for power cables laid direct in the ground. Each cable run shall be marked at the point where it leaves the plinth, sub-station, feeder pillar, lamp pole or other current controlling device and shall be marked at approximately every 75m along the cable run with an additional marker at each change of direction of the cable run. The Contractor shall impress the words "LV CABLES" as required on each cable marker. The location of each underground cable joint shall be marked by a concrete slab placed over the joint the word "JOINT" impressed on each slab.
lm c vt lm, xon hay s di chuyn ca v khi t cp trong h chn. C th cp khng b xon hay cong vi bn knh nh hn 550mm hay 12 ln ton b ng knh ca cp.
Cp ng trc kkhng c t ln trn cp khc.
Nhng ch cn thay i cao t cp, y rnh s c nng ln hay thp xung vi nghing khng c ln hn 1/12. Tt c cc im cui ca cp phi c bt kn nh c hng dn bi nh sn xut. Cp lin ng vi v cnh bo c chp thun s c cung cp cho cc ngun chy trc tip trn mt t. Mi cp s c nh du ti nhng im m chng i ra nh chn ct, tram ni, l ra, cc ca n hay nhng thit b iu khin khc v c nh du trn mi chiu di ca cp vi cch khong 75m v ti nhng ch cp i hng. Nh thu s ng du ch "LV CABLES" nh yu cu trn mi cable marker.
V tr ca mi im ni cp di t s c nh du bng mt tm b tng t ln trn v c ng du ch "JOINT" trn mi tm.
SECTION 10 BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEM MC 10 H THNG THANH CI DN IN
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 10 BUSBAR TRUNKING SYSTEM
MC 10 H THNG THANH CI DN IN
10.1 GENERAL 10.1.1DESCRIPTION A low impedance busbar trunking system shall be installed where shown on the Tender Drawings. All system components including busbars, busbar tap-off units, elbow, hangers, end cap, expansion joints, expansion fittings, integral earth, etc., shall fully comply with this Section.
10.1
TNG QUT
10.1.1 M T H thng thanh ci tr khng thp s c lp t nhng ni c th hin trn bn v.
H thng bao gm thanh ci, hp u ni thanh ci, khp ni, gi treo, u cui u ni, ni co gin, ph kin ni co gin, ni t bn trong, v.v v phi tuyt i tun theo hng n c nu trong phn ny. H thng phn phi thanh ci tr khng thp bao gm ba pha l ba thanh ph cch in vi y thanh trung tnh v ni t bng v, cc khp ni v nhng phn un cong, im cui c cnh, nhng thanh ni, m gip tng chng chy, thanh ging c l xo, rnh ni, thanh treo, v.v. nhng ph kin v thanh ci phi c cng dng in nh mc v chu c dng in s c trn bt c im no tr phi c nhng ch nh khc.
The low impedance copper busbar distribution system shall comprise metal-clad three phase with full neutral and earthing encloser, elbow and custom bend sections, flanged ends, enclosures, expansion joints, wall flanges, fire stops, spring supports, adapters channels, hangers, supports, cable/busbar transition enclosures, etc.. Accessories and busbar system shall be of the same rating and fault current withstand level throughout unless otherwise specified. Contractor must submit the size of the busbar and technical summary when issue the tender. 10.1.2STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate Singapore or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. All electrical equipment and materials of the same type shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition. All equipment and accessories delivered to site shall be new and shall be clearly marked to identify different types, materials and sections of the busbars.
Nh thu cn ghi r chi tit v kch thc v cc thng s ca busway khi gi bo gi.
10.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c cc trang thit b, vt t, nhn cng phi tun theo tiu chun ca IEC, UL hay British Standards hoc mt tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh tt c nhng qui nh v php l v lut ca nc s ti. Tt c trang thit b in v vt t cng loi s c cung cp bi mt nh sn xut m bo c cng tiu chun v cht lng.
Tt c trang thit b v nhng ph kin c giao ti ni phi m bo cn mi v c nh du mt cch k lng nhn bit nhng loi khc nhau, vt t, v nhng phn khc ca thanh ci.
10.2 EQUIPMENT 10.2.1BUSBAR The busbars shall be of copper conductors with minimum 99.97% putity of copper consisting of three phase, full neutral and earthing encloser. The copper busbars shall be electrolytically tin plated. Each busbar shall be insulated over its entire length with epoxy Class B 130oC insulation meeting NEMA, UL857, IEC 439 requirements as well as American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) standards or its equivalent. Within the ambient temperature of 40oC, the busbar system shall be designed, tested and continuously operated at the rated current whole the maximum housing temperature won't exceed 55oC. Both feeder and plug-in busway shall be of sandwich construction meaning no air gap shall exist between bus bars except at the joints. Insulation shall be UL rated as self-
10.2
TRANG THIT B
10.2.1 THANH DN IN Thanh dn in l loi bng ng gm c tinh khit ng ti thiu l 99.97% c ba pha, thanh trung tnh bng kch thc thanh dn pha v ni t bng v busbar. Thanh ci ng s l loi c m thic in phn. Mi thanh ci s c cch in hon ton trong sut chiu di ca chng bng loi epoxy cch in Class B 130oC tun theo tiu chun NEMA, UL857, IEC 439 cng nh ASTM hay tng ng.
Ti nhit mi trng 40oC, thanh dn in s c thit k, kim tra v hot ng lien tc ti dng in nh mc vi nhit ti a trn v khng vt qu 55oC.
C thanh dn in v cc plug-in s c cu trc kp m khng tn ti khng kh gia cc thanh dn ngoi tr ti ch ni.
Cch in s theo tiu chun UL nh kh chy v khng b nh hng bi acid, cht kim, acetone, du my v du bi trn thng thng trong mi trng cng nghip. Nh sn xut phi cung cp h s kim tra in tr cch in, in tr ha hc v tui th (trn 40 nm).
extinguishing and shall be impervious to acids, alkalis, acetones, machine oils and lubricants commonly found in industrial environments. Manufacturers shall provide test data documenting insulations impact resistance, chemical resistance, and expected life (more than 40 years). The busbar housing shall be rust proofed metal clad or extruded aluminum housing, totally enclosed and non-ventilated and weather-proofed to protect against mechanical damage and dust accumulation. Suitable watersheds shall be installed, where the busbar crosses expansion joints, to guard against possible building leakage. The construction of the busbar housing shall be such as to reduce hysteresis and eddy current losses.
V bc ca thanh ci l loi c bc kim loi chng r st hay hay v nhm p, hu nh c che chn, khng c thng gi v chu c ma gi bo v khng b h hng v c kh v s bm bi. Nhng ci rnh nc phi c lp t, nhng ch thanh ci ct ngang qua ch ni, phng nga nc r r t to nh. Cu trc ca v bc thanh ci s lm gim dng in tr v trit tiu dng in xoy.
The totally enclosed design also eliminates the need for derating of the system regardless of installation orientation. The housing is covered with an electrostatically applied light gray ANSI 61 polyester urethane powder paint. Weatherproof type feeder busbar housing shall be designed to exclude entrance of water and prevent possible moisture condensation. A gasket joint cover shall be provided to ensure a completely weatherproof joint. The design shall allow the busbar to be mounted in any position and remain weatherproof. Busbars have capacity to support seismic reaching 7 Richter Scale. Where the busbar passes through wall and floors. Space so enclosed by the wall flanges shall be sealed with a fire stop material acceptable to the busbar manufacturer and to IEC/BS. The busbar joint design shall permit safe, practical testing of joints for tightness without de-energizing. This operation must be possible without exposing maintenance staff to any electrical hazard and without downtime of the busbar and equipment it feeds.
Tt c v thanh dn thit k cng cn loi b hay gim thiu cc li ca lp t. V thanh dn c ph tnh in mt cht polyester theo tiu chun ANSI 61.
V bc thanh ci loi ngoi tri s c thit k khng cho nc vo v c kh nng ngn cn s ng sng. Np hp ni c ron s c lp t m bo ch ni hon ton kn. Thanh ci thit k lp c trn bt k v tr no v vn m bo kn.
Thanh dn c kh nng chu ng c ng t 7 richter. Nhng ni thanh ci i qua tng v sn, khong trng bao quanh mp tng phi c lm kn bng mt vt liu chng chy theo hng dn ca nh sn xut v IEC/BS.
Thit k ch ni thanh ci sao cho tuyt i an ton, v cng tc kim nh lc cng ca nhng ch ni m khng cn phi ct in. iu ny phi c lm nhn vin bo tr khng tip xc vi nhng phn c in nguy him v khng lm thanh ci hay nhng thit b m chng ni n phi ngng hot ng trong khi kim tra.
Access shall be required to only one side of the busbar for tightening joint bolts for runs close to a ceiling or wall. It shall be possible to remove any one length in a run without disturbing the two lengths which it connects. All bolted connections shall include Belleville washers. Expansion joints in feeder busbar shall be provided to cater for the structural expansion joints occur. The busbar expansion joints shall be capable of taking up all thermal expansion due to the temperature differential of the busbars, the building expansion joint differentials of 15mm. Expansion fittings accommodate for expansion
Yu cu thanh ci ch c tip cn t mt pha ca chng bt c nhng im ni gn vi trn hay tng. C th tho ri bt k mt on no m khng lm nh hng n hai on m n ni n. Tt c b long ni phi c long n Belleville.
Ni co gin trn thanh ci ngun c lp t sao cho s gin n v cu trc xy ra nhng im ni. Ch ni co gin ca thanh ci c kh nng hp thu tt c s gin n nhit do s sai lch nhit trn thanh ci, sai lch gin n ti im ni l 15mm.
Ni co gin c cung cp cho s m rng v lp

10/3
and contraction of a busway run and building movement. Expansion fittings typically are installed in the center of long busway runs, and at the beginning of riser runs to minimize stress on the lower most device or where a busway run crosses an expansion joint of a building. Expansion Fittings are recommended when the run exceeds 200 ft. (608m). Expansion fittings allow for a +/- 2 in. (50.8mm) movement along the length of the busway system. The short circuit rating of feeder busbar and of plug-in busbar shall not be less than 50 kA amperes R.M.S. symmetrical at 433V in accordance with BS, IEC or NEMA testing standards. Busbar systems that cannot provide a type test certificate for the above mentioned short circuit rating, and therefore cannot guarantee its performance under these conditions will not be accepted. The busbar system shall be designed to operate on a 400V/230V 3-phase 50 Hz A.C. supply and shall be of the low impedance type in order to regulate the volt drop to the minimum value. Spring vertical hanger shall be provided at every f]\loor level to support the busduct. Expansion joints shall be provided at intervals of every 40 metres or manufacture requirements. The higher level shall be chosen. The vertical busduct shall be designed and provided in such a way that every one section or unit shall be removable without disturbing adjacent units. All bolts, nuts and screw washer hardware, etc. shall be zinc-coated.
t thanh dn trong ta nh. Ph kin m rng in hnh s c lp t gia ca cc tuyn thanh dn di, ti cc u ca trc thanh dn gim thiu chn ng cho cc phn thp hn hay nhng ni m thanh dn chy qua khe co gin ca ta nh.
Ni co gin c lu khi thanh dn chy di trn 200 ft. (608m). Ni co gin cho php gin n +/- 2 inch (50.8mm) theo chiu di ca h thng thanh dn. Dng ngn mch ca thanh ci ngun v nhng thanh ni khng c vt qu 50 kA amperes R.M.S.tng ng ti 433V ph hp vi tiu chun BS, IEC or NEMA testing standards.
H thng thanh ci khng c chng nhn kim nh dng ngn mch nh trn th khng th m bo c s lm vic ca n di nhng iu kin ny v do s khng c chp nhn.
H thng thanh ci phi c thit k vn hnh 400V/230V 3-phase 50 Hz A.C. v l loi yu cu c tr khng thp c gi tr st p l thp nht.
Gi treo thng l xo c lp trn mt sn treo busduct. Nhng ch ni c lp t vi cch khong mi 40m hoc theo nh sx. Gi tr no nghim ngt hn s phi tun th.
Busduct thng ng s c thit k v lp t sao cho khi tho g mt phn hay on ra s khng lm nh hng n nhng ci k cn.
Tt c b long, tn, c vt v long n, v.v s l loi trng km.
10.2.2PLUG-IN BUSBAR TAP-OFF UNITS
10.2.2 B TCH NGUN RA TRN THANH CI (TAP-OFF UNITS) Trn busbar s c ti thiu mt ch u ni ngun ra ba cc (plug-in openings) trn mi tng v tt c chng s c s dng ng thi. Mi v tr pha ca plug-in openings phi c cch in ring r. Trc khi lp t b ly ngun ra, thanh ci v plug-in openings s c kim ta mt cch k lng. H thng u thanh ci lm plug-in tap-off units phi cng mt nh sn xut, kch thc, v gi tr c th hin trn bn v.
Plug-in busbar shall have a minimum of three plug-in openings on each floor and all openings shall be usable simultaneously. Each phase position of a plug-in openings shall be individually insulated. It shall be possible to inspect the plug-in openings and busbar prior to the installation of the plug. The plug-in busbar system shall be complete with purpose made plug-in tap-off units of similar manufacture, size and rating shown on the Drawings. Each plug-in tap-off unit shall be mechanically interlocked with the busbar housing to prevent installation or removal of units while in the "ON" position, and be equipped with an openings handle which always remains in control of the switching mechanism. Plug-in unit enclosures shall make positive earth connection to the busbar housing before the jaws make contact with the busbars. This earthing method shall be such that it cannot be defeated by future painting of the housing. The plug-in tap-off units shall be equipped with internal barriers to prevent accidental contact with pull wires and conductors with live parts on the line side of the protective device during time of wire pulling. Covers of all plug-in units must have "releasable" type interlocks to prevent the cover from being opened while the breaker is in the "ON" position. The units must be provided with means for padlocking the breaker in the "OFF" position. Plug-in tap-off units must be equipped with means for direct positioning or hanging so that all weight is borne by the duct before the plug-in jaws make contact. For safety reasons, no projections shall extend into the housing other than the plug-in jaws.
Mi plug-in tap-off unit c kho c kh lin ng vi v thanh ci ngn nga s lp vo hay tho ra trong khi chng ang v tr "ON", v c trang b mt cn gt iu khin ng ct c kh.
Plug-in unit s ni t vo v thanh ci trc khi ngm ca chng tip xc vi thanh ci. Phng php ni t ny s lm cho n khng b hu hoi do sn v thanh ci sau ny.
Tap-off units c trang b hng ro chn bn trong trnh tip xc nguy him vi nhng phn ang c in ln trn pha ca thit b bo v trong khi thi cng ko dy.
Np ca plug-in units phi l loi tho ra c c kho lin ng ngn nga chng c m trong khi ang v tr ON. Plug- in unit phi c lp b kho khi chng ang v tr OFF
Plug-in tap-off units phi c ng dn ci vo ng v tr hay treo trng lng s chu vo thanh dn trc khi ngm ca chng n vo. V l do an ton, khng c nhng ch d ra no khc c a vo trong ch ni ngoi ci ngm ni.
The plug-in tap-off units enclosures shall contain a moulded case circuit breaker complying with BS EN 60898: 1991 Specification for circuit breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installations and/or IEC standard of the rating and type specified on the drawings and arranged to give close excess-current protection to the outgoing circuits, automatically tripping on overload and short circuit. The overload tripping shall be operated by a thermal device with inverse time characteristics and short circuits shall be cleared by magnetic tripping. Each outgoing circuit M.C.C.B. shall be capable as a whole of withstanding the electrical and mechanical stress produced by interrupting prospective fault currents of up to and including 36KA amperes R.M.S. at 433V. The case of the M.C.C.B. shall be
B plug-in tap-off units gm c mt MCCB theo BS EN 60898 : 1991 - Specification for circuit breakers for overcurrent protection for household and similar installations v/hay tiu chun IECc gi tr v loi c th hin trn bn v v c lp t sao cho s bo v qu dng gn vi mch ngoi, t ng ct khi qu ti hay ngn mch.
Bo v qu ti s c kim sot bi mt thit b nhit c c tnh thi gian ngc v bo v ngn mch bi nam chm t.
Mi ng ra ca M.C.C.B. phi c kh nng chu c tc dng v in v c kh xy ra trong qu trnh ct dng in s c ln n 36KA ampe ti 433V.
Hp cha M.C.C.B. phi c sn xut t kim loi phenolic c hay tng t c bn c kh cao v c c tnh khng lch ngang. Cn gt l loi ct t do v c ba v tr "ON", "OFF" and "TRIP" c hin th r rng trn rnh ca cn gt, nhn t v tr vn hnh ca tap-off unit.
manufactured from a moulded phenolic material or similar with a high mechanical strength and non-tracking properties. The operating handle shall be trip free and have the three positions "ON", "OFF" and "TRIP" clearly indicated in the toggle slot, visible from the tap-off unit operating position. Means of preventing unauthorized personnel from operating all circuit breakers shall be provided by means of padlocked handles or the other approved method. M.C.C.Bs shall have suitable terminals ready for accepting cables running to sub-distribution boards. 10.3 INSTALLATION The Contractor shall provide all labour and material to form the complete busbar distribution installation as specified in this Contract. 10.3
trnh s ng ct cc CB ca nhng ngi khng c php, chng s c trang b b kho cn ng ct hay bng phng php khc c cho php. M.C.C.Bs s c u ni dy ph hp ni cp i vo t phn phi.
LP T Nh thu s cung cp tt c nhn cng v vt t cho s lp t ton b h thng thanh ci nh c ch nh trong hp ng.
Make all necessary field measurements to verify that equipment shall fit in allocated space in full compliance with minimum required clearances specified in manufacturer's guideline and instructions and Clause 10.1.2. In preparation for installation of yourbusway system, it is important to familiarize yourself with the following installation publications: General Instructions For Handling, Installation, Operation and maintenance of Busway Rated 600 volts or Less (NEMA Standards Publication BU1.1-1996). Storage, Installation Instructions for Busway . and Maintenance
Vic tnh ton khng gian cn thit lp t thanh dn s tun theo yu cu ti thiu ca hng dn lp t ca nh sn xut v ch dn ti mc 10.1.2.
S chun b cho vic lp t h thng thanh dn in phi tun theo cc tiu chun lp t nh sau:
Ch dn chung cho vic treo, lp t, vn hnh v bo tr ca h thng thanh dn in p nh mc 600V hay nh hn (Tiu chun NEMA BU1.11996). Bo qun, lp t v vn hnh h thng thanh dn. Cu to kn cho thanh dn ngoi tri IP65 hay IP66. Nhng tiu chun ny s c nghin cu v s dng nhng nhng tham kho trong sut qu trnh lp t chc chn rng qu trnh lp t l hon ho. Tt c nhng thit b phi c kim tra li khi a n cng trng. Nu thanh dn khng c lp t ngay, n phi c bo qun trong kho sch v kh ro. Nh cung cp s chun b cc bn v thi cng cng nh cc dng c lp t trong sut qu trnh thi cng. H thng thanh ci s c gi bng nhng thanh treo c t cch khong v cp hai bn (c thit k v cung cp bi nh nh sn xut h thng thanh ci), theo hng dn ca nh sn xut. Thanh ging bn hng c thit k sao cho chu c thanh ci nhm khng c xut hin sc cng t s mt cn bng ca tap-off units.
Caulking Instructions for Outdoor Busway Rated IP65 or IP66 These publications should be read through thoroughly and used as reference during installation to insure proper installation procedures. All equipment should beinspected upon delivery. If the busway is not installed immediately, it should be stored in a clean, dry location. Factory supplied record drawings as well as installation tools should be accessible in preparation for installation. The busbar system shall be supported by hangers spaced and side braced (designed and provided by the busduct system manufacturer), in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The side bracing shall be designed to give sufficient support to the busbar in order that no stress is apparent from either unbalanced plug-in tap-off units. All the material, accessories shall be supplied by the contractor without VO cost including the U-channel steel, expansion boths.
Tt c vt t, ph kin nh thu phi t trang b vic lp dng hon thnh m khng yu cu bt k pht sinh no bao gm c thanh thp U, bu lng co gin. Kt cu thp busway phi thuc loi nhm m km hay CT3 theo TCVN hay tng ng.
Steel structure of busway shall be hotdeep galvanize aluminium or CT3 base on TCVN or
10/7
equivalent. The steel structure shall be paint for rust proof after cleaning by Sa 2 sand before using. All the expansion boths shall be grout by approval material with minimum 25mm thickness before install thought to concrete. The dimension and length of U-channel steel shall be calculated carefully from busway manufacture but the lengths no smaller than the wide of riser add with 2x150mm. The feeder busbar vertical risers shall be supported at each floor by a spring support system (designed and provided by the busbar manufacturer) which shall be capable of supporting the full weight of the busbar and shall make allowance for thermal expansion. Where floor to floor height exceeds 5m, intermediate spring supports shall be provided. All hangers spaced, side braced, spring support system and spring supports shall be designed and provided by the busduct system manufacturer. The plug-in tap-off units where installed on the vertical busducts shall be in the up-right position. Under no circumstances, shall the tap-off units in the upside-down position be acceptable. Busbar housing shall be either galvanised steel or aluminum. Hangers, and side braces shall be galvanised steel. Horizontal busbar system installations shall include all supporting steelworks fixed to suit the building structure and arranged to facilitate future removal of damaged or defective busbar sections. Supports shall be by demountable proprietary steel channel similar to manufacture constructed in accordance with the manufacturer's data and recommendations to
Khi s dng kt cu thp, th phi c sn chng st sau khi phun ct t Sa 2. Tt c bu long neo khi bt trc tip vi b tng u phi c grouting bng vt liu c ph duyt vi chiu dy ti thim 25mm. Tit din v chiu di ca U-channel steel phi c tnh ton t nh sn xut Busway. Nhng chiu di ca n khng c nh hn chiu rng ca riser cng vi 2x150mm. Thanh ci t thng ng dc theo vch s c gi bng h thng ging l xo ti mi tng (c thit k v cung cp bi nh sn xut) lai c kh nng chu c ton b trng lng ca thanh ci v cho php gin n nhit. Nhng ch sn cch sn cao hn 5m, thanh ging l xo trung gian s c lp t.
Tt c cc thanh treo, thanh ging bn hng, b thanh ging l xo c thit k v cung cp bi nh sn xut.
B plug-in tap-off units lp t trn h thng ng dn thng ng s theo v tr thng ng. Under no circumstances, tap-off units v tr o ngc cng c yh chp nhn c.
V thanh ci s l loi thp trng km hay nhm. Nhng thanh treo, thanh ging bn hng l loi thp m km. S lp t h thng thanh ci nm ngang bao gm tt c cc khung thp gi c gn ph hp vi cu trc ca to nh v thun tin cho vic tho g thay th nhng phn h hng ca thanh ci sau ny. Nhng thanh treo s l loi knh thp c bit c th tho ra c c sn xut ti nh my ph hp vi thng s v s hng dn ca nh sn xut mang c ti ca h tng thanh ci
10/8
carry the busbar system loads with a minimum factor of safety of 5. All components of the supporting steel channel shall be by one manufacturer to ensure compatibility and uniformity with hot dipped galvanized finish. All fittings, joints, intersections and supports shall be made using proprietary components utilizing two 12.5mm connecting leg. bolts for each
vi h s an ton l 5.
Tt c cc ph kin ca mng thp treo s cng mt nh sn xut m bo tnh tng thch v ng b v c trng m km.
Tt c cc u ni, mi ni, ch giao nhau ca thanh treo phi s dng ng vt t ca hng vi 2 b long 12.5mm cho mi u ni.
Provision shall be made to install flush steel channel concrete inserts type by casting in line mass concrete in the positions indicated on the Contract Drawings. The regularity of 1.5m centres of these channel inserts shall form the construction matrix for the busbar supporting steel channel framework. Critical to the success of any busway installation is the layout and accurate measuring of the busway. First and foremost: Select a route for your busway that will require the fewest fittings and the maximum number of 10 (3.05m) sections. It is important that the busway system be designed to meet the requirements of the Clause 10.1.2. There are a number of techniques that may be used to ensure an accurate measurement before purchasing and installing the busway. The following tools will be required during layout and measuring: 100 (30.48m) tape measure Measuring Stick Chalkline Plumb Bob Marker (A laser distance measuring device may be used to speed the measuring process).
S lp t sn c lm bng loi rnh thp c t m trong b tng bng cch c khun trong khi b tng ti nhng v tr c th hin trn bn v. Tm vi khong cch u 1,5m ca nhng ci rnh chen vo s lm nn cu trc im cho khung rnh thp treo thanh ci.
Qui trnh hon chnh cho bt c vic lp t thanh dn l mt bng b tr v s o t chnh xc h thng thanh dn. Vic u tin v tt nht l chn tuyn cho h thng thanh dn m khng yu cu nhiu ph kin v c ti a 10 inch (3.05m) mt ct. iu ny rt quan trng thit k mt h thng thanh dn c th p ng c nhng yu cu ca mc 10.1.2. Mt s k thut m c th c s dng chc chn rng s o c chnh xc trc khi t hang v lp t thanh dn. Cc cng c nh sau s c yu cu trong qu trnh b tr v o c : Thc dy 100 inch (30.48m). Nhn o. Dy ly du. Plumb Bod. Nhn.
(Thit b o khong cch bng laser c th c s dng tng tc tin trnh o t)
Recommended Measurement Steps : 1. Using systems requirements for amperage, voltage, and conductors, determine the physical size of the busway.This is important when setting minimumclearances from walls, columns, ceilings and other obstructions. 2. Prior to any layout, review the complete area to determine the best location for the run. Special attention needs to be given to existing equipment suchas plumbing, HVAC, steel columns, beams and permanent structures. 3. Measure all dimensions from fixed points such as columns, walls, floors and ceilings. 4. Make a preliminary sketch showing proposed busway routing, elevations and obstructions. Be sure to show all floor and wall locations including thickness. 5. Where plug in devices are being used, be sure to allow for proper operation clearances. See dimensional requirements shown in the bus plug section of this publication. 6. Review "Busway Order Entry Checklist" to ensure that all required information has been included.
Cc bc o t ngh : 1. S dng cc yu cu h thng cho dng in, in th v thanh dn in, kch thc c kh ca thanh dn. iu ny rt quan trng khi nh khong cch t tng, ct, trn v cc cu trc khc. 2. u tin cc b tr, xem ton b khu vc xc nh v tr tt nht cho cc tuyn thanh dn. Ch t bit n cc thit b hin hu nh bm, HVAC, ct thp, b tng v cc cu trc c lin quan. 3. o c tt c cc kch thc ca cc im c nh nh ct, tng, sn v trn. 4. Tin hnh bn v s b cc tuyn thanh dn ngh, mt ng v cc chng ngi. Chc chn rng phi th hin cc v tr sn v tng bao gm dy. 5. Khi c s dng cc b tch ngun, phi chc chn rng c khong khng gian vn hnh hon ho. Xem cc yu cu v kch thc ca cc b tch ngun. 6. Xem li Bng lit k cc im kim tra ca thanh dn c t hng chc chn rng tt c cc thng tin yu cu c bao gm.
SECTION 11 WIRING ACCESSORIES MC 11 PH KIN DY DN IN
J.Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 11 WIRING ACCESSORIES
MC 11 PH KIN DY DN IN
11.1 GENERAL 11.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall supply and install the wiring accessories, including lighting switches, switches for electrical appliances, socket outlets, fused connection units, telephone outlets, etc., which form part of the Works as shown on the Tender Drawings. 11.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 11.2 EQUIPMENT 11.2.1 LIGHTING SWITCHES Switches for the control of lighting circuits shall comply with British Standard and/or IEC standard and shall be designed specifically for use on A.C. inductive circuits. Switches shall generally be rated at 10 amp A.C. Unless otherwise indicated, switches shall be single-pole, one-way, rocker operated and of white square plate pattern. Switches in plant rooms and switch rooms, etc., shall be mounted in surface mounting boxes. The rocker shall be white and the plate shall be of the metal-clad type box. Switches for emergency supplies shall have red coloured rockers. Switches in all other areas shall be flush mounted, all insulated, single pole and white in colour. Multi-gang switch units shall not switch more than one phase.
11.1 TNG QUT 11.1.1 M T Nh thu s cung cp v lp t cc ph kin cho dy dn, gm c cng tc n, cng tc cho thit b, cm, cu ch, cm in thoi, v.v, nhng cng vic nh c th hin trn bn v.
11.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t, nhn cng phi tun theo tiu chun ca IEC hay British Standards hay mt tiu chun quc t tng ng c cng nhn cng nh nhng qui nh v php l, quy tc ca nc s ti. 11.2 THIT B 11.2.1 CNG TC N Cc cng cho cc tuyn n phi theo tiu chun ca Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC v c thit k ring cho mch ngun A.C. cng tc thng c gi tr l 10 amp A.C.
Tr khi c nhng hng dn khc, cc cng tc s l loi mt cc, mt chiu, bt tt qua li v mt cng tc mu trng hnh vung. Cc cng tc trong phng my v phng in, v.v, s c lp trn hp ni. Cng tc c mu trng v mt, hp lm bng kim loi.
Nhng cng tc ngun cho n emergency s c mu . Cng tc cho nhng khu vc khc s c lp m, tt c c cch in, c mt cc v mu trng.
Mt b nhiu cng tc khng c s dng nhiu hn mt pha.

11/1
Lighting switches in general shall be mounted at 1350mm above floor level unless otherwise specified. Engraved adhesive labels, shall be provided for all switch outlets and switch plates. It shall be red with white lettering for emergency circuits and black with white lettering for normal circuits. 11.2.2 SOCKET OUTLETS Socket outlets shall be 3-pin, 10A, 15A or 16A as shown on the Contract Drawings. All socket outlets shall be switched and shuttered type complying with BS 546 : 1988 - Specification. Two-pole and earthing-pin plugs, socket-outlets and socket-outlet adaptors and BS 1363 - 13A plugs, socket-outlets and adaptors, Euro Standard, Universal/International standard where applicable. For socket outlets in plant rooms and switchrooms, switch socket outlets shall be surface mounting metal clad type and mounted at 1350mm. Socket outlets for emergency supplies shall have red coloured indicator lamps shall be provided where specified red coloured rocker switches. In areas wet and area susceptible to presence of water, socket outlets shall be of the weatherproof type unless otherwise stated on the Drawings. The live metal parts shall be recessed below the surface to eliminate the danger of touch contact. A brass screw cap with chain attachment shall be provided for the socket when it is not in use. These will be, unless otherwise stated, installed using 2.5mm2 cables, in the form of a radial circuit. 11.2.3 INDICATING CONTROL SWITCHES Indicating switches shall be 20A double pole,
Cc cng tc n thng c lp cch mt sn l 1350mm tr khi c nhng ch nh khc.
Nhn c khc ch s dn trn tt c cc mt cng tc v cm. N c mu , ch trng i vi mch emergency v mu en vi ch trng cho cc mch thng thng. 11.2.2 CM Cc cm l loi ba chn, 10A, 15A hay 16A nh c th hin trn bn v. Tt c cc cm s l loi ng, ct v theo quy nh BS 546 : 1988 Specification. Two-pole and earthing-pin plugs, socket-outlets and socket-outlet adaptors and BS 1363 - 13A plugs, socket-outlets and adaptors, tiu chun Euro , Universal/International c lp t tu theo mc ch s dng.
Cc cm trong cc phng my v phng in s c lp bng hp kim loi, v t ni, cch mt t 1350mm.
Cc cm cho ngun khn cp s c n hin th mu v c lp nhng ch c cng tc mu .
nhng khu vc m t v khu vc d tip xc vi nuc, cc cm s l loi chng nuc (weatherproof) tr khi c nhng ch nh khc trn bn v. Phn kim loi c in s tht vo trong trnh tip xc nguy him. Mt np che bt vt bng ng thau c gn km si dy xch nh s c lp trn cng tc khi n khng c s dng.
Kiu lp t s l mch hnh tia s dng dy 2.5mm, ngoi tr nhng ch nh khc.
11.2.3 CNG TC C N BO Cc cng tc c n bo s l loi 20A hai cc, lp

flush mounted, all insulated, white colour, with neon pilot lamps, confirming to BS 3676 Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations and/or IEC Standard. Proper words shall be engraved on the cover plate to designate the equipment served. Mounting height shall be 1350mm above finish floor level, unless otherwise specified. 11.2.4 TELEPHONE / DATA OUTLETS Telephone and data cable outlets shall comprise a deep conduit box complying with BS 4662 : 1989 - Specification for boxes for boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories and/or IEC standard flush mounted in walls. The cover plate shall be of the moulded type and of white or ivory colour. 11.3 INSTALLATION 11.3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall supply labour and materials to install the wiring accessories as indicated on the Tender Drawings and specified in the Technical Specification. 11.3.2 TESTING a) VERIFICATION OF POLARITY :To ensure that all fuses and single pole control devices are connected in the "live" conductor only, and that wiring has been correctly connected to the socket outlet terminals. b) TEST OF CONTINUITY OF PROTECTIVE b) CONDUCTOR :To be tested with alternating current in accordance with British Standards and/or IEC Standards.
m, tt c c cch in, mu trng, c n neon hin th ph hp vi BS 3676 - Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations v/hay tiu chun IEC. Mt cng tc c khc ch ph hp cho bit n s dng cho thit b no. Cao lp l 1350mm so vi mt sn, tr khi c nhng ch nh khc.
11.2.4 CM IN THOI/D LIU Dy in thoi v d liu gm mt hp c ng dn, ph hp vi tiu chun BS 4662 : 1989 Specification for boxes for boxes for the enclosure of electrical accessories v/hoc tiu chun IEC c lp m trn tng. Mt cm mu trng hay mu ng.
11.3 LP T 11.3.1 TNG QUT Nh thu s cung cp lao ng v vt t lp t cc thit b trn ng dy nh c th hin trn bn v v trong cc c im k thut.
11.3.2 KIM TRA a) KIM TRA CC : Bo m rng tt c cu ch v thit b iu khin n cc ch c ni vo dy pha, v dy c ni trc tip n cc u ni cm.
KIM TRA S THNG MCH CA DY DN BO V : Kim tra bng dng in xoay chiu ph hp vi tiu chun ca Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
c)
TESTS OF EFFECTIVENESS OF EARTHING :To be made with loop-impedance test in accordance with British Standards and/or IEC Standards.
c)
KIM TRA HIU QU NI T :c kim tra bng cch o vng tr khng ph hp vi tiu chun ca Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
d)
INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST :The testing method and values shall be in accordance with British Standards and/or IEC Standards.
d)
KIM TRA IN TR CCH IN :Phng php v gi tr o phi ph hp ph hp vi tiu chun ca Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
SECTION 12 LUMINAIRES MC 12 N CHIU SNG
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 12 LUMINAIRES
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
12.1 GENERAL 12.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall supply, install, commission, test and set to work a complete lighting scheme in accordance with the luminaires schedule shown in the Drawings and in this Specification. The Contractor shall include for the delivery to site of all the fittings, their storage, safe keeping pending unpacking, their complete assembly, erection, connection, testing, and handing over in a clean working condition at the end of the Contract Period. 12.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the British Standards and/or IEC Standard. The construction and internal wiring of the luminaires shall comply with Standards and/or IEC Standard. the British
12.1 TNG QUT 12.1.1 M T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, kim tra, gim st v sp xp cng vic lp t ton b h thng n theo s phn b chiu sng nh c th hin trn bn v v trong phn c im k thut ny. Nh thu s giao n ni tt c cc thit b lp t, kho lu tr ca h, bo m cc thit b cn nguyn kin, vic lp rp, u ni, kim tra v bn giao trong mt iu kin lm vic sch s khi kt thc hp ng ca h.
12.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t, nhn cng phi tun theo tiu chun ca IEC hay British Standards hoc mt tiu chun quc t tng ng c cng nhn cng nh tun theo cc quy nh v php l v quy tc ca nc s ti. Tt c s lp t phi ph hp vi yu cu ca Anh v/hoc tiu chun IEC.
Cu to v dy dn bn trong ca n phi theo tiu chun Anh v/hoc tiu chun IEC.
Luminaires shall be pre-wired and complete with lamps, control gears, diffusers, lamp-holders, mounting brackets etc. all necessary for the complete installation and commissioning. All luminaires shall be complete with approved type earth terminals for connection to the circuit protective conductor of the final sub-circuit. Luminaires shall be designed for operating on 230V 50 Hz single-phase A.C. supply. The types and ratings of the luminaires shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 12.2 EQUIPMENT
n s c i dy trc sau s lp n, cng tc iu khin, mt khuch tn ch sng, ui n, mc treo, v.v, tt c cc ph kin cn thit hon thnh s lp t v thm nh. n s c cc ni t ni n dy dn bo v ca mch ph cui cng. n c thit k lm vic in p 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C.
Loi v cng sut ca n s c th hin trn bn v. 12.2 THIT B
The English language version prevails SECTION 12/RIVIERA POINT/ELECT
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
12.2.1 FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND CONTROL GEARS Fluorescent luminaires shall comply with the following IEC and British Standards :a) SS 24 : 1987- Ballasts for fluorescent lamp in AC 50 Hz supplies b) BS EN 60400 : 1992 - Specification for lampholders for tubular fluorescent lamps and starter holders c) BS EN 60081 : 1994 - Specification for tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service d) BS EN 61048 : 1993 - Specification for capacitors for use in tubular fluorescent and other discharge lamp circuits. General and safety requirements e) BS EN 61049 : 1993 - Specification for capacitors for use in tubular fluorescent and other discharge lamp circuits. Performance requirements f) BS 3772 : 1990 - Specification for starters for fluorescent lamps g) Equivalent IEC Standard
12.2.1 N HUNH QUANG V CNG TC IU KHIN n hunh quang phi theo tiu chun ca IEC v tiu chun Anh nh sau:a) SS 24 : 1987Tng ph n hunh quang dng ngun AC 50 Hz b) BS EN 60400 : 1992-c im k thut ca ui n ng hunh quang v starter.
c) BS EN 60081 : 1994-c im k thut s dng ca n ng hunh quang v cc n thng dng. d) BS EN 61048: 1993-c im k thut ca t in s dng cho n ng hunh quang v cc mch n sc khc. Nhng yu cu chung v an ton. e) BS EN 61049: 1993-c im k thut ca t in s dng cho n ng hunh quang v cc n phng in khc. Nhng yu cu v hiu sut. f) BS 3772: 1990-c im k thut ca starters cho n hunh quang.
g) Tiu chun IEC tng ng.
All fluorescent lamps shall be of the energy efficient type. Colour of the tubes shall be white with nominal colour temperature of 4000oK or warm white with nominal colour temperature of 3000oK as specified with bi-pin lamp caps suitable for use in switchstart circuits and manufactured to BS EN 60081 : 1994 Specification for tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service. Average rated life for fluorescent lamps shall not be less than 12,000 hours. Where specified, fluorescent lamps shall be suitable to operate with high-frequency
Tt c n phi l loi c hiu sut cao. Mu ca bng l mu trng c nhit mu bnh thng l 4000oK hay warm white c nhit mu bnh thng l 3000oK nh quy nh vi ui n c hai chn thch hp s dng trong mch c cng tc khi ng v c sn xut theo BS EN 60081 : 1994 - Specification for tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service.
Tui th trung bnh ca n hunh quang khng di 12,000 gi. Mt s ni yu cu, n hunh quang s s dng tng ph in t cao tn c th dim c.
12/2
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
dimmable electronic ballasts a) CONTROL GEARS All electrical control gear shall be totally built into the fitting assembly and shall provide for switch start operation. Control gears shall be of the low loss type, silent in operation and of the switchstart pattern suitable for incorporation within the luminaires they serve. The ballasts shall be of the low noise type and shall be mounted tightly on rigid part of the luminaires. No one component of the luminaires shall loosen and be badly fastened to become resonant. The ballast shall be designed to operate on a 230 volts 50 Hz single-phase A.C. supply. High frequency (HF) electronic ballasts where specified shall be of the starterless, nonflickering and rapid start type operating at a frequency range of between 20 kHz and 30 kHz and shall comply with BS EN 60928 : 1991Specification for A.C. supplied electronic ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps. General and safety requirements and BS EN 60929: 1992 - Specification for A.C. supplied electronic ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps and/or IEC standard. Performance requirements. The ballast shall be suitable for use with conventional or HF fluorescent tubes. All ballasts shall be batch-tested by PSB and international certificate of approval. Control gear and wiring assemblies shall be sprayed with an acceptable non-hardening lacquer coating to prevent the ingress of water moisture. Ballasts shall be wired individually to each fluorescent tube within a multi-tube light fitting. b) AUXILIARIES Power factor correction capacitors shall be
a) B MI (CONTROL GEAR) Tt c cc b mi in t hu ht c gn chung vo trong b n v vi cng tc khi ng switch start ( con chut). B iu khin l loi c t tiu tn nng lng, hot ng m, v cng tc khi dng c kiu dng ph hp lp trong b n ca chng. Tng ph s l loi c n nh v c gn mt cch chc chn trn phn cng ca b n. Tt c cc thit b gn trn b n khng c lng lo v chng s gy nn cng hng nu khng c gn mt cch chc chn. Tng ph c ch to lm vic in p 230 volts 50 Hz mt pha A.C. Tng ph in t cao tn (HF) l loi khng c cng tc khi ng, khng chp sng v khi ng nhanh, c s dng nhng ni yu cu, c khong tn s hot ng gia 20 kHz v 30 kHz v theo tiu chun BS EN 60928 : 1991Specification for A.C. supplied electronic ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps. General and safety requirements and BS EN 60929: 1992 Specification for A.C. supplied electronic ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps. Performance requirements v/hoc tiu chun IEC. Tng ph s l loi ph hp c th s dng cho cc n ng hunh quang thng thng hay tn s cao HF. Tt c cc tng ph phi qua kim tra bi PSB v cc chng ch quc t c duyt. Tng ph v dy qun s c phun mt lp sn khng cng thch hp ngn cn s xm nhp ca hi nc.
Tng ph phi c i dy cho ring tng n trong b n c nhiu bng. b) CC THIT B PH T b s c lp nng h s cng sut cho
12/3
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
provided to correct the power factor for each fitting to not less than 0.95 lagging two hours after the fitting has operated continuously on site. Radio interference filter shall be fitted to each fitting. The filter shall be suitable for suppressing mains-borne interference generated from the luminaires to meet the limit specified in BS EN 800: 1988 - Specification for limits and methods of measurement of radio interference characteristic of household electrical appliances, portable tools and similar electrical apparatus and/or IEC Standard. Where specified, all starters complete with starter bases shall comply with BS 3772 1990 Specification for starters for fluorescent lamps and suitable for lamps to BS EN 60081 : 1994 and/or IEC Standard. Lamp holders shall be non-inflammable and non-conductive. When installed, the lamp holders shall be adjustable to allow manufacturing for tolerance (within the manufacturer's specification) in the length of lamps. c) WIRING Inter-component wiring shall be rated at 105oC 450V flame-retardant PVC and shall be neatly secured within the luminaires to prevent contacts being broken. External cable connections shall be at fused terminals blocks provided on the luminaires and, in the case of pole mounted luminaires, the terminals shall be located within the service compartment at the base of the pole. Cartridge fuses shall be provided. Where wiring passes through or past the edge of any metal section of the luminaires, it shall be protected by an approved grommet and be double insulated. Earthing of each luminaire shall be made on the
mi n khng nh hn 0.95 trong 2 gi sau khi lp t vn hnh lin tc trn cng trng.
Lc nhiu sng v tuyn s c lp cho mi b n. B lc s kh mains-borne interference pht ra t n ph hp gii hn quy nh trong BS EN 800: 1988 - Specification for limits and methods of measurement of radio interference characteristic of household electrical appliances, portable tools and similar electrical apparatus v/hoc tiu chun IEC.
Tt c con chut starters cng vi phi theo tiu chun BS 3772 1990- Specification for starters for fluorescent lamps v ph hp cho n theo BS EN 60081: 1994 v/hoc tiu chun IEC.
ui n phi l loi kh chy v khng dn in. khi lp t, ui n phi c th iu chnh c cho php c khong h trong chiu di ca n (trong c im k thut ca nh sn xut).
c) DY DN Dy dn bn trong tng ph phi l loi 105C 450V, nha PVC chu nhit v c che y chc chn trong b n trnh tip im b h hng.
Dy ni t tng ph ra s c ni vo cu ch c lp trn b n, v trong hp treo n, nhng im ni dy s c t trong ngn u dy ti treo n. cu ch s c trang b.
Ch dy dn bng ngang qua hay qua cnh ca bt k phn kim loi no ca b n, n s c bo v bng mt vng m v bc hai lp cch in. Ni t s c thc hin trn im ni t c trn
12/4
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
earth terminal provided within the luminaires. 12.2.2 TUNGSTEN FILAMENT LAMPS Tungsten filament lamps shall comply with the following British applicable:Standards/ IEC where
mi b n. 12.2.2 N T TIM VONFRAM n t tim phi tun theo tiu chun ca Anh/IEC tu theo mc ch s dng:
BS 161: 1990 Specification for tungsten filament lamps for domestic and similar general lighting requirement. purpose. Performance
BS 161 : 1990 Specification for tungsten filament lamps for domestic and similar general lighting purpose. Performance requirement.
BS EN 60238: 1992 Specification for edison screw lampholders BS 5042 : 1987 Specification lampholders Equivalent IEC Standard Tungsten filament lamps shall be of the general lighting service pattern or otherwise of the coiled type in applicable sizes. Clear lamps shall be utilised in all fittings with the exception of open base glassware in which case lamps shall be of the silica-coated type. Lamps up to and including 150 watts shall have bayonet cap and larger sizes shall be provided with E.S. or G.E.S. holder as appropriate. Average rated life for incandescent lamps shall not be less than 1000 hours. 12.2.3 COMPACT FLUORESCENT (PL, PLC & 2D) LAMPS AND CONTROL GEARS Compact fluorescent lamps shall be singleended miniature fluorescent lamps each consisting of narrow glass tubes welded together with bi-pin cap and housing for starter and capacitor at one end. Each lamp shall be fitted with a radio interference suppression capacitor to suppress mains borne interference generated from the luminaires. The ballasts for these lamps shall be designed
BS EN 60238 : 1992 screw lampholders
Specification for edison
for
bayonet
BS 5042 : 1987 Specification lampholders Tiu chun IEC tng ng.
for
bayonet
n dy tc Vonfram l loi s dng thng thng hay cc loi khng t nng khc. Bng loi trong s c s dng trong tt c cc b n tr loi c thu tinh h, trong trng hp ny n phi l loi c lp silica.
n c cng sut ln n 150 watts l loi ui c cht gi v c ln hn s l ui E.S. hay G.E.S.thch hp. Tui th trung bnh cho n t tim khng di 1000 gi. 12.2.3 N TIT KIM (PL, PLC & 2D) V TNG PH
n hunh quang tit kim s l n hunh quang c nh n, mi ci gm c ng thu tinh nh hn li vi nhau ui c hai chn ghim v c v bc cho b mi v t in ui. Mi n s c lp mt b kh nhiu sng v tuyn pht ra t n.
Tng ph cho nhng n ny s c sn xut

12/5
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
to operate any of the lamp ratings specified and shall be rated for operation at 230V 50 Hz single phase A.C. supply. Power factor correction capacitors shall be provided for each lamp luminaire to correct the power factor to better than 0.85 lagging. 12.2.4 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMPS AND CONTROL GEARS (HID)
hot ng nhng gi tr nh mc ca n v c in p lm vic l 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C.
T b s lp trong mi n nng h s cng sut ln trn 0.85.
12.2.4 N CAO P (HID) V TNG PH
High pressure sodium lamps where used shall be of the ovoid fluorescent coated outer bulb type. Metal halide and mercury fluorescent lamps type MBF/U where specified shall be manufactured to BS 3677 : 1989 - Specification for high-performance mercury vapour lamps and/or IEC Standard as appropriate. Appropriate inductive ballasts for limiting the current shall be used in conjunction with the HID lamps and the Contractor shall ensure that the control gears installed are suitable for the lamps used. The control gear (ballast, igniters, capacitor, etc.) for each lamp shall be suitable for enclosing in a weatherproof compartment where used for external areas or integrated with the luminaires. Ballasts shall be of the low loss type manufactured to BS EN 60922 : 1991 Specification for general and safety requirements for ballasts for discharge lamps (excluding tubular fluorescent lamps) and BS EN 60923 : 1991 - Specification for performance requirements for ballasts and/or IEC standard and rated for operation at 230V 50 Hz single phase A.C. supply. Electronic igniters where applicable (i.e. highpressure sodium lamps) shall be of the encapsulated and quick start-up type. Control gears of all HID lamps for indoor use shall be silent in operation. 12.2.5 COMPACT TUNGSTEN HALOGEN LAMPS
n cao p sodium c hnh tri trng, loi bng c ph lp hung quang bn ngoi.
n hunh quang thu ngn v Metal halide MBF/U c sn xut theo BS 3677 : 1989 Specification for high-performance mercury vapour lamps v/hay tiu chun IEC. c lp t nhng ni thch hp theo yu cu. Loi tng ph cm ng thch hp gii hn dng s c s dng cng vi n HID v nh thu s m bo l tng ph lp t l ph hp vi n s dng. Hp iu khin (tng ph, b mi, t in, v.v.) cho mi n thch hp lp trong ngn khng thm nc khi s dng ngoi tri hay i km vi b n. Tng ph s l loi c tn hao thp c sn xut theo BS EN 60922 : 1991 Specification for general and safety requirements for ballasts for discharge lamps (excluding tubular fluorescent lamps) v BS EN 60923 : 1991 Specification for performance requirements for ballasts v/hay tiu chun IEC v c in p lm vic l 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C.
Nhng n s dng b mi in t (nh n sodium cao p) s l loi t gn bn trong v l loi khi ng nhanh. Hp iu khin ca tt c cc n HID s dng trong nh phi l loi hot ng m. 12.2.5 N TUNGSTEN HALOGEN
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
Compact tungsten halogen lamps for use with downlighter type luminaires shall be housed within a precision faceted glass reflector having dichroic coatings which shall allow 50% of the heat to be transmitted backwards while reflecting light forward in a controlled beam. A choice of beam angles shall be available for the application. It shall operate at low voltage of 12V with the operating circuit from a wirewound transformer or electronic transformer for connection to a 230V 50 Hz single phase A.C. supply. 12.2.6 EXIT SIGNS 'EXIT' signs shall be of the maintained self-contained type complying with the requirements of Building Control Division, PWD, Code of Practice for Fire Precaution for Buildings 1997 and BS/IEC standard. Each sign shall consist of fire retardant acrylic plates with white lettering EXIT (with or without directional arrows) on green background or vice versa. The sign shall be illuminated by a single 8 watts T5 fluorescent tube and shall be either single- or double-sided as required. The housing for the batteries, battery charger, converter, control gear shall be constructed from minimum 20 gauge mild steel and epoxy painted to standard black or any other colour as approved by the Engineer. Ventilation slots shall be provided at top and sides. The batteries shall be high temperature rated rechargeable sealed Nickel-Cadmium (Ni-Cd) type with sufficient capacity to operate the fluorescent tube for not less than 2 hours. The charging unit shall be a solid state two-rate fully automatic, voltage regulated, temperature compensated with trickle charge facility. The unit shall be provided with low-volt cut-off facility to protect the battery from over-discharging. The housing for the batteries, battery charger
n tungsten halogen l loi n chiu xung c t trong mt mt knh trong, mt phn x c lp lng sc, ci m s cho php 50% nhit c truyn ra pha sau trong khi nh sng phn x i v pha trc trong chm sng c kim sot. S chn la cho gc phn x th c sn cho tng ng dng. Chng c in p lm vic l 12V vi ngun cp ti t bin th dy qun hay bin th in t ni vi ngun 230V 50 Hz mt pha A.C.
12.2.6 BNG N THOT HIM (EXIT- sign) n 'EXIT' signs l loi duy tr c lp ph hp vi yu cu ca Building Control Division, PWD, Code of Practice for Fire Precaution for Buildings 1997 v tiu chun BS/IEC.
Mi ci s gm c mt tm chng chy c ch mu trng EXIT (c hoc khng c mi tn ch ng) trn nn mu xanh hay ngc li. Bng hiu c chiu sng bi mt bng n ng hunh quang 8W T5 v l loi mt c mt mt hay hai mt nh yu cu. Hp cha bnh c qui, b sc, b mi s c lm t thp mm ti thiu 20 gauge v c sn epoxy theo tiu chun l mu en hay bt k mu no khc c Qun l k thut ph duyt. Nhng rnh thot nhit phi bn trn v bn hng.
Bnh c qui l loi Nickel-Cadmium (Ni-Cd) chu nhit cao v sc li c vi dung lng duy tr cho n chy hn 2 gi.
B sc l loi bn dn, hai trng thi,hon ton t ng, c n p, b nhit c dng sc nh. B sc c kh nng t ct in p thp bo v battery khng b x qu mc.
Hp cha batteries, b sc v b bin tn l loi

12/7
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
and inverter shall be of the recessed type for installation in false ceiling. Surface mounted types shall be provided for areas without false ceilings. The charging of the battery shall be monitored by a neon lamp or light emitting diode which shall be easily visible. A test button shall be provided for periodic inspection of the signs.
c t giu trn trn gi. Loi gn ni s c lp nhng khu vc khng c trn gi.
S np in cho bnh s c kim tra bng mt n neon hay n led c th nhn thy c mt cch d dng. C mt nt nhn kim tra kim tra nh k bng n.
12.2.7 EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES All emergency luminaires shall be equipped with battery-operated power supply units with sufficient capacity to operate the lamps for not less than 2 hours in the event of a mains power failure. The batteries shall be rechargeable sealed Nickel-Cadmium type and housed together with the charger, inverter, etc. in a separate stove-baked enamel white steel enclosure mounted adjacent to the respective luminaires and above the false ceiling. The charging of the battery shall be monitored by a neon lamp or light emitting diode which shall be easily visible. A test button shall be provided for periodic inspection of the signs. All emergency luminaires shall be complete with the necessary identification symbol. 12.2.8 EXTERNAL LUMINAIRES All external luminaires where specified shall be completely weatherproof to IP 65. Each luminaire shall be suitable for wall, floor or lamp post mounting as appropriate. 12.2.9 EXTERNAL LUMINAIRE LAMP POSTS Lamp posts for external luminaires where specified shall be of tubular hot-dipped galvanised steel column, the base compartment of which shall house the lamp fusegear consisting of a single fully shrouded
12.2.7 N KHN CP D PHNG Tt c n emergency s c b ngun battery dung lng t chy n hn 2 gi lin khi ngun chnh b mt.
Batteries l loi Nickel-Cadmium c th sc li c v c t cng vi b sc, b bin tn,v.v, trong hp thp trng trng men t gn b n v trn trn gi.
S np in cho bnh s c kim tra bng mt n neon hay n led c th nhn thy c mt cch d dng. C mt nt nhn kim tra kim tra nh k n. Tt c n emergency phi c y k hiu nhn bit cn thit. 12.2.8 N LP NGOI TRI Tt c n t ngoi tri phi hon ton l loi khng thm nc (weatherproof) theo IP 65. Mi loi n phi ph hp gn trn tng, sn hay ct n. 12.2.9 CT N T NGOI TRI Nhng ch t ct n chiu sng ngoi tri phi l loi ct thp trng m km hnh ng, c ngn cha b cu ch n gm c mt cc v mt trung tnh ni vi cu ch 10 ampe H.R.C t trong hp cha cp kn, c clamp kp gi v ming m
12/8
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
single pole and neutral single entry cut-out with 10 amps H.R.C. fuse complete with cable sealing box, armour clamps and compression gland. where required, suitable for receiving looping PVC/SWA/PVC cables of the sizes specified. The tubular columns shall be protected internally and externally against corrosion. For internal protection, a coating of black bituminous paint shall be applied. A priming coat of suitable paint shall be applied to the surface after it has been thoroughly cleaned and followed by at least two coats to provide adequate protection against corrosion. Wiring between lantern and cut-out shall be twin core 2.5mm2 PVC/PVC copper conductor. 12.3 INSTALLATION All luminaires shall be adequately supported in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Mounting heights for luminaires shall be directed and agreed on site with the Engineer. All wiring connection to luminaires shall be installed in flexible conduits. The Contractor shall include for adapting conduit terminations to suit the specified luminaires and method of installation. Final connections to luminaires in areas of suspended ceilings shall be in flexible conduit bonded by male brass bush and serrated washer direct to luminaires or by ceiling rose fixed to soffit. Prior to commencement of site works, installation drawings incorporating the manufacturer's recommendations shall be submitted for checking complete with all fixing details, suspensions and supports. Fluorescent luminaires shall be independently
p. C nhng ni yu cu ph hp vI cc cun cp PVC/SWA/PVC tng kch c theo c im k thut.
Ct trn phi c bo v chng r st bn trongcng nh bn ngoi ng. Bo v bn trong, s c sn bng mt lp nha ng en. Mt lp sn lt thch hp s c sn ln b mt sau khi c lm sch v c sn t nht hai lp c kh nng chng li s r st mt cch thch hp.
Dy dn gia lng n v cu ch s l dy ng i 2.5mm2 PVC/PVC. 12.3 LP T Tt c cc n phi c lp ng cch theo hng dn ca nh sn xut v s ng ca Qun l k thut. Cao lp n s c hng dn v chp thun ti v tr ngh ca Qun l k thut.
Tt c dy ni n n s c i trong ng l xo mm. Nh thu s chu trch nhim v lp t nhng trm lp ng ph hp cho tng loi n k c phng php lp t. Nhng ch cui u vi n trong khu vc ca trn treo s s dng ng l xo mm c bng khp ni c bng ng thau v long n rng ca ni li vi nhau trc tip vo trong b n hay bng ceiling rose lp di bao ln. Trc khi thi cng, bn v lp t cng vi hng dn lp t ca nh sn xut s c trnh kim tra cng vi tt c chi tit lp t, h thng treo v gi .
n hunh quang s c treo di trn bng

12/9
MC 12 N CHIU SNG
suspended from the soffit by adjustable brackets to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In areas without suspended ceilings, luminaires shall be supported on conduit suspensions painted to match the ceiling finish. All external pole-mounted luminaires shall be mounted on the lamp post. An appropriate concrete base or flange plate shall be provided for each lamp post for mounting to the ground.
nhng gi treo iu chnh c theo s ng ca Qun l k thut. Trong nhng khu vc khng c trn treo, n s treo trn ng treo c sn mu ph hp vi trn nh.
Tt c n lp ngoi tri s c gn trn tr n. Mt b tng thch hp hay tm kim loi phng s c gn trn mt t cho mi tr n.
SECTION 13 LIGHTNING PROTECTION INSTALLATION MC 13 H THNG CHNG ST
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 13 LIGHTNING PROTECTION INSTALLATION
MC 13 H THNG CHNG ST
13.1 GENERAL 13.1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the lightning protection installation which shall form part of the Works. The lightning protection installation shall consist of a network of air finials, down conductors and earth electrodes. 13.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate Vietnamese, or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. 13.2 EQUIPMENT 13.2.1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 13.2.1.1 CONVENTIONAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM The lightning protection system shall be one which conveys a lightning discharge to ground without electrification of the structure. Roof shall be soft annealed copper tape of cross-section area 25mm x 3mm. The structural column reinforcement will be ustilised as the down conductor bar. 13.2.1.2 EARLY STREAMER EMISSION (ESE) LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM (NOT IN USE) Early streamer Emission (ESE) Lightning Protection System shall compose of the emission air terminal (mounted at roof), insulated coaxial down conductor, earth electrode with counter. The standard of ESE lightning protection
13.1 TNG QUT 13.1.1 M T Phn ny m t cng tc lp t h thng st s l mt phn cng vic. Lp t h thng chng st s l mt mng li bao gm kim thu st, cp thot st v cc h tip a. 13.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c cc thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi tun theo cc tiu chun Vit nam c chp thun, hoc theo tiu chun Anh hay cc tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh cc qui nh v lut ca a phng c hiu lc.
13.2 THIT B 13.2.1 H THNG CHNG ST 13.2.1.1 H THNG CHNG ST C IN
H thng chng st s truyn tia st xung t m khng lm nhim in vo kt cu.
Tng mi s c lp cc bng ng mm c kch thc l 25mm x 3mm. Ct thp ca ct s c s dng nh l dy thot st. 13.2.1.2 H THNG CHNG ST TCH CC (KHNG S DNG)
H thng bo v chng st loi phng tia sm (ESE) cn bao gm kim thu st (gn trn mi), cp thot st ng trc bc cch in, cc tip a v b m st.
Tiu chun ca h thng bo v chng st ESE

13/1
system shall meet the requirement of French Standard NFC17-102 or equivalent.
phi p ng yu cu trong tiu chun Php NFC17-102 hoc tng ng.
The Contractor shall submit relevant certificate or laboratory test certificate compliance with the requirement. to ensure
Nh thu cn trnh giy chng nhn c lin quan hoc giy chng nhn th nghim ca phng th nghim m bo s tun th theo yu cu. Nh thu cn xut kim thu st loi ESE cho mc bo v cp 1 c bn knh bo v ti thiu l 35m ti tng mi. Cp thot st phi l mt si cp ng trc cch ly c th chu c s tng in p do st c mc sng 10/350 S, dng in cc i cao hn 100KA, in nng ring cao hn 2,5 MJ/.
The Contractor shall offer ESE air terminal for level of protection class I and with radius of protection min. 35m at roof level. The down-conductor shall be an insulated coaxial cable which can withstand the lightning surge having wave 10/350 S, peak current superior to 100KA, specific energy superior to 2.5 MJ/. The lightning event counter have to be type tested for impulse current testing by an independent testing laboratory proving that the lightning event counter can withstand repetitive lighting currents without damage to the counter. 13.2.2EARTH ELECTRODES The Building column pile reinforcement bar will be utilized as the earth electrode for this project. The Contractor to ensure that those pile shown to be utilized as the earth electrode, minimum 2 nos dedicated vertical reinforcement bar to be continued welded through out the entire length of the pile. Contractor to demonstrate to the site inspector the continuation of these reinforcement and approved test method to be carried out. 13.3 INSTALLATION 13.3.1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM 13.3.1.1CONVENTIONAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM Air finial, horizontal conductors shall be located along ridges, around the perimeter, on top of parapets and across large open areas of the
B m st phi thuc loi c th nghim i vi dng xung in do mt phng th nghim c lp chng nhn rng ng h o m st c th chu c cc dng st lp li m khng gy tn hi cho b m st.
13.2.3 CC TIP T Cc cc ca ct s c s dng nh l cc tip a cho cng trnh ny. Nh thu phi chc chn rng cc cc c th hin c s dng nh l cc tip a, ti thiu 2 thanh ngang s c hn ho nhit ni tip vo chiu di bn trong ca ct. Nh thu phi chng minh s lin kt cc cc ny bng phng php kim tra c chp thun ti cng trng v trnh kt qu kim tra.
13.3 LP T 13.3.1 H THNG CHNG ST 13.3.1.1 H THNG CHNG ST C IN
Tt c cc kim thu st, dy dn ngang s c lp t ti cc chp nhn, vnh i xung quanh, trn b tng v khu vc ln ca mi.
13/2
roof. All protruding metal parts of the roof, e.g. hand rails, roof maintenance unit rails, TV antennae, steel water tanks, cooling towers, etc., shall be bonded to the lightning protection network in addition to the external metal cladding of the building. Conductor joints, where necessary, shall be formed by tinning the tape ends and riveting together with not less than five non-ferrous rivets, the whole joint being sweated solid. Tape fixings shall be provided at not greater than 1m centres and shall consist of gunmetal brackets or holdfasts. Down conductors shall be bonded to adjacent metalwork. 13.3.1.2 EARLY STREAMER EMISSION (ESE) LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM (NOT IN USE) This is an additional system to the L.P. system to BS6651 and thus shall be separately installed. The ESE air terminal shall be mounted at a stainless steel pole with of top of ESE air terminal higher than any building structure, feature or antenna by at least 2 meters. The stainless steel pole shall be mounted on plinth with additional steel wires (a least 3 wires) fixing on the top roof to ensure the air terminal not blown down by strong wind. The insulated coaxial cable shall be installed in a way to have shortest distance from roof to ground and away from electrical installation and cannot be accessed by unauthorized people. 13.3.2 EARTH ELECTRODES The Contractor to ensure that those pile shown to be utilized as the earth electrode, minimum
Tt c cc phn kim loi nh ra ca tng mi, th d nh lan can, lan can ca mi khu vc bo tr, anten tivi, bn nc kim loi, thp gii nhit, v.v s c lin kt n h thng chng st thnh mt tng bao bn ngoi ca ta nh.
Cc mi ni dy thot st nhng ni cn thit s c lin kt bng cc thanh trng thit v c rt riv vi nhau bng cc riv m km.
Bng ng s c c nh vi khong cch khng ln hn 1m bng cc kp c v kp ng m thit. Dy thot st s c lin kt vi phn kim loi lin k. 13.3.1.2 H THNG CHNG ST TCH CC (NOT IN USE)
y l mt h thng b sung cho h thng bo v chng st theo tiu chun BS6651 v do vy cn c lp t ring bit. Kim thu st loi ESE cn c gn vo mt ct bng thp inox c kim thu st loi ESE cao hn bt c kt cu, c im hoc ct ng ten no ca to nh ti thiu l 2m. Ct thp inox ny phi c gn vo phn b vi dy thp buc b sung (t nht 3 dy) gn vo tng thng m bo kim thu st khng b gi mnh lm hng.
Cp ng trc cch ly cn c lp t sao cho c khong cch nh nht t mi n mt t v cch xa h thng in lp t, ng thi khng cho nhng ngi khng c phn s c th tip cn.
13.3.2 CC TIP T Nh thu phi chc chn rng cc cc c th hin c s dng nh l cc tip a, ti thiu 2
2 nos dedicated vertical reinforcement bar to be continued welded through out the entire length of the pile. Contractor is to demonstrate to the site inspector the continuation of these reinforcement. Approved test method to be submitted prior the test is to be carried out. The earthing resistance for lightning protection system shall be not more than 10 ohms. The Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager testing authorized person. certificate issued by
thanh ng s c hn ho nhit ni tip vo chiu di bn trong ca ct. Nh thu phi chng minh s lin kt cc cc ny bng phng php kim tra c chp thun ti cng trng v trnh kt qu kim tra.
in tr tip t cho h thng bo v chng st khng c cao hn 10 ohms. Nh thu cn trnh cho Qun l xy dng giy chng nhn th nghim do c quan chc nng ban hnh.
SECTION 14 STANDBY GENERATOR INSTALLATION MC 14 MY PHT IN D PHNG
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 14 STANDBY GENERATOR INSTALLATION
MC 14 MY PHY IN D PHNG
14.1 GENERAL 14.1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall supply, install and
14.1 TNG QUT 14.1.1 M T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t v gim nh my pht in, t iu khin, bn cha nhin liu, bm nhin liu v h thng ng nhin liu,.
commission the generator set, generator control panel, fuel tanks, fuel pumps and fuel pipes which shall form part of the Works. The Contractor shall be responsible for moving the generator set into position, installing the exhaust pipes, silencers, making all necessary connection to the generator control panel, fuel tank pipework, batteries, etc. and all necessary equipment for putting the set into operation. Each generator shall have a total continuous output rating as shown on the Tender Drawings. The system shall automatically be started upon the receipt of a mains failure indication and shall be in a position to deliver its total output in 15 seconds or less directly to the emergency switchboard. Upon the restoration of the mains and the consequent loss of electrical demand on the generation system the diesel generator set shall remain running for a period of not less than ten minutes to allow stabilising of the thermal characteristics of the engine and then automatically shut down. 14.1.2 STANDARD All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the British Standard and/or IEC Standard. 14.1.3 MANUFACTURE All equipment and materials shall be supplied by
Nh thu c trch nhim vn chuyn my pht vo v tr lp t, lp t h thng ng khi, b gim m, lm tt c s u ni cn thit cho t iu khin my pht, h thng ng dn nhin liu, bnh c qui,v.v v tt c cc trang thit b cn thit a my pht vo hot ng. Mi my pht phi c tng cng sut pht ra lin tc nh c thit k trong bn v. H thng s t ng khi ng khi ngun chnh b mt v s sn sng pht ra cng sut trong 15 giy hay t hn cho t in d phng.
Khi ngun chnh khi phc li v sau khi ti c ng tr li vo ngun chnh, my pht vn s duy tr chy trong mt thi gian khng di 10 pht cho php cn bng c tnh nhit ca ng c ri t ng dng my.
14.1.2 TIU CHUN Tt c trang thit b, vt t v nhn cng phi tun theo tiu chun IEC hay British Standards hay mt tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh cc quy nh v php l v quy nh ca nc s ti. Tt c cc tiu ch lp t phi ph hp theo yu cu ca tiu chun Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
14.1.3 NH SN XUT Tt c trang thit b v vt t s c cung cp bi

a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition. All equipment and accessories shall be new and shall be clearly marked to identify different components, materials and manufacturers. 14.1.4 SUBMISSIONS The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer at the time stated: During tender, all information in accordance with the Form of Tender. Before assembly of the generator set, An outline drawing of the generating set with dimensions, weights and all foundation details Requirements for fuel pipe connections, exhaust pipe connections, and oil and water drains Requirements for installation of valves, pumps, etc. Complete schematic and wiring diagram of the electrical system Before delivery of the equipment to site, a draft copy of his proposed commissioning and testing procedures for approval. After commissioning, 4 sets of installation, operation and maintenance instructions complete commissioning and testing reports to the Engineer. 14.2 EQUIPMENT 14.2.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall supply, install and put into operation an automatic standby diesel generating set complete with a combined generator and mains failure control panel.
mt nh sn xut m bo v ng b v tiu chun v cht lng. Tt c thit b v ph kin phi m bo mi v c nh du r rng phn bit cc b phn, vt liu v nh sn xut khc nhau. 14.1.4 S TRNH Nh thu s trnh ln cho Qun l k thut nhng thng tin nh sau: Trong sut thi gian b thu, tt c thng tin phi ph hp vi mu d thu. Trc khi lp rp my pht: Mt bn v phc tho ca my pht v kch c, trng lng v chi tit ca s thnh lp.
Th tc lp rp ng dn du, ng khi v ng x ng nc.
Th tc lp rp cc van, bm,v.v.
Ton b bn v dy dn v biu ca h thng in. Trc khi giao cc thit b n ni, mt bn d tho copy xut th tc kim nh v kim tra phi c trnh ln xem xt v chp thun. Sau khi thm nh, 4 b ti liu v lp rp, vn hnh, v hng dn bo tr ton b vi bin bn kim nh, kim tra s c trnh ln Qun l k thut.
14.2 THIT B 14.2.1 TNG QUT Nh thu s cung cp, lp t v a vo hot ng mt my pht d phng t ng cng vi mt my lin kt v t iu khin t ng.
The generator shall be fully equipped for radio interference suppression to BS EN 800: 1988 Specification for limits and methods of measurement of radio interference characteristic of household electrical appliances, portable tools and similar electrical apparatus and/or IEC standards. 14.2.2 GENERATOR SET The generating set shall be suitable for cold or hot starting and for the acceptance of an instantaneous load of 60% full rated load immediately after attaining normal voltage and frequency. All equipment shall be suitable for tropical climatic operation. Exhausted smoke to be passed standard of Tier 2 or Tier 3 subjected to approval of the Engineer. The generating set shall comprise a diesel engine directly coupled to an alternator through a flexible coupling and mounted in line on a common skid type bedplate complete with anti-vibration mountings so that the complete unit can be located on a solid concrete floor without transmitting vibration to adjacent apparatus or any part of the Building. All exposed ferrous metal surfaces of the machines, underframe, enclosures and auxiliary equipment shall, where applicable, be treated with rust-inhibiting primer paint, undercoat and finishing coat of the manufacturer's colour or as selected by the Engineer. Where all-weather enclosure self-contained generator sets are specified, the enclosure shall be fabricated from 2.0 mm sheet steel and sound insulated to meet the noise level requirement as specified herein. Intake and discharge sound attenuators and acoustic doors shall be provided to meet this requirement. The noise level of the complete generator set measured at 1 metre from the generator room or enclosure shall not exceed 65 dBA.
My pht c trang b y vi b kh nhiu sng v tuyn theo BS EN 800: 1988 - Specification for limits and methods of measurement of radio interference characteristic of household electrical appliances, portable tools and similar electrical apparatus v/hay tiu chun IEC.
14.2.2 MY PHT My pht c kh nng khi ng lc ang nng hay ngui v nhn 60% ti nh mc tc th ngay sau khi my t c in p v tn s ci t. Tt c cc trang thit b phi ph hp hot ng trong iu kin kh hu nhit i.
H thng thot khi phi t tiu chun Tier 2 hoc Tier 3 cng nh phi c s chp thun t pha Qun l K thut. My pht gm c mt ng c chy du diesel ni trc tip vo mt my pht in bng mt khp ni mm v c gn thng hng trn mt tm chn chung nh tm m c chng rung ng ton b my c th t trn sn btng cng m khng truyn rung ng sang nhng thit b k cn hay bt k phn no khc ca to nh.
Tt c b mt kim loi bn ngoi ca my, khung , che chn bn ngoi, v cc thit b khc, khi c lp t, phi c sn lp sn chng r st, sn lt v lp sn cui theo mu ca nh sn xut hay c chn la bi Qun l k thut.
Khi my pht t c lp ngoi tri c tng ro quy xung quanh, tng ro phi phi c lm t tm thp dy 2.0mm v c cch m ph hp c n nh yu cu y. B gim m ng vo v ng x v ca chng n s c lp t ph hp vi yu cu ny.
n ca my pht o c cch xa 1m t phng my hay v cch m khng c vt qu 65 dBA
14.2.3 DIESEL ENGINE The diesel engine shall be a high speed, water-cooled, mechanical injection, four stroke single acting compression ignition type complying with BS 5514 - Reciprocating internal combustion engines : performance and/or IEC Standard, de-rated to suit local conditions. The engine shall have an overload capacity of 110% for an intermittent duty or 10% continuous load for one hour and shall be supplied complete with the appropriate accessories. Only enclosed forced feed lubricating system by gear type oil pump suction strainer and large capacity oil pump will be accepted. Dust-proof, multi-cylinder fuel injection pump, fuel lift pump and mechanical governor shall be provided in accordance with BS 5514 and/or IEC standard. Starting shall be achieved by a 24V electric starter motor and dynamo complete with cutout and control box. Instrument panel shall be fitted with a tachometer and hour-run meter, oil pressure and temperature gauge and water temperature gauge, battery charger, ammeter and push button start switch. The engine shall be fitted with high water temperature, over speed, low oil pressure switch and a fuel shut down solenoid.
14.2.3 NG C DU DIESEL ng c diesel s l loi tc cao, gii nhit bng nc, phun du c kh, loi 4 th ph hp vi BS 5514 - Reciprocating internal combustion engines : performance v/hay tiu chun IEC, c tc thay i ph hp vi iu kin ca ti. ng c c kh nng chu qu ti 110% khng lin tc hay 10% ti lin tc trong mt gi v s c cung cp cng vi nhng thit b h tr thch hp khc.
H thng bm du cho my c chp nhn ch l loi bm bnh rng c lc du ng ht v bm c dung lng ln. Chng bi, bm phun nhin liu cho cc u xi lanh, bm du v my iu tc s c lp t ph hp vi BS 5514 v/hay tiu chun IEC.
S khi ng s bt u bng mt m t khi ng din 24V v dynamo c hp iu khin v cut out.
T kim sot my pht c lp mt ng h o tc , v ng h hin th thi gian my hot ng, o p lc du v nhit , ng h o nhit nc, dng sc bnh v cng tc nhn kh ng.
ng c lp bo v dng khi nhit nc gii nhit cao, vt tc, cng tc p lc du ct khi p lc du thp v van solenoid ct du khi ng c shut down. 14.2.4 U PHT IN u pht in s c cng sut ng ra lin tc v c kh nng hot ng m khng b h hng khi ng c vn hnh y ti nh m t trn.
14.2.4 ALTERNATOR The alternator shall have a continuous rated output and shall be capable of operating without damage when the engine is operating at the full load as specified above. The alternator shall be de-rated to suit local conditions and specially impregnated for tropical duty.
u pht s c gim nh mc ti ph hp vi iu kin thc t v c bit l vI cng sut nhit.
The alternator shall be of the brushless, revolving field, screen protected, salient pole, horizontal foot mounting type provided with a direct coupled overhung exciter armature, shaft mounted rotating fused diode rectifier assembly, flange mounted exciter magnet shaft with bare shaft extension suitable for receiving a flexible coupling. Two-end frame mounted grease lubricated bole and/or roller bearing shall be provided. The alternator shall be suitable for parallel operation and shall be equipped with interconnected damper windings and quad droop circuit. The alternator shall comply with BS 4999 General requirements for rotating electrical machines and/or IEC Standard having Class H insulation or better. The alternator shall be complete with termination box mounted on the side of the stator designed to accept flexible cables from below and with the neutral brought out. Terminal identification shall comply with the requirements of BS 822 : Part 6 : 1988 Terminal markings for rotating electrical machinery and/or IEC Standard. Terminals shall be fitted with compression type cable sockets and shall be housed in a suitably earthed metal enclosure having provision for external flexible cable connections. Locking washers shall be provided on all terminals to ensure that connections will not loosen under normal working conditions. Adjustment shall be provided on the control panel for pre-setting the alternator voltage between 360V to 420V. An automatic electronic voltage regulator shall be provided to control the voltage between + 1 1/2% from no-load to full load steady state with a power factor at 0.8 lagging to unity. Adjustment shall be provided at the control panel for pre-setting the speed frequency of the
u pht l loi khng c chi than, t trng quay, mn hnh bo v, cc li, chn nm ngang, vi mt rto kch t u trc i, trc c gn b diode quay nn dng, cnh c gn nam chm kch t, trc c trc trn ko di ph hp nhn mt khp ni mm. Hai u cui s c gn u bm m bi trn cho bc n.
u pht phi ph hp chy song song v s c trang b dy dn kt nI vo b kch t v mch h mt dng.
u pht phi theo tiu chun BS 4999 - General requirements for rotating electrical machines v/hay tiu chn IEC c cch in loi Class H hay cao hn. My pht cng s c hp u dy gn bn hng ca stator, c thit k dy cp mm i vo t pha di v c ra dy trung tnh.
S nhn dng cc u u dy phi theo tiu chun ca BS 822: Part 6 : 1988 - Terminal markings for rotating electrical machinery v/hoc tiu chun IEC. Trm u dy s c lp loi c l ghim p dy v s c t trong hp kim loi c ni t v thch hp cho s u dy cp mm bn ngoi. Long n kha s c lp tt c cc u trm u dy m bo chng khng b lng ra dui iu kin hot ng bnh thng.
S cn chnh c lp t trn t iu khin ci t in p ra ca my pht t 360V n 420V. mt b n p in t c lp t kim sot in p gia + 1 1/2% t trng thi khng ti n y ti vi h s cng sut 0.8 tr n ng nht.
S cn chnh c lp trn t iu khin ci t tn s ca my sao cho duy tr tn s 50 Hz t lc

14/5
unit which thereafter shall maintain a frequency of 50 Hz from no load to full load under steady state conditions. Third harmonics shall be effectively suppressed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 14.2.5 COOLING SYSTEM The cooling system shall comprise a tropical duty pressurized radiator with thermostatic control of engine cooling water circuit and bypass to suction side of water pump, complete with fan, cowl and hand protection guard. The hot air from the radiator shall be ducted out of the engine room through a louvred panel. The necessary ductwork complete with anti-vibration flexible joint shall be provided by the Contractor. The method of fixing the duct shall be agreed by the Engineer. 14.2.6 EXHAUST SYSTEM A complete exhaust system comprising the following shall be provided:a) EXHAUST PIPEWORK Exhaust pipe shall be constructed under ground by stainless steel. The entire exhaust pipe shall be adequately supported and a cowl shall be provided at the end of the exhaust pipe to prevent ingress of rain water. Exhaust pipe shall be terminated with an insect screen in the form of a cylinder constructed from corrosion resistant metal wire netting. A flexible coupling between the manifold and the exhaust pipe shall be provided inside the generator room. All exhaust piping, flexible couplings, flange joints, etc. shall be externally lagged with minimum 75mm thick high temperature rockwool and cladded with minimum 18g sheet steel to prevent seepage of exhaust fumes and reducing heat in the generator room or enclosure and the rest of the building.
khng ti cho n y ti trong iu kin trng thi n nh.
Sng nhiu bc ba phi c kh han ton tha mn theo yu cu ca Qun l k thut. 14.2.5 H THNG GII NHIT H thng gii nhit gm b gii nhit chu p lc c nhit tnh kim sot chu k lm mt ca nc gii nhit v bypass sang phn ht ca bm nc, c qut gii nhit, np che my v li che bo v. Khng kh nng t b gii nhit s c dn ng ra khi phng my thng qua mt tm mi che(lourve). Nh thu s phi cung cp tm ni mm chng rung cho nhng ng ng dn cn thit. Phng php lp t ng dn phi c s ng ca Qun l k thut.
14.2.6 H THNG KH THI Mt h thng kh thi hon chnh gm c nh sau:
a) NG NG KH THI ng ng kh thi c thit k i ngm bng thp khng g. Ton b ng ng kh thi phi c gi mt cch ph hp v mt ci chp ng khi s c lp cui ng ng ngn khng cho nc ma vo.. ng kh thi s kt thc bng mt ci mng chng cn trng c kiu dng hnh tr c lm t dy li kim loi khng r st. Mt khp ni mm gia hp kh x trn u my pht v ng ng x s c lp t trong phng my.
Tt c cc ng ng, ch ni mm, cc u ni, v.v, s c bc bng si len cng chu nhit cao vi b dy ti thi l 75mm v c bao trm bng mt tm thp vi b dy ti thiu l 18g ngn cn s r r khi v lm gim nhit trong phng my pht v nhng phn khc ca to nh.
All penetrations through the exterior walls for exhaust pipework shall also be isolated with high temperature rockwool rope insulation or equivalent and sealed airtight with a resilient non-setting compound. All other penetrations through building walls must be similarly sealed. Special treatment of the exhaust discharge shall be provided in areas where residential accommodation is in close proximity to the generator room in order to ensure that statutory noise levels are achieved at site boundaries. b) EXHAUST SILENCERS Two series exhaust silencers incorporating moisture traps shall be provided. A primary reactive type exhaust silencer shall be installed within the room as close as practicable to the exhaust outlets of the diesel engine. The silencer shall be of the multiple chamber reactive type designed for low frequency noise and exhausted pulsation control. A secondary absorptive type exhaust silencers shall be installed in series with the primary exhaust silencer and shall be mounted after the primary silencer immediately before the exhaust pipework exit penetration. The secondary exhaust silencer shall be a straight-through absorption type for mid to high frequency sound attenuation. All silencers shall be of welded sheet steel construction. All components shall be stiffened and braced to minimise vibration and shall be finished with high quality heat resistant paint for All surface temperature of up to 540oC. silencers are to be thermally insulated to minimise heat losses. The total system back pressure of both the primary and secondary exhaust silencers together with all exhaust pipework shall be determined by the exhaust silencer supplier and shall not exceed the maximum back pressure allowable for the diesel engine offered.
Tt c ng ng x i qua tng b ngoi cng s c bc cch nhit bng dy thng chu nhit cao hay vt liu tng ng v bt kn gi bng mt hp cht c tnh gin n. Tt c nhng ch tng khc ca to nh m chng i xuyn qua cng phi c lm tng t. ng khi thi s c x l c bit khi phng my pht trong khu vc gn vi khu dn c m bo c n cho php ti ng ranh gii theo lut nh.
b) B GIM THANH Hai b gim thanh ca ng khi cng vi nhng by hi s c lp t.. B gim thanh u tin s c lp trong phng my gn nht vi ch x khi ra ca ng c. B gim thanh l loi c nhiu ngn c thit k cho n c tn s thp v kim sot ting rung ng.
B gim thanh th hai l loi hp thu s c lp cng mt dy vi ci th nht v lp ngay sau ci th nht trc khi ng ng x i ra ngoi. B gim thanh th hai l loi hp thu i xuyn thng c tc dng lm gim m thanh c tn s trung bnh v cao.
Tt c cc b gim thanh phi l loi c lm t tm thp hn. Tt c s c gia c v gi gim thiu s rung ng v c sn bng sn c chu nhit c cht lng cao cho b mt c nhit ln n 540oC. Cc b gim m c bc cch nhit gim s mt nhit.
Tng p sut pha sau ca b gim thanh th nht v th hai cng vi h thng ng s c quyt nh bi nh cung cp v khng c qu p sut sau ln nht cho php ca ng c nh yu cu.
14.2.7 SOUND ATTENUATORS Sound attenuators shall be of the dissipative type consisting of an outer casing, sound absorbing material and internal baffles, splitters and supports. Casings shall be of galvanized steel of not less than 1.2mm thickness. Sound absorbing material shall be high density fibreglass or mineral wool, faced with perforated galvanized sheet metal of minimum 20% open area. The attenuators cross sectional dimensions (width x height) shall be sized such that the total pressure drop shall not be greater than 60 Pascal. The noise level measured at 1 m from the generator room shall not exceed 65 dBA. 14.2.8 BATTERIES AND CHARGERS Starter batteries of the heavy duty NickelCadmium type or maintenance-free lead-acid type complying in all respects with the requirements of BS 6290 - Lead-acid stationary cells and batteries and/or IEC Standard shall be provided. The battery shall be capable of providing a minimum of six starts of 10 sec. duration with 3 consecutive starts per cycle (without recharging). The battery shall be sized so that during periods of locked rotor current, the voltage does not fall below 0.65V per cell and 0.85V during periods of cranking current per cell. The batteries supplied for use with the generator sets shall not be used for manufacturers own checks and testing but shall be used for witness tests and commissioning. Batteries shall be housed in a steel rack of approved type and shall be mounted adjacent to the underbase of the diesel generator set. The battery charger shall be of the current
14.2.7 B CCH M B gim m l loi kh ting n gm mt v bc bn ngoi, vt liu hp thu m thanh v cc vch ngn bn trong, b chia v gi . V l loi thp trng km dy hn 1.2mm.
Vt liu hp thu m thanh l loi si thu tinh lin kt hay si len v c, c bc bng tm thp m km c l vi h ti thiu 20% din tch.
Kch thc din tch mt ct ca b thu m (rng x cao) s c xc nh sao cho tng p sut gim khng ln hn 60 Pascal.
n c o cch xa phng my pht 1m khng c vt qu 65 dBA. 14.2.8 BNH C QUY V B SC Ac quy khi ng l loi Nickel-Cadmium cng sut ln hay loi axit ch kh, loi ph hp vi tt c nhng yu cu ca of BS 6290 - Lead-acid stationary cells and batteries v/hoc tiu chun IEC.
Ac quy l loi c kh nng cung cp t nht cho su ln khi ng 10 giy trong khong thi gian l 3 ln lin tip cho mi chu k(m khng phi sc li) Ac quy phi c tnh ton sao cho trong thi im c dng in locked rto, in p khng xung di 0.65V mi ngn v 0.85V mi ngn trong sut thi gian c dng in lm quay rto.
Acqui c cung cp s dng cho h thng my pht in nh sn xut khng c dng kim tra v th nghim nhng c dng y nhim v xc nhn.Ac quy s c t trong mt gi bng thp loi c cho php v s lp k khung ca my pht.
B sc bnh l loi hn dng c in p khng i,

14/8
limiting constant potential type, complete with controls, float and boost charging selection, protection and indication, charger failure alarm, ammeter and voltmeter. 14.2.9 FUEL DAY TANK & BULK FUEL STORAGE TANK A fuel day tank and bulk fuel storage tank, where specified, complete with oil level indicator and high and low level controllers shall be provided for the generator set. Control valves, vents and all necessary accessories shall be provided for the tank(s) as shown on the Contract Drawings. The tank(s) shall be suitably earthed to discharge static electricity. Before each tank is installed, all rust and scale shall be removed from the external surface immediately before applying the protective finish, which shall consist of one coat of red lead-based paint to BS 2523 : 1983 Specification for lead-based priming paints Type 'B' and/or IEC Standard, followed by two coats of bituminous paint. Where damage is sustained to the protective coating due to handling, etc., such coating shall be made good on site. Each fuel tank shall be provided with a means of measuring the quantity of the contents. Every measuring device shall be accurately calibrated and should be clearly marked so as to be readily identifiable with its respective tank. There shall be no openings to the tank(s) other than those necessary for filling and ventilating pipe connections, main access (sealed) and allowance for remote indication of stored quantity. The tank(s) shall be filled by means of off-set filling pipes terminating in liquid and vapour proof screwed caps fitted with locks. The tank(s) shall comply to Fire Services Bureau's requirements in every respect and be constructed of mild steel not less than 2mm
cng vi b iu khin, cng tc chn sc nhanh hay chm, bo li b sc, ng h o p v dng.
14.2.9 BN DU NH V BN CHA DU CHNH
Bn du nh v bn cha chnh c hin th mc du v b kim sot mc du cao v thp s c lp t cho my pht c dung lng. Cc van iu khin, ng x kh v tt c nhng thit b cn thit s c lp t cho bn nh trong bn v.
Bn du phi c ni t ph hp kh tnh in.
Trc khi lp t bn du, tt c lp cu cn v r st phi c lm sch khi mt ngoi ngay trc khi sn bo v, s c mt lp sn xt ch mu theo tiu chun BS 2523 : 1983 - Specification for leadbased priming paints loi 'B' v/hay tiu chun IEC sau sn thm hai lp sn c nha ng. Nhng ch h hng c duy tr bi lp bo v do qu trnh s l, v.v, lp sn nh vy s gii quyt tt ti ch.
Mi bn du s c trang b o lng khi lng du bn trong. Mi thit b o lng phi c cn chnh mt cch chnh xc v c anh1 du mt cch r rng sao cho c th d dng nhn bit cho tng bn tng ng. Bn khng c c nhng ch h ngoi tr nhng ch cn thit cho bm du vo v ch ni ng thng hi, ng vo chnh (c bt kn) v cho php cho s hin th t xa tng khi lng du cha trong bn. Bn du s c lm y bng ng bm du vi u ng nm trong cht lng v np chng hi c lp kho. Bn du phi theo ng yu cu ca S PCCC trn mi kha cnh v c lm bng thp nh c b dy khng nh hn 2mm theo tiu chun BS 2654 : 1989
14/9
thick to BS 2654 : 1989 - Specification for maintenance of vertical steel welded nonrefrigerated storage tanks with butt-welded shells for the petroleum industry and/or IEC standard.. All necessary fixing bolts and brackets for supporting the tank(s) shall be included in this Contract. A fill point with fill cabinet, automatic electric duty and standby fuel pumps and all related control panels shall be provided and located where shown on the contract drawings. An alarm shall sound on high level being reached in the fuel tank(s). In addition, for hand operated supplied and complete with emergency use, a semi-rotary fuel transfer pump shall be installed by the Contractor, an adequate length of input
- Specification for maintenance of vertical steel welded non-refrigerated storage tanks with buttwelded shells for the petroleum industry v/hay tiu chun IEC. Tt c cc bulong, gi cn thit cho bn du c tnh chung trong bn Hp ng ny.
Nhng ch t bn du, bm du thng trc v bm d phng v tt c t iu khiin lin quan s c cung cp v lp t nhng ni c th hin trn bn v. Tn hiu bo s pht ra khi du trong bn t ti mc cao.
Thm vo , s dng trong trng hp khn cp, mt bm du bng tay s c cung cp v lp t bi nh thu, vi ng mm c di ph hp lp vo ti v tr bm du vo bn cha.
flexible hose at the inlet position. Fuel leakage sensors shall be provided for the fuel tank(s). Warning siren for leakage sensors shall be installed in the generator room or enclosure and remote monitored. Bulk fuel storage tanks chambers shall be completely sand-filled after installation. All fuel pipework between pumps, tanks and generators shall be black mild steel seamless tube with minimum wall thickness of 6.3mm. 14.2.10 UNDERBASE The engine and alternator shall be mounted on a common industrial type fabricated mild steel baseplate of sturdy construction. Mounting faces for the machines shall be accurately machined. The underbase shall be mounted on a suitable number of anti-vibration mountings, the floor section of which shall be provided with holding down bolts to provide the vibration isolation necessary to meet the acoustic requirements specified. Khung phi c lp trn nhng b chng rung vi s lng thch hp, phn mt sn c lp nhng blong cho cch ly s rung ng cn thit sao cho ph hp vi n nh yu cu nh. Hm chn bn du chnh s c lp y ct hon ton sau khi lp t. Tt c ng ng dn du gia bm, bn du v my pht phi l ng thp nh en khng c ni vi b dy ti thiu l 6.3mm. 14.2.10 KHUNG ng c v my pht s c gn trn cng mt khung thp nh loi c sn xut theo cng nghip c cu trc vng chc. B mt lp my phi chnh xc vi my. Bn du s c lp t cm bin d tm s r r du. Ci bo ng cho cm bin s c lp t trong phng my pht hay trong t kim sot t xa.
The generator set shall be constructed so that it can be conveniently dismounted into units of moderate size and weight for installation, major maintenance and repair purposes. 14.2.11GUARDS Galvanized wire guards shall be provided over all belt drives, flexible couplings and other exposed moving parts of the generator set. The guards shall be of sturdy construction and shall be fixed to the approval of the Engineer. All guards shall be easily removable.
My pht phi c lp dng sao cho n c th thun tin trong vic bc d nhng b phn c kch thc v khi lng ln vo v tr lp t, cng nh trong cng tc bo tr v sa cha. 14.2.11 NP V LNG CHE BO V Lng bo v bng dy m km s c lp t ln trn ton b cc dy cua roa, nhng khp ni mm v nhng phn chuyn ng khc bn ngoi ca my pht. Thit b bo v phi c cu trc chc chn v s c lp theo s ng ca Qun l k thut. Tt c chng phi c th tho ra c mt cch d dng. 14.2.12 T IU KHIN V VN HNH MY PHT IN a) T KIM SOT S C NGUN CHNH T NG Thit b iu khin my pht c thit k my pht cung cp ngun khi mt phn hay ton b ngun in chnh khng hot ng, tn hiu iu khin c xut ra t nhng r le kim sot trong t ngun chnh. Thit b b iu khin my pht s hot ng theo trnh t sau: i) Khi ngun chnh b li, ng c s khi ng trong vng 15 giy v chuyn ti bng cu CB o t ng qua my pht.
14.2.12 CONTROL PANEL & OPERATION OF THE DIESEL GENERATING SET a) AUTOMATIC MAINS FAILURE CONTROL PANEL The generator control equipment shall be designed to provide a back up power supply in the event of partial or complete failure of the mains supply, signaled by the mains failure relay in the main supply switch board. The generator control equipment shall operate in the following sequence :i) On mains failure, the diesel engine shall start and within 15 seconds transfer the load by the changeover switch to the generator. On mains supply available, a suitable time delay (adjustable 0 - 5 minutes) shall transfer the load back to the mains.
ii)
ii) Khi c ngun chnh, sau mt thi gian tr thch

hp (c th iu chnh t 0 5 pht) s chuyn ti tr li ngun chnh.
iii) The generator set shall continue to run off load for a further time period (adjustable 0 15 minutes) and automatically shut down if the mains supply is maintained. During this time, a further mains supply failure shall effect an immediate transfer of load back to the generator and sequences (2) and (3) are repeated.
iii) My pht s vn tip tc chy khng ti trong mt

thi gian (c th iu chnh t 0-15 pht) v t ng ngng nu ngun chnh duy tr n nh. Trong sut thi gian ny, nu ngun chnh b li tr li s khin ti chuyn sang my pht ngay lp tc v trnh t (2) v (3) c lp li.
The diesel generator control panel shall be of the cubicle, floor mounting type, installed within the generator room or enclosure. The control panel shall be complete with all labels, fuses, indicating lamps, fire-resistant type internal wiring and shall include the following (in addition to the items of equipment and controls specified elsewhere) for each generator :Four pole air circuit breaker. Instrument and control fuses.
T iu khin my pht l loi bung ngn, lp ng trn sn, c lp trong phng my pht hay khu vc tng ro. T iu khin phi c nhng nhn dn cho cu ch n hin th, dy ni bn trong l loi chng chy v gm nhng thit b sau cho mi my pht ( thm cc thit b v b iu khin c m t) cho mi my pht in :-
- ACB bn cc. - Cu ch o lng v iu khin. - "Engine Fault" iu khin ng my t ng, n hin th v thit b reset. Thit b bo ng v reset.
- "Engine Fault" automatic shut down control, indicating lamps and reset devices. Audible alarm and reset device. Automatic 2-rate battery charging equipment, wired to terminals for external 230V A.C. supply. Charging unit shall be provided within the panel. Automatic voltage regulation unit and excitation control Suitably mounted and insulated cable terminal blocks for cables entering from the bottom of the control board Overload and single phase prevention shall be provided One manual/auto rotary pattern control switch. One engine start push button One engine stop push button
- Thit b sc bnh t ng hai mc (2-rate), c i dy n trm ni ngun cung cp 230V bn ngoi. B sc s c lp bn trong t iu khin.
- iu khin kch t v n p t ng.
Trm u dy c cch in v lp v tr thch hp cho dy i vo t y ca t iu khin.
B bo v qu ti v mt pha.
Mt cng tc xoay iu khin Auto/Man.
Mt nt nhn khi ng my pht. Mt nt nhn dng my pht. Mt nt nhn reset. Mt nt nhn kim tra n hin th. Mt nt nhn lm tt ci bo ng.
- One re-set push button One lamps test push button One alarm mute push button
INDICATOR LAMPS : Failed to start Low oil pressure trip Red Red
CC N HIN TH Bt u bo li Ngt p lc du mc thp Ngt khi nc nhit cao Ngt qu tc Du mc thp Bo v Vn hnh ng c Ngng Qut ly gi vo (nu thch hp) Xanh Xanh Xanh
High water temperature trip Red Overspeed trip Low fuel level Protection healthy Engine running Fault shutdown Intake air fan running Green (if applicable) Mains supply available Failure to start - Power Factor Meter - Frequency Meter - One ammeter with selector switch for reading generator current output. One voltmeter with selector switch to read generator voltage Green Red Red Red Green Green Red
Ngun chnh cp in Bt u bo li ng h o h s cng sut ng h o tn s
Xanh
Mt ng h o dng vi cng tt xoay xem dng in ra ca my pht. Mt ng h o in p vi cng tc xoay xem in p ra ca my pht. Mt ng h o dng sc cho bnh c qui.
- One ammeter for reading charging current to starting batteries - One set of 3 phase indication lights for both generator and emergency busbar indicator - One voltage adjusting device. All control circuit fuses shall be of the H.R.C. cartridge fuse pattern.
Mt b 3 n hin th pha cho c my pht v n hin th cho thanh ci.
Mt nt iu chnh in p.
Tt c cu ch iu khin s l loi v kiu H.R.C.
b) AUTO-SYNCHRONISING PANEL (NOT IN USE) Incorporated with the generator control panels shall be a synchronising panel which shall automatically operate the breakers to allow the generator sets to operate in parallel, Breakers used for synchronising of generator sets shall be motorised. The following facilities shall be provided at the synchronising panels : - Automatic synchronising circuits - Generator busbars voltage and fequency monitor - Generator voltage and frequency monitor with time delays - Automatic frequency control - Relays to connect synchroniser to generator and busbar systems - Relays to trip and close generator breakers and neutral contactors and logic to ensure that only one generator is closed when two or more sets are running. - Relays to control governors during the synchronising sequence. - Failed to synchornise alarm and synchronising attempt lock-out after a period of two minutes. - One incoming voltmeter. - One system voltmeter. - Two voltmeter selector switches. - One rotary synchronoscope. - Two frequency meters - One synchronising selector switch.
b) T HO NG B T NG (KHNG S DNG)
Lin kt vi t iu khin my pht l t ho ng b, chng s t ng ng CB cho my pht vn hnh song song, my ct s dng cho ho ng b my pht phi c lp m t.
Nhng thit b sau s c lp t trong t ho ng b : Mch iu khin ho ng b . B kim sot tn s v in p ca thanh ci v my pht. B kim sot in p v tn s ca my pht c thi gian tr. Kim sot tn s t ng
- R le ni b ho ng b my pht vo h thng thanh ci. - Rle ng, ct CB ca my pht v cng tc t trung tnh v kim sot m bo ch c mt my pht c ng vo khi hai hay nhiu my pht ang chy. Rle kim sot b iu tc trong sut qu trinh ho ng b. Rle bo li ho ng b v s ho ng b b s b ct sau thi gian hai pht ho ng b . Mt ng h o in p n Mt ng h o in p h thng Hai cng tc xoay chn xem mc in p Mt b m xoay ho ng b Hai ng h o tn s Mt cng tc xoay chn ho ng b
14/14
- One set of potential fuses. - One 3-Phase busbar voltage transformer for synchronising and control systems. c) LOAD SHEDDING CONTROL PANEL (NOT IN USE) This panel shall comprise the necessary circuits to provide a basic closed loop control of the standby generation system and shall include the following : 1) Electrical load sharing and shedding features On demand starting and stopping of the standby set with time delays Tripping initiation circuitry to trip the supplies to low-priority emergency loads by means of control of the emergency switchboard feeder circuit breakers.
Mt b cu ch in th Mt bin p 3-Pha trn thanh ci cho ho ng b v h thng iu khin.
c) T IU KHIN CHIA CT TI (KHNG S DNG) T ny s gm c nhng mch cn thit to mt mch iu khin vng kn c bn cho h thng my pht d phng v gm c nhng mc sau:
1) Tnh nng chia v ct ti in.
2)
2)
Duy tr khi ng v dng my pht d phng vi thi gian tr. C cu ng ngt bt u nh khi cung cp ngun tI khn cp dI mc u tin bng vic iu khin cc mch ngun vo.
3)
3)
Upon the receipt of a mains failure signal, all the generators shall start and synchronise onto the bars. The signals of KW demand and number of sets operational shall be sent to the loading control panel which shall then allow sequential loading of the essential loads and the commissioning of the load sharing circuits to ensure equal distribution of the loads between the generating sets. Should the demand increase to beyond the spinning reserve, the load control panel shall initiate a start of any reserve generating capacity should an overload persist, then shedding of low priority emergency loads shall be initiated. The shed load shall be restored when additional generator power becomes available. Should one of the generators fail to start, then the load shall be limited to the capacity of the system by the loading control panel. The loading control panel shall also be equipped with an auto/manual switch which shall operate
Khi nhn c tn hiu s c, tt c cc my pht s khi ng v ho ng b vo thanh ci. Tn hiu cng sut ti yu cu v s cc my pht sn sng cho s dng s gi n t kim sot ti ri chng s tun t cho php ng ti vi nhng ti ch yu v so snh vi mch chia ti bo m s phn b ti bng vi cng sut ti pht ra ca my .
Khi ti tng cao hn so vi b iu chnh chn nh mc ti, t kim sot ti s bt u gi thm cng sut pht ra trnh khng b qu ti, sau s ct bt ti khng u tin s c pht ra. Ti b ct s c ng tr li khi c thm my pht chy v sn sng cho ng ti.
Khi mt my pht khng khi ng c, ti s b gii hn n cng sut ca h thng bng t kim sot ti. T kim sot ti cng s c lp t mt cng tc auto/manual v n vn hnh nh trn khi v tr
14/15
as above in auto selection and shall, on change over to the manual position, stop all auto controls and freeze any existing status of the system until manual control effected. Manual controls shall comprise illuminated push buttons for controlling all priority circuits and generator operation. The commands from these control shall be fed directly to the loading control panel which shall act on the command. 14.2.13 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS All ammeters and voltmeters for use in conjunction with switchgear are to be comply with BS 89 - Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories and/or IEC standard for industrial accuracy. Unless otherwise specified, all meters are to be 100mm, 240o scale dials with external zero adjustment. Current transformers shall be of the epoxy resin encapsulated type and shall be capable of providing the necessary output to operate the connected protective devices or instruments. Current transformers with adjustable primary turns will not be accepted. For dual ratio current transformers, all ratio terminals shall be terminated at a terminal board and be clearly marked with connections corresponding to the wiring diagrams. The secondary circuit of each set (R-Y-B and N) of current transformers shall be earthed at one point only. Means shall be provided for these earth connections to be disconnected by bolted copper link at a readily accessible position for testing. Current transformers provided in plastic casings and of the split core type will not be accepted.
auto v c th thay i qua v tr mannual, khng cho tt c cc iu khin t ng hot ng v lm t lit cc trng thi ang tn ti ca h thng cho n khi ch manual cn hiu lc. iu khin Manual gm c nt nhn c n kim sot tt c cc tuyn u tin v s vn hnh ca my pht. Lnh t mhng ci iu khi ny s c a trc tip n t kim sot ti ri s thi hnh theo mnh lnh ..
14.2.13 CC THIT B O LNG Tt c ng h o dng v p s dng chung cho my ct l loi theo tiu chun BS 89 - Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and their accessories v/hoc tiu chun IEC cho tnh chnh xc cng nghip.
Tr phi c nhng ch nh khc, tt c cc ng h o l 100mm, c vch chia 240o vi cn chnh zero bn ngoi. Bin dng l loi bc nha resin v c kh nng pht ra cng sut cn thit ni n cc thit b hay dng c bo v.
Khng c s dng loi bin dng c nm chnh ban u. i vi bin dng t ngu, tt c cc u ni dy s c u trn trm u dy v c nh du mt cch r rng cho tng u dy tng ng vi s u dy. Mch th cp ca mi b(R-Y-B v N) ca bin dng phi c ni t ch c ni t ti mt im. Nhng ch ni t ny s c tho ra bng nhng thanh ni bng ng c bt b long tai nhng v tr c th tip cn mt cch d dng kim tra.
Bin dng loi bc trong hp nha plastic v loi nhiu si s khng c chp nhn.
14.3 INSTALLATION 14.3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for installing the generator set, exhaust pipes, silencers and making all necessary connection to the generator control panel, fuel tank, pipework, batteries, etc. and all necessary equipment for putting the set into operation. The Contractor shall provide enough fuel and lubricating oil to carry out all the tests as specified in this Section. On the date of hand-over of the generator set, the Contractor shall fill up the fuel tank in full with diesel fuel at no extra cost to the Employer. 14.3.2 FUEL PIPEWORK Pipelines shall only be joined where necessary and shall have a fall back towards the tank. All pipework under floors and any other pipework likely to be in direct contact with concrete shall be coated with a bitumen compound and wrapped in Polythene before being concealed. All pipework shall be free from burrs, rust and scale and shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation. Open ends during the progress of the Works shall be blanked-off with purpose-made metal or plastic caps. The use of wooden plugs, paper, cotton waste, etc. is forbidden. Suspended pipework must be positioned as close to slab soffits as maintaining the required falls. possible whilst
14.3 LP T 14.3.1 TNG QUT Nh thu s chu trch nhim lp t my pht, ng ng kh thi, b gim m v lm nhng cng vic u ni cn thit cho t iu khin my pht, bn du, ng ng dn, bnh c qui,v.v, v tt c nhng thit b cn thit a my pht vo vn hnh. Nh thu s cung p nhin liu v du bi trn thc hin kim tra nh c quy nh trong phn ny. Ngy bn giao my pht, nh thu s bm y bn nhin liu vi du diesel v khng tnh thm chi ph nhn cng. 14.3.2 NG NG DU Cc ng ng ch c ni nhng ch cn thit v c mt dc nghing v pha bn du. Tt c ng ng di sn v bt k ng ng no tip xc trc tip vi b tng s c ph mt lp hn hp nha ng v c bc trong Polythene trc khi c xy kn.
Tt c ng ng phi c lm sch khi cc cnh sc, r st v cu cn v phi c lm sch mt cch trit trc khi lp t. Nhng u ng ch trong qu trnh lp t s c bt kn bng nhng np kim loi hay nha. Nhng nt g, giy, thng cc tng, v.v, th khng c s dng.
ng ng treo phi c t st vi mt di sn nht v vn phi duy tr dc nh yu cu.
Vertical stacks must be positioned as close as possible against walls, columns and fins. All pipes shall be rigidly fixed with suitable brackets at 1.5m interval.
ng ng thng phi c t da st vo tng, ct v nhng cnh bn. Tt c cc ng ng phi c lp mt cch chc chn bng nhng gi thch hp vi khang cch 1.5m.
14/17
All pipes shall be properly painted with two coats of lead primer paint and two coats of final finish paint with colours to be approved. A quick closing valve, labeled and painted red, shall be installed in the fuel supply pipe of the generator set. The valve shall be located in an easily accessible location. 14.3.3 TESTING All fuel pipework and connections to the fuel tank shall be tested under the supervision of the Engineer by subjecting them to an internal pressure of 200 kPa for a sufficient time to test all joints for leakage. Tests shall be carried out on the major components of the plant during manufacture. Certified records in quadruplicate of all such tests shall be submitted. The completed and fully assembled set shall be tested at the manufacturers or Supplier's factory before delivery to site and witnessed by the Engineer. Tests shall include running for the following load and periods :a) b) c) d) d) e) No load 25% load 50% load 75% load 100% load 110% load : : : : : : 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 1 hour 1 hour
Tt c cc ng ng phi c sn bng hai lp sn lt ch v hai lp sn han thin vi mu sn c chp thun. Mt van ng nhanh, c dn nhn v sn mu s c lp t trn ng ng du cung cp ca my pht. Van s c t v tr d dng tip cn.
14.3.3 KIM TRA Tt c ng ng du v ch ni s c kim tra di s gim st ca Qun l k thut bng cch nn mt p sut bn trong l 200 kPa trong thi gian quy nh kim tra s r r nhng ch ni.
Cng vic kim tra s c thc hin trn nhng thit b chuyn dng. Chng nhn t cht lng ghi nhn tt c nhng kim tra nh vy trong bn bn v phi c trnh. Tt c cc thit b s c kim tra ti nh sn xut hay nh cung cp trc khi giao n ni v c lm chng bi Qun l k thut. Cng vic kim tra theo ti v thi gian vn hnh nh sau:
a) Khng ti b) 25% ti c) d) d) e) 50% ti 75% ti 100% ti 110% ti
: : : : : :
15 pht 15 pht 15 pht 15 pht 1 gi 1 gi
Superimposed load test from 0% to 100% (up to 60% for turbo-charged engines) and dropoff test to 0% from 100% (60% for turbocharged engines) shall also be conducted after the running load test. Governor trials and fuel consumption tests, in accordance with BS 5514 and BS 5000 : Part 99 : 1986 - Machines for miscellaneous applications and/or IEC Standard, shall also be carried out and certified records of the tests shall be submitted in quadruplicate upon completion of the tests.
Kim tra s n ti t 0% to 100% (ln n 60% i vi ng c tuabin)v kim tra s nh ti v 0% t 100% (60% i vi ng c tuabin) cng s c kim sot sau khi chy kim tra ti .
Th nghim b iu tc v kim tra lng du tiu th ph hp theo yu cu BS 5514 and BS 5000 : Part 99 : 1986 - Machines for miscellaneous applications v/hay tiu chun IEC, thc hin kim tra v ghi nhn kt qu sau cng cng s trnh trong bn bn ging nhau.
On completion of the installation of the completed plant on site and with all cabling and piping connected, site tests shall be carried out and shall include the following:- Series of test starts and checks on ability to take up the load within the specified time.
Cng vic lp t hon tt ti ch cng vi tt c vic ni cp v ng, kim tra ti ch s c thc hin v gm nhng mc sau:
Th cc mch in v bt u kim tra trn kh nng tI lin tc trong thI gian cho php trong tiu chan k thut. Kim tra s giao ng tc trong phm vi cho php.
- Check that speed variation is within specified limits - Full load run and fuel consumption check - One hour overload test - Temperature rise - Voltage regulation The Contractor shall provide dummy load and any necessary generator for auxiliary power to carry out the above-mentioned tests at site. 14.3.4 SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM, RUBBER MAT ETC. The Contractor shall supply the following in the generator room or enclosure :a) A frame electrical single-line diagram. b) A framed brief instruction diagram on the operating and maintenance of the generator set(s). c) A First Aid diagram and fire extinguisher. d) Danger sign in the four official languages mounted on the door entrance. e) Rubber mat of 2mm thick x 600mm wide extending the full length of the control panels. 14.3.5 ACCESSORIES Each diesel generator set shall be provided with :
Kim tra chy y ti v lng du tiu th. Kim tra qu ti trong mt gi. Kim tra s gia tng nhit . Kim tra s iu p.
Nh thu s cung cp ti gi v my pht cn thit bt k cho ngun ph thc hin cng vic kim tra trn ti ch. 14.3.4 S DY, THM CAO SU ,v.v. Nh thu s cung cp thm mt s mc sau trong phng my pht nh : a) Mt s in n tuyn lp trong khung. b) Mt bng hng dn vn hnh v bo tr my pht c t trong khung.
c) Mt bng hng dn s cp cu v ch chy. d) Bng bo nguy him bng 4 ngn ng c lp trn li ca ra vo. e) Thm cao su dy 2mm x 600mm rng tri di dc theo ton b t iu khin.
14.3.5
CC PH KIN
Mi my pht diesel s c trang b:
Tool kit adequate maintenance operation Operating including : Test results and
for
all
normal
B ngh thch hp thc hin tt c cc cng tc bo tr cn thit. S vn hnh v bo dng gm c :
maintenance
manuals
Kt qu kim tra Ti liu ca ton b my pht (ng c diesel, b pht in, tiu khin v.v).
Instruction books for the generator set(s) (diesel engine, alternator, control panels etc.)
Electrical schematic diagrams Outline drawings of all equipment Illustrated spare parts list
S u dy Bn v phc tho tt c cc thit b . Bng danh sch cc thit b d phng.
The Operating and Maintenance manual and the illustrated spare parts lists shall be clearly marked with the scheme title and site identification and shall be forwarded to the Engineer. 14.3.6 SPARES PARTS In addition to any spares referred to elsewhere in the Specification, the Contractor shall provide a complete set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts for 1-year operation. The spare parts inventory shall be complete at the end of the defects liability period.
Ti liu hng dn vn hnh v bo tr v bng danh sch cc thit b d phng phi c lit k mt cch r rng bng cc tiu v v tr tm kim v c chuyn n Qun l k thut.
14.3.6 CC B PHN D PHNG Bt k cc b phn d phng no c tham kho trong phn c im k thut, nh thu s cung cp mt b cc b phn d phng hot ng trong vng mt nm nh hng dn ca nh sn xut. Bng danh sch cc thit b d phng s c hon tt sau thi im khc phc cc khuyt im ban u. Nh thu cng s cung cp mt danh sch cc thit b d phng (v gi thnh ca chng) i vi cc thit b chnh nh li ngh ca nh sn xut s dng trong vng hai nm. Cc b phn d phng phi c ng gi ring r v c bo v khi bi bm v h hng. Chng phi c ghi r cho bit chc nng v s nhn dng part number. 14.3.7 GIAO DIN VI B.A.S. (KHNG S DNG) Nh thu chu trch nhim thc hin theo hp ng l cung cp cc tn hiu B.A.S. (bao gm
The Contractor shall also propose a list of spare parts (and their unit prices) for all other major equipment as recommended by the manufacturer sufficient for two years operation. Spare parts shall be individually packed and protected against dust and damage. They shall be clearly labeled with function and part number. 14.3.7 B.A.S. INTERFACE (NOT IN USE) The Contractor shall be responsible under the Contract for providing the B.A.S. signals
(including current transformers, dry contracts, current / voltage transducers, etc.) to allow the central logging of the status of the system where specified. The Contractor shall bring out to a labeled terminal strip in a centralised panels located within AMP Board the indications mentioned hereunder in a manner that allows the B.A.S Contractor to make connections :a) Indications for voltage, current, and trip alarm of each standby power generator during operation. b) Indications of the generator main circuit breaker status c) Hour run totalisation of each generator for maintenance purpose
cc bin dng, cc tip im t do, b chuyn i p/dng, v.v.) cho php hin th v trung tm cc trng thi ca h thng. Nh thu s cho dn nhn cc trm u dy trong t tp trung c t trong AMP Board nhng s hin th c cp di y cho php nh thu B.A.S thc hin cng vic du ni vo h thng:
a)
Hin th v in p, dng in v bo li ngng my cho tng my pht d phng trong sut qu trnh vn hnh. Hin th trng thi my ct chnh ca my pht.
b)
c)
Tng s gi chy ca tng my pht nhm mc ch bo dng . Trend logging tnh nng hin th nhng im chn bt k . Tn hiu bo mc du cao v r r cho tng bn du.
d) Trend logging capability for random selected points e) High fuel level and leakage alarm of each fuel tank f) Load shedding on detection of maximum demand being exceeded
d)
e)
f)
S chia ct ti theo tn hin d tm ti yu cu ln nht khi b vt qu.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the B.A.S Contractor for the above interface.
Nh thu s kt hp vi nh thu B.A.S cho s giao din nh trn.
SECTION 15 TELECOMMUNICATION INSTALLATION MC 15 H THNG THNG TIN LIN LC
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 15 TELECOMMUNICATION INSTALLATION
MC 15 H THNG THNG TIN LIN LC
15.1 GENERAL 15.1.1 DESCRIPTION Refer to Tender Brief.. 15.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of Telecommunication Authority of Vit Nam and BS/IEC Standard. 15.2 EQUIPMENT All cable trays, trunkings and conduits shall be of materials as specified in Section 8 of this Specification. 15.2.1 UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK Underground pipeworks and manholes shall be provided as shown on the Contract Drawings. Pipeworks shall linked all Telecom manholes and from manholes to MDF Room/risers.
15.1
TNG QUT
15.1.1 M T Xem Tender Brief. 15.1.2 TIU CHUN Cc thit b, vt t v nhn cng theo tiu chun ca IEC hay Anh hoc tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh quy nh php lut ca a phng.
Tt c vic lp t s tun theo cc yu cu ca Tng cng ty vin thng Vit Nam v tiu chun Anh/IEC.
15.2
THIT B Mng cp, trunking v ng loi vt liu xem hng mc ng v ph kin, mng cp, ph kin ca ti liu k thut.
15.2.1 CNG VIC NG CHN NGM ng ngm v h thm cung cp theo bn v d thu.
ng ngm s kt ni tt c cc h ko cp in thoi v t cc h ko cpny n phng MDF v hp thng tng k thut. ng ngm t h thm u cch 1m ngoi ng x nc ng ngm ng knh 110mm theo tiu chun SS 272: 1983 ng phi kim loi uPVC v/hay tiu chun IEC m di t cho ng thot nc ma v cng rnh. Upvc se c bc trong b tng. Co ng lm t nh my s dng loi 90o chuyn hng t ngang sang dc.
Pipeworks from the first manhole shall extend one metre beyond the roadside drain. All underground pipes shall be 110mm comply with SS 272 : 1983 Unplasticized PVC pipes and/or IEC standard below ground for drainlines and sewers. UPVC pipe and shall be encased in concrete. Factory made bend shall be used when there is a 90o upturn, i.e. changing from the horizontal to vertical plane.
15.2.2 TELECOM MANHOLE Telecom manholes shall be provided as shown on the Contract Drawings. Manholes shall be constructed at a depth a allow for a concrete shaft wall of varying height for various sizes of manholes. Concrete for filling the recess of the frame and cover shall be of 1:2:4 mix and shall be filled up to the ribs without covering the ribs. Manhole walls shall be fair faced and not rendered. Any projection shall be removed, and cavities filled with cement mortar. The floor shall be given a 20mm render of cement mortar with fall towards sumpholes from all direction. Pipes linking manholes shall be cast on site uPVC pipes with a flare mouth at one shall be used for entry into the wall of the manhole. Pipes shall enter the manholes at such depth as to ensure a minimum clearance of 450mm above the floor level and/or 350mm below the roof unless otherwise specified. Manholes frames, covers and channel brackets shall be purchased from authorised suppliers of Vietnam Telecom. For manhole construction on carriageway, heavy-duty manhole covers shall be used. For manhole construction on turfed areas, medium duty manhole covers shall be used. Completed manholes which are to be handed over to Local Telecom shall be pumped clean of water and made ready for inspection. 15.2.3MAIN DISTRIBUTION FRAME (MDFs) The MDF is sized to carry 1500 lines and shall be either wall-mounted or floor-standing type. It shall be arranged such that it can expand along the length i.e. the longside of the room and away from the incoming cable entry point. The incoming cables shall similarly be arranged so that they will not criss-cross with
15.2.2 H KO CP IN THOI H in thoi c th hin r trn bn v thu.
su ca h in thoi cho php, vic thay i cao vch be-tong s thay i c h in thoi. Be-tong lm y khung v ph theo t l 1:2:4 mix v s lm y khung khng phi l ph ln khung.
Vch h in thoi khng cn t h. Ch li lm s lm y bng xi-mng. Sn h in thoi t dy 20mm. ng lin kt gia cc h in thoi l uPVC vi ming loe s dng vo trong vch ca h thm.
ng t su bo m vic v sinh cch y h l 450mm hoc 350 t np tr trng hp ngoi l.
Khung h in thoi, np y v gi s c mua t nh cung cp in thoi Vit Nam. Kt cu ca h thm v np loi kt cu cng. Cho vng t bn th np h thm kt cu nh hn.
Tt c cc h ko cp in thoi s c bn giao n cng ty vin thng khu vc v s c bm cn nc cho vic kim tra. 15.2.3 T PHN PHI CHNH (MDFs) Kch thc ca MDF cha 1500 tuyn loi gn tng hay t ng. MDF gn sao cho c th m rng. Tuyn cp vo c sp xp sao cho khng c chng cho ln nhau vi tuyn cp bn trong.
the internal cabling. The terminal blocks shall be 10 pairs type mounted on the bank mount frame. Extension line terminations shall be on terminals blocks mounted on separate vertical from those containing terminal blocks for exchange and tie lines. The back mount frame shall be stainless steel type with latches and holes to hold the terminal blocks and wires. Adequate labelling of the vertical and the terminal blocks shall be provided. The terminations shall be of quick slip nonscrew and non-solder type. All terminations and terminals for exchange lines on the terminal blocks shall be equipped with gas discharge lightning protectors and fuse. Unless otherwise mentioned, one no. insertion tool, 1 Nos 10 pairs disconnection plug, 10 no 1 pair disconnection plug, 10 no. marking caps, 1 no. 2 wire test cord, 10 no. dummy plug shall be provided with the MDF A wall mounted box with door shall be provided to house the loose accessories. All ferrous metal works shall be precleaned by an approved process and then coated with an approved anti-rust undercoat before painting. All nuts, screws, washers and bolts shall be nickel or cadmium plated. 15.2.4INTERMEDIATE (IDFs) DIDTRIBUTION FRAME 15.2.4 T PHN PHI TRUNG GIAN (IDFs) Kim loi st lm sch v ph lp chng r trc khi sn. Cc c, vt, long-n v bu long hp kim niken. Nu khng c qui nh no khc, phi cung cp theo MDF mt b dng c gi dy, mt b u cm c 10 i, 10 b u cm 1 i, 10 np y nh du, 1 b dy kim tra, 10 u cm gi. Mt sau ca khung loi thp khng r vi cht v l cho vic gi khi u ni v dy. B u ni 10 cp loi gn vo khung. Vic m rng s gn thm mt hp ni ring bit chiu ng.
Nhn gn theo chiu dc ca hp ni.
u ni loi trt khng vt v khng hn. im ni cho vic chuyn tyn trn hp ni trang b chng st v cu ch.
Hp ni gn tng vi ca d thao tc.
Unless other wise specified distribution box shall be fabricated from mild steel steel sheet designed to form a rigid construction and it shall be suitable for wall mounting. The box shall be treated with two layers of rust proof primer and finished with another two layers of enamel white paint.
T IDFs lm bng thp thit k vi kt cu cng v gn tng. T s c x l 2 lp, sn lt v hon thin lp men trng.
The doors and hinges shall be so constructed to prevent sagging and misalignment. Door shall be able to be opened through - 180 deg. to permit unobstructed access to the inside of the box. In addition, simple but strong fasteners are to be fitted to the door. A chart board for recording the circuit connection shall be provided. The terminal blocks shall be 10 pair and of the quick slip non screw and non-solder type. Every IDFs shall have its own earth terminal. This earth terminal shall be connected to the earth terminal of the subscriber. Distribution Frame through an earthing lead. Unless otherwise specified the earthing lead shall be 2.5mm sq. green PVC insulated cable. Terminal blocks and distribution boxes shall be of the standard local authority approved type. 15.3 INSTALLATION 15.3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall supply labour and material to install the Telecommunication Distribution Installation as indicated in the Contract Drawings. 15.3.2 UNDERGROUND PIPEWORK All underground pipework including joints and bends shall be water-tight. Pipes shall be laid at a minimum 1 metre below the final ground level. Pipes shall be installed in straight run throughout the whole pipe length. No S bend is allowed. In the event of obstruction posed by other services or under crossing deep culverts, the pipes shall be laid in gradual gradient of not less than 1:6. 15.3.3 CABLE TRAYS, TRUNKINGS AND CONDUITS A nylon/polyethylene rope of 4-core or multistrand type with overall diameter of 6mm shall
Ca v bng l gn ngn s lch hng. Ca c th m 180o. Cho php thao tc bn trong t. Ca phi thm mt thit b kho n gin.
Bn v cho vic u ni bn trong.
Khi u ni l loi 10 cp trt nhanh v khng hn. Mi IDFs phi c ni t. Ni t ni vi h thng ni t. T phn phi cng ni t. Ni t thng dng dy PVC 2.5mm2 - xanh . Khi u ni v hp phn phi phi theo chun v chp thun ca i phng.
15.3
LP T
15.3.1 TNG QUT Nh thu cung cp nhn cng v vt t cho vic lp t H Thng Phn Phi Vin Thng theo nh bn v hp ng.
15.3.2 CNG VIC NG CHN NGM t ng ngm bao gm c ni v chuyn hng loi chng nc. ng phi nm cch 1m trn sn tng trt. ng chy thng ht chiu di ng. Khng cho php S chuyn hng.Trch b nght do hng mc khc, hay cng ngm. ng c nm dc khng hn 1:6.
15.3.3 MNG CP, TRUNKING V NG IN
Cp 4 li hoc nhiu li bc nilon / nha tng hp ng knh ngoi 6mm t trong ng, d dng
15/4
be provided in each pipe to facilitate cable pulling. All ends of pipe shall be plugged with rubber caps to prevent entry of earth debris or cement. Vertical cable trays where installed in the telephone riser duct shall be mounted on an approved support system. Unless otherwise stated elsewhere, ceiling cable trays where installed horizontally shall be supported by open type 'L' or ' ' brackets and shall be mounted at a minimum clearance of 300mm from the ceiling slab or any other services above the cable tray. Under no circumstances shall the horizontal cable tray mounted at more than 3.3m from the finished floor level be allowed unless otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Drawings or Specification. 15.3.4 TELEPHONE WIRING The Contractor shall engage an profecssional contractor to carry out the Telecommunication works and where specified, shall supply and pre-wire all telephone points as shown on the Tender Drawings. For internal works, the wiring shall be minimum 4-pair multi-core twisted pair telephone cable approved by Vietnam Telecoms. The wirings shall run from approved type IDF (supplied and installed by the Contractor) in the telephone riser to each of the telephone outlets or local tenants distribution points.
cho vic ko cp. u ca mi ng gn np cao su ngn bi hoc xi-mng.
Mng cp ng lp trong ng thng tng gn trn gi duyt.
Ni khc theo bn v thu ph hoc ti liu k thut, mng cp trn trn lp nm ngang c gn gi loi L khong cch thp nht l 300 cch sn hoc hng mc khc pha trn, cho vic v sinh. Mng cp c th gn t 15.3m t sn han thin, ngoi ra th theo bn v thu hoc ti liu k thut.
15.3.4 DY IN THOI Nh thu ph s sp xp mt nh thu chuyn nghip thi cng cng tc lp t h thng thng tin lin lc nh m t trong tiu chun k thut, s cung cp v ko dy sn cho cc im cm in thoi nh th hin trn bng v d thu. Cc cng vic bn trong, dy in thoi s c ti thiu l 4 i xon c chp thun bi Tng cng ty vin thng Vit Nam. Dy in thoi s chy t cc t phn phi in thoi khu vc (IDF) (cung cp v lp t bi nh thu) trong cc hp thng tng k thut n mi cm in thoi hay cc im phn phi khu vc ca ngi thu nh c th hin trn bn v d thu. Nhng ni m dy in thoi c yu cu chy n cc im ring l, chng s c u ni trong cc cm in thoi c chp thun cng vi cm in thoi m tng trong cc mt n m. Cho khu vc nh bn ngoi, nh thu s cp v lp t cp in thoi 5 cp 0.5mm c tm du trong ng 50mm uPVC bc b tng t hp u ni n ct ca Bu in.
Where telephone wiring is required to run to individual point, they shall be terminated in an approved telephone outlet complete with recessed socket mounted on a flush face-plate. For landed/strata landed houses, the Contractor shall supply and install 1 no. 5 pair 0.5mm polyethyene fully filled cable in concrete haunched 50mm uPVC pipe from the internal Block Terminal to the Gate Pillar.
SECTION 16 POWER EARTHING INSTALLATION MC 16 H THNG NI T AN TON
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 16 POWER EARTHING INSTALLATION
MC 16 H THNG NI T AN TON
16.1
GENERAL
16.1 TNG QUT 16.1.1 M T Mc ny ch r cng tc lp t h thng ni t l mt phn ca cc cng vic trong hp ng.
16.1.1DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the power earthing installation which shall form part of the Works of the Contract. The earthing installation shall consist of earth electrodes and earth continuity conductors, etc., for providing safety earth to the electrical system. All electrical equipment and materials of the same type shall be supplied by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition. All equipment and accessories delivered to site shall be new and shall be clearly marked to identify different type and materials.
Lp t h thng tip t s bao gm cc cc tip t v cc dy ni t, cung cp s ni t an ton cho h thng in.
Tt c cc vt t thit b in c cng kiu s do mt nh sn xut cung cp m bo tnh ng nht v tiu chun v thnh phn cu to.
Tt c cc thit b v ph tng c phn phi n cng trng s l loi mi v c nh du r rng c th nhn din c kiu v cc vt t khc nhau. 16.1.2 CC TIU CHUN Tt c cc vt t, thit b v tay ngh ngi th phi tun theo tiu chun IEC, TCVN hoc tiu chun Anh hoc tiu chun quc t tng ng c chp nhn cng nh cc qui nh v lut nh a phng c hiu lc. Ton b cng vic lp t phi theo yu cu ca tiu chun lp t h thng in theo tiu chun IEC, TCVN hoc tiu chun Anh v tt c cc qui nh v lut nh c hiu lc. 16.2 THIT B 16.2.1 LP T H THNG NI T Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, th nghim, vn hnh v lp t hon chnh mng li tip t nh c th hin trn bn v hp ng v c ch r trong ti liu ny c bit v vic lp t h thng in cao th v h th. Thanh tip t ca h thng in s l loi thanh bng ng thic c tit din 25 x 3mm.
16.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC, TCVN or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local statutory obligations and regulations. . All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the IEC, TCVN or British Standards and all statutory obligations and regulations. 16.2 EQUIPMENT
16.2.1 POWER EARTHING INSTALLATION The Contractor shall supply, install, test, commission and set to work a complete earthing network as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein in respect of the HV and LV electrical installation. Power system earth tapes shall be tinned copper tapes with 25 x 3mm cross-section.
16/1
All metal work associated with the installations not forming part of a phase or neutral circuit shall be bonded together and shall be solidly and effectively earthed. 16.2.2 EARTH ELECTRODES Each earth electrode shall consist or more nominal 16mm hard drawn copper rods suitably coupled by a threaded bronze alloy coupler to form a continuous length. Each electrode shall be spaced at a minimum distance of 3m apart. 16.2.3 EQUI-POTENTIAL BONDING Equi-potential bonding shall be provided for all exposed metallic parts by the Contractor. This bonding shall include but not be limited to any metallic window frames, doors and door frames, handrails, curtain rails, sinks, bath tubs, towel rails, brackets and pipes, etc. 16.3 INSTALLATION
Tt c cc vt liu kim loi c lin quan vi vic lp t m khng hnh thnh mt phn dy pha hay trung tnh s c gn vi nhau v s c ni t chc chn v hiu qu. 16.2.2 CC TIP A Mi cc tip a gm c mt hay nhiu ty ng ko ngui cng 16mm kt ni thch hp vi u ni ren hp kim ng thit to thnh chiu di lin tc. Mi cc tip t s cch nhau khong cch nh nht l 3m.
16.2.3 LIN KT NG TH Lin kt ng th gia cc thit b s c Nh thu lp cho cc b phn kim loi khng v bc. Lin kt ny s bao gm nhng khng gii hn i vi khung ca s kim loi, cc loi ca v khung ca, tay vn cu thang, tng lan can, chu ra chn, bn tm, gi xoay treo khn, ng, v.v 16.3 CNG TC LP T 16.3.1 LP T H THNG NI T Mng tip a s c hnh thnh t cc di ng rn trn theo tiu chun BS 6360:1991 Tiu chun k thut cho cc dy dn dng dy cp bc cch in v dy bn tit din ngang t 120mm2 tr ln v s c lp t hon chnh vi v bc bng nha PVC mu xanh theo tiu chun BS 6746 : 1990 Tiu chun k thut cp in c v bc v cch in PVC, TCVN v tiu chun IEC. v tr khng c lp t v bc PVC, ton b chiu di ca di ng s c trng thic.
16.3.1 POWER EARTHING INSTALLATION Networks shall be formed from plain annealed copper strip complying with BS 6360:1991 Specification for conductors in insulated cables and cords of cross sectional area of not less than 120mm2 and shall be provided complete with a green PVC over-sheath complying with BS 6746 : 1990 - Specification for PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables, TCVN and IEC Standard. In areas where the PVC sheath is not provided, the copper strip shall be tinned over its entire length. Joints in the earth bars shall have a resistance not exceeding that of an equivalent length of conductor, and the Engineer may require any joints to be tested to prove compliance with this requirement. No drilling of the earth conductor shall be allowed except for jointing or terminating unless approved by the Engineer.
Mi ni trong cc thanh tip t s c in tr khng qu chiu di tng ng ca dy dn, v Qun l k thut c th yu cu kim tra bt k mi ni no chng t vic tun th ng theo yu cu ny. Vic khoan trn dy dn tip t s khng c cho php tr trng hp mi ni c Qun l k thut ph duyt.
Joints in, and connections to, the earthing system shall be so effected as to avoid reduction of the current-carrying capacity of the earth bar. Special precautions shall be taken to ensure that the available contact area is fully utilised in all connections to plant and apparatus. The contact faces of earth terminals shall be cleaned before connections are made to the earthing system. Along each sectional joints of cable trays or cable trunking, a copper strip shall be provided to electrically bond the two joining sections. 16.3.2 L.V. EARTHING The electrical earthing installation shall be installed both vertically and horizontally and shall form network bonding all HV and LV switchboards, motor control panels, distribution boards and associated metal work to a common building earth bar. A tinned copper terminal bar not smaller than 50mm x 6.4mm cross section shall be provided by the Contractor as shown in the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for connecting the earth tapes to the terminal bar. All switchboards, motor control centres and distribution boards shall be fitted with a 180mm2 tinned copper earth bar over their entire length to which the building main earth network shall be connected. Transformer frame earth shall be connected to the LV and HV system earth bar but transformer neutrals shall be earthed separately via the neutral earthing strips. Standby Generator frames and neutrals shall be earthed as part of the LV earth network. The Contractor shall provide and install the PVC insulated earth to the generator room and
Mi ni trong v b phn ni vi h thng tip t s c tc dng trnh s gim kh nng mang dng in ca thanh tip t. Cc b phn ni vi my mc v thit b s c d phng c bit m bo vng tip xc lun sn sng.
B mt tip xc ca u ni tip t s c v sinh trc khi ni vi h thng tip t.
Dc theo cc mi ni tng b phn ca khay cp hoc mng cp, mt di bng ng s c lp t lin kt in 2 on ni. 16.3.2 NI T H TH Tip t h thng in c lp t theo phng dc v ngang theo cc v s to thnh mng li lin kt tt c cc t ng ct cao th, t ng ct h th, t iu khin m-t, t phn phi v cc vt liu kim loi lin thanh ni t chung ca ta nh.
Thanh u ni ng thit c mt ct ngang t 50mm x 6.4mm tr ln s c Nh thu cung cp nh th hin trn bn v hp ng. Nh thu s c trch nhim ni dy tip t vi thanh u ni.
Tt c cc t ng ct, t trung tm iu khin mt v t phn phi in s c lp vi thanh tip t bng ng thic 180mm2 dc theo chiu di, ni n mng tip t chnh ca to nh.
Ni t v my bin th s c ni vi thanh tip t h thng cao th v h th nhng trung tnh ca my bin th s c tip t tch bit bng cc di tip t trung tnh. Khung my pht in d phng s c tip t ni vi h thng mng tip t LV. Nh thu s cung cp v lp t dy tip t c cch in PVC n phng my pht v n u
16/3
terminate on to the generator main frame earth. 16.3.3 NEUTRAL SYSTEM A neutral earth system shall be provided which interconnects the transformer neutrals and the main switch board neutral bar by means of a 120mm PVC copper cable. The Contractor shall provide and install PVC insulated earth to the location of the switch room neutral earth bar leaving sufficient spare tape to allow for the connection of the tape to the bar. 16.3.4 EARTH ELECTRODES AND PIT All the common bars specified for the above systems shall finally be run to ground level where they shall be solidly and individually earthed by means of multiple earthing electrodes which shall be spaced a minimum of 3.0m apart. The lightning protection earthing system shall NOT be connected to the electrical earthing system. Separate earth electrodes/pits shall be provided. The earthing electrodes shall comprise hard drawn copper rods of 16mm and 2500mm long driven into the ground and the Contractor shall include for at least two electrodes per earth pit. More rods shall be provided where necessary to obtain an earth resistance of not more than 1 Ohm for electrical earthing system. Each individual earthing system shall be connected to their separate earthing electrode systems by means of a PVC insulated tinned copper tape or strip of the size specified above. Any copper tape exposed externally shall be protected against mechanical damage and theft. On completion of the electrical installation the earthing resistance shall be tested and
ni tip t trn my pht.
16.3.3 TRUNG TNH H thng tip t trung tnh s c cung cp ni lin trung tnh bin th vi thanh trung tnh t in tng (MSB) bng dy ng cch in PVC 120mm. Nh thu ph s cung cp v lp t dy tip t cch in bng PVC n v tr thanh tip t trung tnh phng in tng d bng ng d phng thch hp cho php bng ng kt ni n thanh ci. 16.3.4 CC TIP A V H TIP A Cui cng tt c cc thanh chung c ch r cho h thng trn s chy n cao t ni tng thanh mt tip t chc chn bng nhiu cm h cc tip t cch nhau khong nh nht l 3.0m.
H thng tip t chng st s khng c ni vi tip t h thng in. Cc cc/h tip a ring l s c cung cp.
Cc cc tip t s bao gm cc ty ty ng ko ngui cng 16mm v chiu di 2500mm ng xung t v Nh thu s lp t t nht 2 cc cho mi h. Nhiu ty s c cung cp vo v tr cn thit t c in tr tip t khng qu 1 Ohm cho tip t h thng in.
Mi h thng tip t ring l s c ni vi h thng cc tip t ring bng dy ng thic cch in PVC hoc di c kch thc nh c nu trn. Bt c thanh ng no c i ni bn ngoi s c bo v khi cc tc ng v c v khng b mt cp. Khi hon chnh vic lp t h thng in, in tr tip t phi c kim tra v di s chng kin
16/4
witnessed in the presence of the Engineer or his Representatives. The testing results shall be presented to the Engineer for approval and must have certificate by power company. Earthing leads shall be thermal weld to the earth electrode by bolted clamps as approved and supplied by the earthing electrode manufacturer. The method shall allow the disconnection and testing and remaking as many times as necessary. For each earth electrode the clamping arrangements shall be contained within a small concrete lined pit with an easily removable concrete lid to enable inspection at will. All earthing electrodes forming a system shall be linked together by means of a PVC insulated tinned copper earthing tape of the dimensions indicated above. At the earthing terminal, a permanent label marked with the words "SAFETY ELECTRICAL EARTH - DO NOT REMOVE" in English shall be permanently attached to the final earthing leads connection.
ca Qun l k thut hoc i din Qun l k thut. Kt qu kim tra s c trnh Qun l k thut ph duyt.
Dy dn chnh tip t s c kp cht vo in cc tip a bng kp sit bng bulong nh c duyt v do nh sn xut cc tip t cung cp. Phng php cho php ngng kt ni, th nghim v nh du nhiu ln khi cn thit.
i vi mi cc tip t, cc kp s c b tr trong h lt b tng nh vi np bng b tng d dch chuyn to thun li cho vic kim tra.
Tt c cc cc tip t to nn h thng s c kt ni vi nhau bng dy tip t bng ng thic cch in PVC c kch thc nh nu trn.
Ti u u ni tip t, nhn hiu c nh " SAFETY ELECTRICAL EARTH - DO NOT REMOVE" (c ngha l "Tip t h thng in an ton khng c tho b") c vit bng ting Anh s c lp c nh vo dy chnh tip t.
SECTION 18 MATV/ CATV INSTALLATION
MC 18 H THNG TRUYN HNH TRUNG TM/ TRUYN HNH CP
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 18 MATV/ CATV INSTALLATION
MC 18 H THNG MATV/ CATV
18.1
GENERAL
18.1
TNG QUT
18.1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the requirements and various equipment for the MATV/CATV System which shall form part of the Contract Works. The work covered in this section shall include the design, supply, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning, furnishing of all materials and equipment for the satisfactory operation of the Master Antenna Television System (MATV) / CATV System as shown on the Tender Drawings and as specified. The MATV/CATV system so designed and installed shall provide high quality video and audio reception for all present broadcast signals available locally and Malaysia. 18.1.2 STANDARDS All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate IEC or British Standards or an acceptable equivalent international standard as well as all local regulations. statutory obligations and
18.1.1 M T Yu cu k thut trong chng ny v nhng thit b cho truyn hnh cp l phn cng vic ca nh thu.
Phn vic bao gm trong chng ny l thit k, cung cp, lp t, kim tra v nghim thu, cc thit b v vt t hot ng h thng truyn hnh cp nh th hin trn bn v hp ng v ti liu k thut.
H thng truyn hnh cp thit k v lp t cung cp hnh nh video v m thanh cht lng cao cho pht sng truyn hnh ca a phng v Vit Nam 18.1.2 CC TIU CHUN Cc thit b, vt t v nhn cng theo tiu chun ca IEC hay Anh hoc tiu chun quc t tng ng cng nh quy nh php lut ca a phng.
All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the British Standards and/or IEC Standard. 18.1.3 SUBMISSIONS The information required under this Clause shall be provided at the times stated. The schematic diagram given on the drawings serves only as a guide. The following information shall be submitted a) A full schematic wiring detailing the following : diagram
Vic lp t theo yu cu tiu chun ca Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
18.1.3 TRNH Thng tin yu cu trong mc ny cung cp thi gian nh. S nguyn l ch cho mc ch hng dn. Thng tin sau a ra trong thi gian thu.
a) S nguyn l gm cc chi tit sau:
i)
All component units showing gain or loss of each as designed to operate in the system Any automatic gain control system that is included.
i)
Cc b phn th hin r li hoc thit thit k v vn hnh h thng.
ii)
iii) li ca h iu khin t ng c bao gm. iii) Kim tra v bo tr. iv) Kim tra an ton. b) M t ti liu k thut ca thit b s dng k c ti liu ca nh sn xut
iii) Test and maintenance provisions iv) Safety measures b) Full technical description of every piece of equipment used including manufacturer's technical literature. The type, manufacture and all technical characteristics of distribution cables or wires to be used including manufacturers technical literature. A description of the methods proposed to show that the actual performance is in accordance with the Technical Specifications including necessary test methods, procedures and equipment that wiII be used. 18.2 EQUIPMENT 18.2
c)
c) Loi, nh sn xut v t tnh k thut ca cp hoc dy s dng k c ti liu ca nh sn xut.
d)
d) M t phng thc th hin hiu qu theo ti liu k thut, bao gm vic phng kim tra, cc th tc v dng c s c s dng.
THIT B
18.2.1 SELECTION Not in use . 18.2.2 POWER SUPPLY The system shall be designed to operate on 230V 50 Hz single phase a.c. power supply. The Contractor shall be responsible for all wiring therefrom to the power supply units, amplifiers, etc. 18.2.3 CABLES a) Coaxial Cables : 75 ohm impedance RG6, RG11 coaxial copper cable specially designed for transmitting U.H.F. and V.H.F. signal shall
18.2.1 CHN LA Khng s dng. 18.2.2 NGUN CUNG CP H thng hot ng in p 220V AC 50hz mt pha. Nh thu c trch nhim cp ngun cho cc thit b nh: m ly v.v
18.2.3 CP NG TRC V U NI a) Cp ng trc Cp ng trc tr khng 75ohm, RG6, RG11 thit k vic truyn tn hiu UHF v VHF. suy yu tn hiu ca cp ng trc khng vt
be used. The attenuation loss of the coaxial cable shall not exceeding 3dB/50m for main drops and 7dB/50m for secondary runs. The cable shall have polythene dielectric with single plain copper wire conductor and copper braid screen and an outer PVC sheath for protection. Where underground coaxial cable is employed, it shall incorporate embedded aluminium foil as moisture barrier. At RG6:
qu 3dB/50m cho nhnh chnh v 7dB/50m cho nhnh ph. Cp cch in bng nha tng hp cho dy dn ng bn ngoi cng l v bc PVC bo v. Ni chn ngm, cp bao bc thm lp l nhm bo v chng m t.
Cp RG6:
ANTENUALION: @ Frequency Range 5MHz 42MHz 55MHz 85MHz 250MHz 300MHz 350MHz 400MHz dB/ 100m 1.90 4.59 5.25 6.48 10.82 11.64 12.63 13.61 @Frequency Range 450 MHz 500 MHz 550 MHz 600 MHz 750 MHz 870 MHz 950 MHz 1000 MHz dB/ 100m 14.43 15.09 16.08 16.73 18.54 20.07 20.95 21.49
SUY HAO TN HIU @ Tn s 5MHz 42MHz 55MHz 85MHz 250MHz 300MHz 350MHz 400MHz dB/ 100m 1.90 4.59 5.25 6.48 10.82 11.64 12.63 13.61 @ Tn s 450 MHz 500 MHz 550 MHz 600 MHz 750 MHz 870 MHz 950 MHz 1000 MHz dB/ 100m 14.43 15.09 16.08 16.73 18.54 20.07 20.95 21.49
At RG11:
Cp RG11:
ANTENUALION: @Frequency Range 5MHz 42MHz 55MHz 85MHz 250MHz 300MHz 350MHz 400MHz dB/ 100m 1.25 2.75 3.15 3.92 6.72 7.38 7.94 8.53 @Frequency Range 450 MHz 500 MHz 550 MHz 600 MHz 750 MHz 870 MHz 950 MHz 1000 MHz dB/10 0m 9.02 9.51 9.97 10.43 11.97 13.09 13.91 14.27
SUY HAO TN HIU @ Tn s 5MHz 42MHz 55MHz 85MHz 250MHz 300MHz 350MHz 400MHz dB/ 100m 1.25 2.75 3.15 3.92 6.72 7.38 7.94 8.53 @ Tn s 450 MHz 500 MHz 550 MHz 600 MHz 750 MHz 870 MHz 950 MHz 1000 MHz dB/ 100m 9.02 9.51 9.97 10.43 11.97 13.09 13.91 14.27
b) Coaxial Connectors : Solderless 75 Ohm Impedance Coaxial Cable Connectors specifically designed for the cable size shall be provided. All connections shall be made using a crimp tool designed consistent with connector
b) u ni cp ng trc u ni cp ng trc 75ohm thit k c bit cho c cp thch hp.
u ni dng dng c kp ph hp vi kt cu u ni nh dng.

18/3
construction and intended use. F connectors are required. Screw on or separate crimp ring type connectors shall not be used in the system. u ni F nu yu cu. u ni bt vt hay kp khng c dng.
18.2.4 WALL OUTLETS Wall outlets shall be installed and positions as shown on the Drawings. The outlets shall be concealed mounted type complete with frequency dividing network and distinctive labelling. The outlets shall have a 75 ohm impedance, unbalanced. Safety blocking capacitor rated at 2000V shall be incorporated into each outlet. Signal isolator between any two FM/7V outlets shall be min. 26 dB and between TV and FM channel at any outlet shall be min. 16 dB. The outlets shall be suitable for mounting on boxes complying with BS 4662 Specification for boxes forthe enclosure of electrical accessories and/or IEC standard. Where CATV is available, wall outlets, connectors, splitters, etc. shall be of CATV-approved type. Sample of TV outlets shall be submitted to the Owner or Engineer for approval. 18.2.5 SYSTEM REQUIREMENT FOR MATV SYSTEM The Antenna System shall confirm to the following a requirements at each TV wall outlets:i) ii) Signal to noise ratio - 45 dB or better Mains supply hum - minus 60 dB (below the picture carrier level) iii) The sum of all ghost and - minus 36 dB (below the echo effect picture carrier level)
18.2.4 CM TIVI cm gn tng lp t v tr theo bn v. Cc cm loi m tng k hp vi phn chia tn s v nhn r rng. cm tivi in tr 75 ohm, khng cn bng. T an ton 2000V gn bn trong mi cm tivi. Tn hiu cch ly gia FM/7V t nht l 26B v tivi t nht l 16dB.
cm loi thch hp cho vic gn hp box theo tiu chun BS 4662 - Ti liu k thut cho hp box v ph kin v/hay tiu chun IEC.
Cc ni m c h thng CATV, cc cm tivi, b ni, cc b chia, v.v s l loi c chp thun. Mu cm tivi phi c trnh trc cho ch u t hay Qun l k thut duyt. 18.2.5 YU CU H THNG CHO TRUYN HNH CP H thng an-ten theo yu cu ca mi cm tivi gn tng :-
i) ii)
T l tn hiu v n 45db hoc hn n ca ngun chnh m 60db
iii) Tng cc bng ma - 36db
iv)
Nominal output impedance - 75 ohms (unbalance) at each TV outlet Signal level (RMS) at each - 66 dBuV (minimum TV outlet point output) 84 dBuV (maximum output) under normal circumstances 78 dBuV or more to overcome direct pick - up problem at location near transmitting station
iv) Ng ra tr khng 75ohm (khng cn bng) mi tivi. v) Mc tn hiu (RMS) 66dbuV (mi im ra tivi). 4 dbuV (mc ra ti a) di tnh trng bnh thng. 78 dBuV hoc hn ti ngng ti ngng s c trm tn hiu gn k.
v)
v)
Radiation of signals at - shall not exceed a distance of 3 metre 50uV/m from any point In the system
v) bc x khng vt qa 3m 50uV/m t bt k im no ca h thng.
vii) Teletext decoding margin - 55% level (%) (for Teleview signal). viii) Variation over a single - + 2 dB TV channel relative to vision carrier frequency. ix) Signal to hum redo - 46 dB minimum
viii) Mc gi m thng tin 55% v cho tn hiu hnh viii) Bin thin - + 2dB knh truyn hnh lin quan tn s mang.
ix) T l tn hiu v n (hum) thp nht l 46dB. S khc bit ti a cho tn hiu mong mun ti im ra cho tivi nh sau:
The maximum difference for the wanted signal vision carrier level at any TV outlet shall be as follows.i) 6 dB between any 2 non-adjacent channels 3 dB between adjacent channels.
i)
6 dB gia 2 knh khng gn k
ii)
ii)
3 dB gia 2 knh gn k
The Contractor shall ensure that the proposed system performed shall be free from any interference or being interfered by other radiated signal source. 18.2.6 ANTENNA The masts or poles and the antenna arrays shall be adequate mechanical and suitably mounted to withstand the most severe weather conditions. The masts or poles shall be made of hot dip galvanised or
Nh thu phi m bo rng h thng hot ng khng b nhiu hoc nhiu do tn hiu bc x khc
18.2.6 ANTENNA Tr hay ct anten chu c bn c hc thch hp cho iu kin thi tit ngoi tri. Tr hay ct lm bng nhn st trng km hoc thp khng r vi dy gn bn hong.
stainless steel with stay wires to secure it from lateral movements. Antenna shall be constructed from heavy-gauge aluminium or anodized metal to avoid corrosion and rusting. Separate antenna shall be provided for each of the stations. If it is required for aerials to be mounted on the same mast the antenna shall be separated to achieve minimum interaction. The antenna system shall be adequately earthed and protected against lightning. The antenna and the supporting structure shall be provided with a durable protective coating. The antenna shall be located at the roof where reception is at its best. However, the exact location and details of mounting the masts shall be submitted to the Engineers the approval prior to the Installation work 18.2.7 ANTENNA TRANSFORMERS Antenna transformers, if required shall be provided and shall be attached to the aerials as built-in balancing transformers. 18.2.8 AMPLIFIERS The main Power supply unit and amplifier module units shall be suitably mounted and adequately protected. The equipment shall be adequately screened from radio interference by lift equipment, starters, etc. The amplifiers shall be enclosed in a weatherproof and tamper-proof sheet metal box. All amplifiers In the MA TV system shall be operated at a gain which is at least 4 dB below the rated maximum in order to ensure satisfactory performance. B khuych i cho truyn hnh cp vn hnh vi li t nht 4dB tn hiu qu ca h thng. 18.2.7 BIN TH ANTEN Bin th an-ten, nu c yu cu s gn bn ngoi v bn trong bin th phi c cn bng. 18.2.8 CC B KHUCH I TN HIU M-dun ngun v b khuych i c gn v bo v tng xng. Thit b s bo v chng nhiu bi thang my, b khi ng, v.v B khuych i ph bng tm kim loi chng thm v trm. An-ten ni t chng b st nh. An-ten ri cung cp cho mi trm. Nu yu cu ngoi tri gn cng ct phi tch ri mc nh hng cho php. An-ten lm bng nhm cng hoc kim loi anodized trch lo ha.
An-ten v gi lp ph ngoi bo v tui th lu bn.
An-ten t trn mi v tr thu sng tt nht. Tuy nhin, v tr chnh xc v chi tit gn ct s trnh cho Qun l k thut trc khi lp t.
The channel amplifiers shall be equipped with automatic level control circuitry. The amplifier shall come with the following technical specification:- Frequency Range :40-860 MHz - Level Output : 60 dBmV maximum - Gain : 40 dB or higher - Noise Figure: 4.5 dB
B khuych i knh trang b mch iu khin t ng. B khuych i theo yu cu k thut sau:
- Di tn s : 40 860 MHz - Mc ng ra : 60 dBmV ti a - li : 40 dB hoc cao hn - n : 4.5 dB - Tr khng ng vo/ ra : 75 - im ng ra kim tra : - 20 dB Type F - Kt ni (ng vo / ra) : Type F - Ngun cung cp : 220VAC/50Hz 18.2.9 CC B CHIA V CHIA THNG NGUN * Cho b chia : - Suy gim tn hiu vo/ ra Tu theo yu cu s dng l 2, 4, 6, 8 ng
- Input and output indipendance : 75 - Output Test Point : - 20 dB - Connectors (Input & Output) : - Power Supply: 220VAC/50Hz 18.2.9 SPLITTER AND TAP-OFF UNTIS * With Splitters unit : - Input and Output Attenuation Loss : Depends on term of using, attenuator shall be different at 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 ways splitters - Input & Output Isolator : 5 MHz : 24dB 1000MHz:20dB - Return Loss : 5 MHz : 18dB 1000MHz : 18dB * With Tap-off unit : - Input and Output Attenuation Loss : Depends on term of using, attenuator shall be different at 1, 2, ways tapoff and have some attenuator level for same type. They have been combined from cable length to TV Outlet in oder to make output have same level.
- cch ly ng vo/ ra : 5 MHz : 24dB 1000MHz : 20dB - Hi tip m : 5 MHz : 18dB 1000MHz : 18dB * Cho b thng ngun - Ng vo / ra suy yu hao ht Theo nhu c s dng, loi thng ngun 1,2 v.v v cho mc suy yu ging nhau. C th kt ni chiu di cp ti cm tivi lm ng ra cng cp.
- Input & Output Isolator : 5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz: 20dB - Output Return Loss :5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz : 20dB - Tap Return Loss : 5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz :20dB The splitter, tap-off shall be approved by
- cch ly ng vo/ ra : 5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz : 20dB - Ng ra hi tip m : 5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz : 20dB
- Hi tip m : 5 MHz : 20dB 1000MHz : 20dB B chia hay thng ngun phi c duyt ca n v cung cp dch v nh VTV hoc HTVC, SCVTV v.v 18.3 LP T
service providers like VTV, HCTV, SCTV,
18.3
INSTALLATION
18.3.1 WIRING All wiring shall be run in trunkings and/or conduits as necessary. The minimum size of conduits to be used shall be 20mm. No more than 3 cables are permitted within any one conduit. All trunkings/conduits in risers and above false ceilings shall be surface mounted. Trunkings/conduits installed in public areas shall be concealed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Coaxial cable shall not be bent to a radius smaller than 12 times the diameter of the cable. Joints in cables runs and looping of cables of outlet terminals shall not be allowed. All wiring shall be properly installed and segregated in accordance with British Standards and/or IEC Standard. The Contractor shall install 25mm. surface conduit terminating at the amplifier cabinet to enclose the antenna down lead 18.3.2 SIGNAL STRENGTH The Contractor shall be responsible to investigate the actual site conditions and find out any element that may affect the
18.3.1 DY NG TRC Dy i trong ng hoc trunking. C ng nh nht l 20mm. Khng cho hn 3 tuyn cp i trong mt ng.
ng / trunking trong thng tng k thut v trn trn th gi gn ni. Ni cng cng ng/ trunking phi i m, tr trng hp cho php bi Qun l k thut.
Cp ng trc khng c un nh hn 12 ln ng knh ca cp. Ni cp v cp mch vng ca hp ni khng c chp thun. Dy lp t theo tiu chun Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC.
Nh thu lp t ng 25mm. ti t khuych i, cho bao bc dy anten xung.
18.3.2 CNG CA TN HIU Nh thu ph c trch nhim, xc nh cng tn hiu theo iu kin thc t cng trng v tm ra yu t nh hng n vic chn la
choice and installation of their own equipment before submission of his tender. The Contractor shall be deemed to have taken into account the signal available on site and shall -guarantee the system performance. 18.3.3 SYSTEM TESTS The Contractor shall carry out an output level measurement at each and every outlet. The exact method of measurement shall be Proposed by the Contractor and agreed with the Engineer. All tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer and six copies of the test results submitted the record. In the event of component units and/or cable failure in such tests and/or the proposed cannot meet the requirements specified herein due to the usage of inconsistent component units or cables, the Contractor shall rectify the system or replace it with proper component units or cables and re-submit to the Engineer 1br acceptance before the rectification.
v lp t ca thit b trc khi trnh h s thu. Nh thu trch nhim kt ni tn hiu ti cng trng, s m bo h thng vn hnh tt.
18.3.3 KIM TRA H THNG Nh thu ph s thc hin o mc ra ti mi cm tivi. Phng php o chnh xc c trnh bi nh thu ph v ng ca Qun l k thut. Tt c cc vic kim tra phi c s chng kin ca Qun l k thut v kt qu copy thnh 6 bn.
Trng hp thit b hay cp li trong vic kim tra, nguyn do s dng thit b v cp khng tng thch. Nh thu s thay th nhng thit b tng thch v trnh li cho Qun l k thut.
SECTION 19 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM MC 19 H THNG CAMERA QUAN ST
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 19 CCTV SYSTEM
MC 19 H THNG CAMERA QUAN ST
19.1 GENERAL 19.1.1 DESCRIPTION This section specifies the Closed Circuit Television system which shall form part of this Contract. The Contractor shall provide, install, test, commission and set to work the Closed Circuit Television System as indicated in the Contract Drawings and specified in this Section. The location of the Contract Works shall be as shown in the Contract drawings. 19.1.2 MANUFACTURER All equipment and materials shall be supplied preferably by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition.
19.1 TNG QUT 19.1.1 M T Mc ny m t h thng camera quan st s lmt phn ca hp ng ny.
Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, kim tar, nghim thu h thng v ci t h thng camera quan st nh c hin th trn bn v d thu v c m t trong mc ny. V tr ca cc cng vic ca nh thu s c th hin trn bn v d thu. 19.1.2 NH SN XUT Tt c cc thit b v vt t s c cung cp mt cch tt nht bi mt nh sn xut chc chn rng chng ng b v tiu chun v cc thnh phn cu to. Tt c cc thit b v cc ph kin c vn chuyn n cng trng s phi l mi v c nh du cc ph kin v vt t.
All equipment and accessories delivered to the Site shall be new and shall clearly marked to identify different components, and materials. 19.1.3 SELECTION All equipment, materials, fittings and accessories used shall be suitable for use in the temperature and ambient conditions that will exist in the car parks. It is assumed that the air temperatures will rise to 45oC and relative humidity will rise to 100%. The dust content will be extremely high and equipment may be exposed to direct sunshine with surface temperature of 70oC. 19.1.4 STANDARD All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate standards and IEC Standard. B.S.
19.1.3 S CHN LA Tt c cc thit b, vt t, ph kin c s dng s thch hp cho vic s dng trong iu kin nhit v mi trng m thch hp vi khu vc u xe. c tnh rng nhit khng kh s tng ln 45 oC v m s tng ln 100%. Bi bn cc k cao v cc thit b c th b phi di nh sang mt tri ln n 70oC.
19.1.4 TIU CHUN Tt c cc thit b, vt t v tay ngh s tun theo tiu chun Anh, tiu chun IEC c chp thun.
All aspects of the installation shall comply with the statutory obligations and local
Tt c cc b phn lp t s tun theo cc lut nh c hiu lc v cc yu cu ca a phng

19/1
requirements. 19.2 CCTV SYSTEM The system shall be provided to maintain surveillance of selected areas. The system shall operate round the clock and be mounted at the FCC Room. A Digital Video Recorder (DVR) shall be provided at the FCC Room for recording images from all cameras that are sequentially controlled. The tenderer shall provide a well ventilated aluminium console to house all equipment. There shall be sufficient table top space for paper work, a telephone and refreshments. 320GB Hard Disk shall be provided for each VCR at the FCC room. All power cables to the cameras, with isolators at both ends shall be provided by the successful tenderer. Note: CCTV cables shall be of RG59 type. The camera shall be equipped with motion sensors so that when motion is sensed at the appropriate camera, the system shall interrupt the sequential recording and images recorded at the affected location. This facility shall be time programmable/switchable. 19.3 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT The proposed CCTV System shall consist but not limited to the following :19.3.1 CAMERAS All indoor and outdoor cameras shall comply with the following minimum requirements :1) Camera Imager : 1/3 Color CCD 512 x 582 active elements 2) Scanning System : CCIR 19.2 H THNG CAMERA QUAN ST H thng s c cung cp c th gim st trung tm cc vng c chn la. H thng s hot ng theo gi v c treo ti phng iu khin phng chy cha chy (FCC). Cc b ghi hnh k thut s s c cung cp ti phng FCC cho vic ghi li hnh nh t tt c cc camera m c iu khin theo th t. Nh thu s cung cp mt bn iu khin thng gi bng nhm cha tt c cc thit b. Ti y s c khong khng trn bn cho khong khng cho cc giy t lm vic, in thoi v cc tin ch lm vic khc. cng 320GB s c cung cp cho mi DVR ti phng FCC. Tt c cc cp ngun cho camera vi cc b cch ly ti u cui v s c cung cp bi cc nh thu. Ch rng: Cp CCTV s l loi RG59.
Cc camera u phi c trang b cm bin chuyn ng mi khi ti camera no pht hin c chuyn ng, h thng s ngng ngay qu trnh ghi tun t v tp trung ghi nhn cc hnh nh ti v tr cn lu . Thit b ny phi l loi c th lp trnh theo thi gian / chuyn mch c. 19.3 LIT K CC THIT B H thng camera quan st c cung cp s bao gmn nhng khng gii hn cc iu sau : 19.3.1 CAMERA QUAN ST Tt c cc camera trong nh v ngoi tri s tun theo cc yu cu ti thiu nh sau : 1) Hnh nh quan st : 1/3 Mu CCD 512 x 582 cc thnh phn t hnh 2) H thng qut : CCIR
3) Synchronisation : a) Line locked phase adjustable or b) Gen. locked 4) Output Signal Level : 1.0V (P-P) Composite level at 75 ohms 5) Auto Black : Provide to maintain constant pedestal set up throughout entire light range. 6) Automatic Gain : 20dB continuous internal adjustment. 7) Infrared Filter : Built-in 8) Automatic Light Range : 1,000,000 : 1 9) Sensitivity F1/7 Lens 75% High Light Reflectance Imager Illumination : 0.12 lux full video Scene Illumination : 1.2 lux full video 10) Resolution : 580 lines horizontal minimum 11) Signal To Noise Ratio : 50dB min. 12) Geometric Distortion : None 13) Transfer Smear : Tolerate 1000 x light overloads without objectional transfer smears with IR filter installed. 14) Gamma Correction : 0.5 to 5.10 (continuous internal adjustment) 15) Shutter speeds : 1/50 to 1/500000 sec 16) Mechanical Focus Adjustment : External 17) Ambient Temperature : -20C to 55C 18) Lens Mount : C & CS - Mount
3) S ng b : a) iu chnh c tnh kho pha theo tuyn hay b) Kho tt c. 4) Mc tn hiu ng ra : Mc ghp 1.0V (P-P) ti 75 ohms. 5) T ng quay li: Cung cp duy tr mt gi tr hng s nng sut di nh sng bn trong.
6) li t ng : iu chnh bn trong lin tc 20dB. 7) B lc hng ngoi : Tch hp bn trong. 8) H s sng t ng : 1,000,000 : 1 9) nhy ng knh F1/7 75% H s phn x nh sng cao sng hnh nh : 0.12 lux hnh nh sng cnh : 1.2 lux hnh nh 10) phn gii : Ti thiu 580 dng ngang. 11) T s tn hiu nhiu : Ti thiu 50dB 12) Mo dng : Khng 13) H s m : Chu ng c s qu sng 1000 ln m khng b m vi b lc hng ngoi c lp t. 14) Chnh h s Gamma : 0.5 n 5.10 (iu chnh lin tc bn trong) 15) Tc chp : 1/50 n 1/500000 giy 16) Chnh tiu c bng c : Bn ngoi 17) Nhit lm vic : -20oC n 50oC 18) ng knh lp : Loi C & CS
19) Vibration : 3g swept sine wave, 15 to 2000Hz 20) Lens a : Zoom : {20 x motorized 102mm lens {8.0mm - 120mm, f/1.2 :{Auto iris 3.7mm f/1.6 (wide angle)
19) S rung ng : 3g sng qut hnh sin, 15 2000Hz 20) ng knh : a : Loi phng : { 20 x ng knh xoay di 102mm { 8.0mm 120mm, f1/2 b : Loi c nh : {T ng iu chn m 3.7mm, f1/6 (gc qut rng) Ch : i) Cc camera bn ngoi s c t trong hp chu tc ng ca mi trng v c lp ti cao 3m. ii) Tt c cc camera c chc nng qut ngang dc s c t trong cc v hnh vm ng knh 130mm , cc ni m lp cc camera c nh s c lp trong cc v hnh vm c ng knh khng nh hm 100mm. 19.3.2 MN HNH QUAN ST (MU)
b : Fixed
Note : i) Outdoor camera shall be housed in an environment housing and be mounted on wall at 3m heigh level. ii) All indoor pan & tilt camera shall be housed in a 130mm diameter dome whereas all indoor fixed camera shall be housed in a dome of less than 100mm diameter.
19.3.2
MULTISCREEN
VIDEO
MONITOR
(COLOUR) Video monitors shall be connected to the Digital Video Matrix Switcher. The video monitors shall be of colour type with Automatic degaussing and produce high resolution (625 lines, 50 fields/sec) and high control pictures. They should include video loop-through connectors with switchgear highZ/75 ohm termination and factacting horizontal holds, and AC power On/Off shall be located at the front of the units. They must be also be capable to operate of 12 VDC power source. The switching and control system and video monitors shall be located at the FCC Room to be operated by the authorised personnel. Cc mn hnh phi c ni n b chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s. Cc mn hnh ny phi l loi mn hnh mu c mch kh t t ng v c phn gii cao (625 dng, 50 khung / giy) v c kh nng iu chnh khung hnh cao. Cc mn hnh ny phi bao gm cc u ni video loi loop-through vi cc b u ni chuyn mch High-Z / 75 Ohm v kh nng gi ng b ngang nhanh, v cng tc ngun AC ON/ OFF phi c b tr pha trc thit b. Cc mn hnh ny cng phi c kh nng hot ng vi ngun 12 VDC. H thng chuyn mch v iu khin v cc mn hnh gim st u phi c b tr ti Phng FCC v c vn hnh bi cc nhn vin c thm quyn. Technical requirements are as follows :1) Picture Tube : 19" implosion protected
Yu cu k thut s nh sau : 1) n hnh: 19 c c tnh chng n.

2) Video Input Level : 0.5 to 2V (p-p) Composite Video Negative Sync. 3) Video Input Impedance : 75 ohms High impedance looping 4) Synchronisation : Full time based correcting 19.3.4 CAMERA LENSES All lenses shall be multi coated and be selected accordingly to suit the range indicated.
2) Mc tn hiu vo : Tn hiu hnh ng b tch cc tng hp 0.5 n 2V (P_P). 3) Tr khng ng vo hnh nh : 75 ohm Vng tr khng cao. 4) ng b: Chnh ton thi gian.
19.3.3 NG KNH CAMERA Tt c cc ng knh s l loi nhiu lp ph v c chn la tun theo thch hp vi cc khu v c chn. Cc ng knh c tiu c c nh v c thu knh c th iu chnh vi F-stop ca 1.3. Nh thu phi ch r cc ng knh h chn la v chng minh cc c tnh trong h s thu. Cc ng knh s c cung cp vi thu knh t ng iu chnh m ti nhng ni m hnh nh thu c c th b nh hng bi s thay i sng ca nh sng mt tri.
The lenses are generally fixed focal lengths and have adjustable iris with f-stop of 1.3. Tenderers are to indicate their choice of lenses with substantiation in the submission. Lenses shall be provided with auto iris in areas where the images will be affected by the varying intensity of sunlight.
19.3.5 MULTIPLEXER (NOT IN USE) The video multiplexer shall allow for
19.3.4 CC B TRN TN HIU (KHNG S DNG) B trn tn hiu hnh s cho php ghi li ng thi 16 tn hiu hnh nh. N s bao gm 16 knh tn hiu hnh vo. B trn tn hiu s chn mt tn hiu hnh v vit m ni c nhn dng trong lc di chuy theo chiu thng ng c th ly li, gii m v hin th cc tn hiu hnh nh c chn trn mn hnh quan st. 19.3.5 CC B GHI BNG T (KHNG S DNG) Cc b ghi bng t s ghi li cc tn hiu ng ra t cc b trn m c nn tn hiu t camera m khng lm tn hi n phn gii.
simultaneous recording of 16 video signals. It shall have 16 video inputs. The multiplexer shall select the video signals and place identification codes during the vertical blanking to enable retrieval, decoding and display of selective video signals on a monitor. 19.3.6 TIME LAPSE RECORDER (NOT IN USE) The time lapse video recorder shall record output signals from the multiplexer unit that compress each camera signal without compromise in the resolution. Recording will be done at full speed upon activation of the panic alarm system.
Qu trnh ghi s c thc hin ti tc ti a trong lc h thng bo ng lp li c kch hot. Chc nng quay la s c bao gm bng cch
Playback
functions
shall
include
fast
19/5
(forward/reverse) search, frame-by-frame search (both directions), still frame viewing and slow motion - 1/10 to 1/100 of normal speed.
tm nhanh (i tip/ quay li), tm tng khung hnh (bng c hai mi tn), gi li khung hnh hin th v chiu chm vi tc khong 1/10 n 1/100 ca tc bnh thng. Tiu chun k thut yu cu s nh sau : 1) H thng quay bng t : Motor trc tip 2) ng h/ thi gian: B iu khin ng h vi accu c th sc cp ngun 10 ngy. 3) B hin th bng m thanh trng thi ngng v chy t ng. 4) B si cho cc u ghi.
Technical requirements are as follows :1) Tape Drive System 2) Clock/Timer Direct motor drive
- Quartz clock control with
rechargeable battery back up 10 days. 3) Automatic tape stop and run out audio visual indicator. 4) Heater for anti condensation of recording heads. 5) Fast Forward/ Rewind Time cassettes 4.5 to 5.5 minutes with 240 min.
5) Thi gian quay ti/ quay lui nhanh ca bng t : - 4.5 n 5.5 pht vi 240 pht. 6) H thng pht hnh : Hai u t ti thiu 2 vng quay. 7) H thng pht hnh : CCIR tiu chun 625 ng 50 khung hnh v h PAL. 8) u xa : u xo ton b rnh. 9) Ghi m : 1 rnh. 10) Ng vo hnh nh : - 21.0V (P_P) 75 ohm khng cn bng. 11) Ngang : 500 ng 12) T s tn hiu nhiu : - Hnh nh : ln hn 43dB - Ting : ln hn 40dB 13) Kho chc nng ghi : - Bo v h thng khi s can thip bn ngoi khi ch ghi bt u. 14) Gi khung hnh : - Cung cp ch xo khung hnh ca s nhiu v mo dng tn hiu.
6) Television System - Min. 2 rotary heads 7) Television System - CCIR standard 625 lines 50 fields and PAL. 8) Erase head - 1 full track head
9) Audio Recording -1 track 10)Video Input - 21.0V p-p 75ohms unbalanced 11) Horizontal - 500 lines 12) Signal to noise ratio - Video : better than 43 dB - Audio : better than 40 dB 13) Recording Lock - Protects unit against external tampering once a recording has started. 14) Still Frame - Provide clear still frame free of noise and distortion.
15) Dropout/Noise - Automatically "frills-in tape dropouts to reduce picture noise. 16) Recording Time Per Tape 960 hours 19.3.7 DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER (DVR) Sixteen channel digital video recorder and Digital Video Matrix Switcher shall be installed for the CCTV surveillance system. The Digital Security Monitoring and Storage System shall be a complete surveillance monitoring and security data storage solution that is not only reliable, but also affordable and user-friendly. It integrates Digital Video Recorder and Matrix Switcher into a single unit. It also eases the usage of the system by recording on a high compression ratio onto a hard disk and save the hassle of changing tapes in a conventional CCTV system. The system allows easy navigation and high speed search mode to retrieve images quickly. There shall also a password protection that to prevent unauthorised users to access and retrieve the images recorded. For authorised users, there shall be three levels of access; supervisor, local user and remote user so that the administrator can actually assign different levels of access to different users.
15) Gim nhiu : - T ng gim nhiu gim hnh nh.
16) Thi gian ghi 1 bng t : 960 gi. 19.3.7 CC B GHI HNH K THUT S B ghi hnh k thut s 16 knh v b chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s phi c lp t cho h thng gim st CCTV. H Thng Gim St v Lu Tr K Thut S phi l gii php trn b gim st v lu tr d liu an ton sao cho khng nhng t tin cy m cn phi hiu qu v d s dng. My ghi hnh k thut s v bchuyn mch ma trn phi c tch hp vo mt h thng chung. Vic ny cng nhm lm d dng cho vic s dng h thng bng cch ghi nn cc d liu trn a cng v gim thiu nhng kh khn khi thay bng t trong h thng CCTV quy c. H thng phi c ch cho php duyt v tm tc cao ti to nhanh cc khun hnh.
Vic bo v bng mt m phi c cung cp cho h thng nhm chng trng hp xm nhp v khai thc do cc ngi s dng khng c thm quyn vo cc hnh nh c lu tr. Cho nhng ngi s dng c thm quyn, phi c ba (03) cp bo mt: Gim st, ngi s dng ti ch v ngi s dng t xa sao cho ngi iu hnh h thng c th cho php ngi x dng khc nhau tip cn d liu cc mc khc nhau.
Schedulable recording can also be done at selected cameras. This is useful especially duration long holidays where only certain time and zones are needed to be under surveillance. Authorised users can retrieve stored images remotely. This will not only saves time to travel to the actual site, but also bring convenient to the users.
Vic ghi theo thi gian biu cng phi c ci t mt s camera theo chn la trc. Vic ny rt hu ch nht l trong trng hp c ngh l thi gian di m ch c mt s thi im v khu vc nht nh cn phi c s gim st. Ngi s dng c thm quyn c th truy cp t xa cc hnh nh c lu tr. Vic ny khng nhng tit kim thi gian do khi phi i ti tn ni lu tr d liu, m cn to thun tin cho ngi s dng.
All the cameras units installed shall be linked to a 320 GB, 16 channels digital recorder. The digital recorder unit shall support continuous 24 hours recording of up to 30 days. The Digital Video Recorder allows the user to record all camera images to the hard disk drive, while simultaneously monitoring all of those same camera scenes live on the video monitor. 19.3.8 DIGITAL VIDEO MATRIX SWITCHER
Tt c cc camera phi c ni vo u ghi k thut s 16 knh vi kh nng lu tr 320GB. u ghi k thut s phi c th ghi lin tc 24 gi trn ngy v 30 ngy trn thng. B Ghi hnh k thut s cho php ng s dng c th ghi tt c cc hnh nh t camera ln a cng v ng thi c th theo di tt c cc hot ng ang din ra trn cng cc mn hnh gim st.
19.3.8 B CHUYN MCH MA TRN HNH NH K THUT S B chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s s tch hp c 2 k thut chuyn mch v my tnh cung cp tnh nng tng cng hiu sut v mt h thng duy nht cho nhn vin an ninh. H thng ny c th c lp trnh hin th hnh nh ca bt c camera trn bt c mn hnh quan st no, mt trong cc trnh t chuyn mch bng tay hay thng qua trnh t chuyn mch t ng c lp. B chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s c cung cp dng kt cu module linh hot, c ng vo tiu chun l 256 camera, ng ra cho 64 mn hnh, 32 bn iu khin, 1024 im bo ng, ng ra giao tip vi my tnh v ng ra my in. H thng ny c th c lp trnh ln n 60 trnh t m c th chy c lp mi ci khc nhau bng cch iu khin mt trong hai ch i tip hay quay li. Bt c chu trnh no c th c dng nh kh nng chuyn mch Salvo, ni m bt c s lng mn hnh u c th c chn chuyn mch nh l mt nhm. S dng mt phn mm chc nng iu khin, cc chu trnh c th c kch hot hay loi b t ng da trn thi gian ca ngy hay ngy ca tun. C th iu khin hot ng gii hn cc tn hiu nhn/ hng ca quay ngang, quay dc, phng to, xoay nhiu v tr, 4 relay trung gian, t ng quay v qut ngu nhin. Chc nng kim tra khu vc bn trong cng l chc nng tiu chun. H thng ny cng h tr tc hot ng v cc chc nng lp trnh vi cc dng camera vm t
Digital video matrix switcher shall be combined both switching and computer technology to provice powerful performance and unique system features for the security user. This system can be programmed to display the video from any camera on any monitor, either manually or via independent automatic switching sequences.
Digital video matrix switcher provide versatile modular construction, accommodating up to 256 camera inputs, 64 monitor outputs, 32 keyboards, 1024 alarm points, a computer interface port, and a logging printer port.
This system can be programmed with up to 60 squences which can be run independently of each other in either a forward or reverse direction. Any of the sequences can utilize the SalvoSwitching capability, where any number of system monitors may be selected to switch as a group. Using the optional master control software package, sequences can be made to activate and deactive automatically based upon the time of day and the day of the week. On-site receiver/drivers permit operator control of pan, tilt, zoom, multiple prepositions, four auxiliaries, autopan and random scan. An integral local test function is also a standard feature.This system also support variable speed operation and full programming functions of AutoDome Series dome cameras.
ng. With the addition of the alarm interface accessory unit, an external contact closure or logic level can be used to automatically active any camera to be displayed. Any monitor or group of monitors can be set to display cameras under alarm conditions. The base system contains three built-in alarm response modes : basic, auto-build and sequence & display. System operation and programming is accomplished using a full-function, ergonomically designed keyboard. Up to 32 keyboards may be used in the system. Built-in operator priority levels and the ability to restrict certain operators from controlling designated functions provide maximum flexibility. S hot ng ca h thng v chng trnh c s dng ht cc chc nng, bn iu khin c thit k kinh t. H thng c th kt ni n 32 bn iu khin. Cc mc u tin hot ng bn trong v cc kh nng gii hn hot ng bn trong t cc chc nng iu khin c thit k c cung cp linh hot ti a. Vi s thm vo b giao tip bo ng ph, cc tip im kn hay cc mc lun l c th c s dng t ng kch hot bt c camera no hin th. Bt c mn hnh no hay nhm mn hnh c th c ci t hin th cc camera c bo ng. H thng c bn cha 3 ch bo ng bn trong nh: c bn, t ng bn trong v chu trnh v hin th.
Digital video matrix switcher included a black outline 48 character on-screen display for time/ dte, camera number, camera ID (16 characters), an icon to identify controllable cameras and monitor (12 characters) or status information. Over 1000 characters are available when programming camera ID and monitor titles. Digital video matrix switcher contains a logging printer output port which accepts a standard RS-232 serial printer. This provides a permanent record of system status showing the time and date of changes such as incoming alarms, acknowledgment of alarms, loading of sequences, user log-on to keyboard, transfer of system table and sequences, video loss message and a power up reset message. In addition, the printer can be used to obtain a hard copy of the systems configuration tables and sequences. Technical requirements are as follows :i) ii) Video inputs : 256 cameras Video output : 64 monitors max.
B chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s bao gm mt mn hnh hin th trng en 48 k t, s camera, s ID ca camera (16 k t), cc biu tng m t cc camera v mn hnh c th iu khin (12 k t) hay cc thng tin v trng thi. Trn 1000 k t sn sn khi cc ID camera c lp trnh v quan st.
B chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s cha ng mt cng ra my in c chp nhn l cng my in song song RS-232. S cung cp ny ghi li thng xuyn tnh trng h thng hin th theo gi v ngy ca cc thay i nh cc tn hiu bo ng vo, s nhn bit cc bo ng, ti cc chu trnh, ngi s dng truy cp vo bn phm, truyn bng h thng v chu trnh, thng bo tn tht tn hiu hnh v cc thng bo v ngun in tng. Thm vo , my in c th c s dng in cu hnh ca h thng v cc chu trnh.
Tiu chun k thut yu cu s nh sau : i) ii) Ng vo hnh nh : 256 camera. Ng ra hnh nh : 64 mn hnh ti a.
iii) Keyboard : 32 keyboards max. iv) Input Voltage Level : 0.5Vp_p to 2Vp_p v) Gain : Unity 4% (75ohm terminated)
iii) iv) v) vi) vii)
S bn iu khin : 32 ti a. Mc in p ng vo : 0.5Vp_p n 2Vp_p li : 4% ng nht (75 Ohm) nhiu tn hiu :70dB ti 3.58MHz Nhit hot ng : 4oC 50oC
vi) Signal-to-noise : 70dB at 3.58MHz vii) Operating Temperature : 4oC 50oC viii) Humidity : 0% - 95% relative. 19.3.9 INDOOR PAN/TILT HEAD Mechanical i) Pan Movement (horizontal plan) : 180 (wall mounted) 360 (ceiling mounted) ii) Speed (no load condition) : 12/second +1 iii) Tilt Movement : +/- 90 iv) Speed (no load condition) : 3/second +/-5 v) Maximum Load : 15 Ibs vi) Gearing : chain and sprocket final drive vii) Construction : Alluminium plate all internal parts corrosion protected. Outdoor Pan & Tilt Head i) Weatherproof Certification to : IP66 ii) Load Capacity iii) Motors : AC permanent magnet synchronous iv) Pan Speed v) Tilt Speed : : 6/second 2.25/second : 35 Kg
viii) m : 0% - 95% tong i 19.3.9 B XOAY NGANG/ DC TRONG NH C kh i) Qut ngang : 180o (treo tng) 360o (treo trn)
ii)
Tc (trong iu kin khng ti) : 12o/giy + 1o Qut dc : +/- 90o Tc (trong iu kin khng ti) : 3o/giy + 1o Ti ti a : 15 lbs C cu truyn ng : bn rng v xch Cu trc : Bng nhm, cc phn c bo v chng an mn.
iii) iv)
v) vi) vii)
B xoay ngang/dc ngoi nh i) ii) iii) Cp d bo v : IP66 Ti trng : 35Kg ng c : ng c ng b AC
iv) v)
Tc quay ngang : 6o/giy Tc quay dc : 2.25o/giy

19/10
vi) Pan Torque (braking) vii) Tilt Torque (braking) viii) Backlash :
: 127 kg/cms : 340 kg/cms 0.2or less : 360 both axis
vi) vii)
Momen ngang (thng li) : 127 kg/cms Momen dc (thng li) : 340 kg/cms
viii) Khe h : 0.2o hoc nh hn. ix) x) xi) Gc di chuyn : c hai trc 360o Nhit hot ng : 4oC 50oC Kt cu : Thn nhm c, chn
ix) Movement Angle
x) Operating Temperature : +10 to +50 xi) Construction : Die-cast aluminum body, platform and base The system shall be provided with manual bypass switches so that pan/tilt/zoom operation may be operated manually. Each monitor shall be provided with its own control switch to operate the pan/tilt/zoom operation.
H thng s c cung cp vi cng tc py-bass m hot ng ca ch quay ngang/dc/phng ln c iu khin bng tay. Mi mn hnh s c cung cp vi cc cng tc iu khin ring ca chng iu khin hot ng ca ch quay ngang/dc/phng ln. 19.4 BN IU KHIN Bn iu khin phi c sn xut theo n t hng thch hp cho s iu hnh ca Ch nh. Bn iu khin ny s c sn hon thin v cha cc thit b c th hin trn bn v s nguyn l nh sau : i) Cc mn hnh mu 21" ti phng FCC.
19.4 SECURITY CONSOLE The control console shall be custom made to suit the Client's operations. The panels shall be matt finish and shall house the following equipment shown in the schematic such as :-
i)
21 Colour multiscreen monitors at FCC Room.
ii)
Digital Video Matrix Switcher
iii) Camera controllers iv) Digital Video Recorder. The console shall be ergonomically designed and layout of all equipment shall not cause physical strain and restrict the operator's movement. It shall be adaptable to suit various physical sizes of operators. All CCTV monitors shall be located at a distance that is equivalent to 6 times the diagonal measurement.
ii) B chuyn mch ma trn hnh nh k thut s. iii) B iu khin camera. iv) B ghi hnh k thut s Bn iu khin phi c thit k mt cch kinh t v vic b tr tt c thit b khng c gy ra mi mt v vt l v lm gii hn thao tc ca ngi iu hnh.Vic thit k phi c lu bn ny c th thch hp cho nhiu iu hnh vin c kch thc vt l khc nhau. Tt c cc mn hnh CCTV u phi c b tr theo mt khong cch tng ng vi 6 ln ng cho mn hnh. Nh Thu phi b tr thng gi c hc cho bn
Mechanical Ventilation for CCTV monitoring

console shall be provided. If possible, all equipment shall be mounted flush against the finished surface and control knobs, switches, keys, etc., with the exception of CCTV monitors shall be non obtrusive and yet within reach from a sitting position. All monitors need not necessarily be installed in the console if the line of sight of monitors affect effective monitoring and operation.
iu khin CCTV. Nu c th, phi b tr m mi thit b trn mt phng hon thin cng cc nm iu chnh, cc cng tc, cc cha kha vi ngoi l l cc mn hnh CCTV phi khng gy vng tuy nhin li phi trong tm vi tnh t ch ngi ca iu hnh vin. Tt c cc mn hnh khng nht thit phi lp trn bn iu khin nu gc nhn cc mn hnh gy nh hng cho vic gim st v vn hnh.
All monitors shall be mounted in a manner which does not cause reflection from ambient lighting. All paint finishes shall be of high quality enamel. A minimum of two undercoats shall be applied and each built-up and flattened separately. The final coat shall be agreed light colour gloss finish and sufficient body shall be given to the paint films so that the final appearance of the finish units is entirely free from blemishes, undulations, foreign inclusions scratches, patterning or any defects whatsoever. The sheet metal for the build up of the various item shall be specially selected, deadflat mild steel not less than 2mm thick. The panel shall be built up on substantial framing with all necessary stiffeners and supports. The entire panel shall be vermin proof. A tinned copper earthing strip of dimension not less than 25 x 3mm shall be provided for the full length of the switchboards and sufficient provisions made for earthing connections of all electrical circuits. It shall be effectively connected to all metal parts other than current carrying conductors. Fuse bases and carriers shall be of plastic moulded insulating material of an approved make. Ceramic materials will not be accepted.
Mi mn hnh u phi c lp sao cho khng b phn chiu t cc h thng chiu sng trong phng. Tt c cc lp sn hon thin u phi l sn men cht lng cao. Phi sn ti thiu hai lp sn chng st, mi lp u phi c sn v lm lng ring bit. Lp sn cui phi l lp sn trang tr hon thin dng mu sng v phi c ng , phi dng c sn ln m bo hnh thc ca lp sn cui hon ton khng c vt, khng dn sng, khng try xc, khng u hoc bt k khim khuyt no. Kim loi tm dng cho cc phn khc nhau phi l thp tm cn phng c chn la c bit, dy khng nh hn 2mm. Bng ny phi c dng theo mt khung sn vi y cc kt cu chu lc. Ton b bng ny phi c bo v chng cn trng xm nhp. Phi b tr tip t bng mt bng ng m thic khng nh hn 25x3 mm, chy sut chiu di t v phi trang b cc phng tin ni t cho tt c cc mch in trong t. Phi bo m ni t hu hiu tt c cc phn kim loi khng mang in.
Cc v np ca cc cu ch u phi lm bng nha cch in c theo mu c duyt. Khng chp nhn vt liu s trong trng hp ny. Mi u ni v tip im mang in u phi dc bc kn v phi c th thay th cc cu ch
All LIVE terminals and contacts shall be effectively shrouded and it shall be possible to
19/12
change fuses with the circuit alive, without danger of contacts with live metal.
trong iu kin mch ang mang in m khng gy ra bt k nguy him no do chm phi vt mang in. Trn v np ch phi c m mu, trng cho cc ni cch ly, xanh l nht cho dy iu khin v en cho tt c cc cu ch khc, vi k hiu ch r cc pha. Cc cu ch v cc thanh ni trong cng mt mch phi c b tr ti nhng v tr k cn nhau trn cng mt hng. Cc cu ch cho phn iu khin v cho ng h Volt u phi c b tr trn mt ca Bng iu khin nh cc mang ch loi bt bng lng. Cc r le iu khin v r le ph phi l loi gi ln thanh ray, c cm ni dy v c neo bng thanh gi chng rung.
Fuse bases and carrier shall be coloured coded, white for isolating link, light green for control and black for all other fuses, with phase indication.
Fuse and links in the same circuit shall be mounted in the adjacent positions in the same row. Fuses for control and voltmeter shall be mounted on the front of the panel by back-connected fuse holders.
Control and auxilliary relays shall be plug-in type, rack-mounted, provided with cable connection sockets and anchored by quick fastening vibration-proof devices. All contacts shall be double breaking type. Relay coils shall be rated at 230V single phase A.C. supply, and they shall operate when the voltage is reduced to 85% of nominal. Drop out voltage shall not occur at voltages exceeding 65% of nominal. Contacts elements and operating coils shall be replaceable and be enclosed in transparent dust-proof plastic case of available for easy inspection. Each relay shall have a minimum of one pair of normally open and one pair of normally closed spare contacts. 10% spare control auxiliary relays shall be provided. Different types of wirings i.e. signal, a.c. or d.c. (power & control) cables shall be wired separately in fire retardant trunkings. The trunkings shall be well supported both horizontally and vertically such that tail ends of cables do not exceed 150mm in length. Cable ties and wraps shall be used for multiple runs of cables beyond the trunkings.
Tt c tip im phi l loi ct i. Cc cun dy r le phi c nh mc 220 VAC mt pha, v cc r le ny vn lm vic tt khi in th ngun gim xung cn 85% tr danh nh. in th nh ca cc r le ny phi khng nh hn 65% gi tr danh nh. Cc phn t tip im v cun dy lm vic u phi l loi thay th c v c bc trong 1 v nha chng bi trong sut cho php quan st d dng hot ng ca r le. Mi r le u phi c d phng ti thiu l mt cp tip im thng m v mt cp thng ng. Phi trang b 10% s lng r le ph iu khin d phng. Cc loi dy ni khc nhau nh cp tn hiu, cp AC hoc DC (cp ngun hoc iu khin) phi c i ring bit trong cc mng plastic chng chy. Cc mng cp ny phi c mang theo c hai phng ngang v dc sao cho cc u cp khng vt qu 150 mm theo chiu di. Phi c ai hoc bng b cp cho gn trc khi i trong mng.
19/13
All cable openings shall be glanded or sealed with proprietary made materials that effectively prevent the ingress of dust and grit. Single phase power source shall be terminated at 13 amp. switch socket outlets to be mounted on a non-metallic base. Temporary extension socket outlets are not permitted for use. All equipment shall be mounted in a manner that segregate operators' and servicemen's functions. Panel covers shall be hinged, removable and lockable. All panel covers shall be monitored by the security system computer. Ventilation openings shall be screened against insects, dust and grit. Should forced ventilation be used on individual equipment, the fans or ventilations must be rigidly mounted to the frame and be free of vibrations. All cable terminations series connections between different types & sizes of cable, parallel connections, etc., if not directly terminated at instruments and equipment shall be terminated on rigidly mounted connectors similar to Klippon Rose SAK 4 or equal. All such connectors shall be mounted on proprietary made rails. The successful tenderer shall submit a detailed drawing (isometric and all projections) for the approval of the Engineer prior to fabrication of the console. All power points and cabling for this installation shall be provided for in the Contract unless other specified. All main equipment of CCTV system at FFC Room shall be backed by the emergency power supply for 15 mins by UPS. 19.5 ENVIRONMENTAL ENCLOSURE
Tt c cc l ra cp u phi c chm lt hoc lm kn bng vt liu thch hp ngn nga hu hiu s xm nhp ca bi bm. Ngun mt pha phi c cp qua cc cm c cng tc, nh mc 13A, c lp trn cc phi kim loi. Khng cho php s dng cc loi cm tng cng tng thm s v tr cm. Tt c thit b u phi c lp theo mt cch cho php tch bit cc cng vic ca nhn vin iu hnh v nhn vin bo tr. Cc np bng iu khin phi c trang b bn l, c th tho ri ra v kha c. Cc l thng gi phi c li chng cn trng v bi bm xm nhp. Cn b tr thng gi cng bc ring bit cho cc thit b, cc qut thng gi phi c c nh vng chc vo khung sn v khng c to rung ng. Tt c cc u ni cp ni tip gia cc loi cp c kch thc khc nhau, cc u ni cp song song nu khng c ni trc tip ti cc ng h v thit b th u phi c u ni ti nhng u ni c c nh chc chn. Tt c cc u ni u phi c lp trn cc thanh ray u tin. Nh thu trng thu phi trnh mt bn v chi tit (bn v ng c v hnh chiu mi mt) cho Qun l k thut ph duyt trc khi gia cng ch to bn iu khin ny. Nh thu phi b tr tt c cc cm v h thng cp cho h thng ny trong khun kh ca Hp ng ny. Cc thit b chnh ca h thng camera quan st ti phng FCC s c cp ngun khn cp bng UPS trong thi gian 15 pht. 19.5 V CHE CHU C TC NG CA MI TRNG
All cameras shall be protected by suitable housings. Indoor cameras shall be installed in dustproof housings and outdoor cameras shall
Tt c cc camera u phi c bo v nh cc v hp thch hp. Cc camera lp trong nh u phi c v hp chng bi. Tt c cc l vo

19/14
be installed in IP 65 housings. All cable entries are to be completed according to the required level of protection.
cp u phi c trang b hon chnh theo mc bo v c yu cu.
SECTION 20 CARPARKING BARRIER SYSTEM (AUTO PAY SYSTEM) MC 20 H THNG KIM SOT XE RA VO (H THNG TR PH T NG)

20.1 GENERAL 20.1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the Carparking Barrier System which shall form part of this Contract. The Contractor shall provide, install, test, commission and set to work the Carparking Barrier System as indicated in the Tender Drawings and specified in this Section. 20.1.2 MANUFACTURER All equipment and materials shall be supplied preferably by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition. All equipment and accessories delivered to the Site shall be new and shall clearly marked to identify different components, and materials. The Carparking Barrier Systems shall be computerised system capable of controlling and managing the car park operation efficiently. 20.1.3 SELECTION All equipment, materials, fittings and accessories used shall be suitable for use in the temperature and ambient conditions that will exist in the car parks. It is assumed that the air temperatures will rise to 45oC and relative humidity will rise to 100%. The dust content will be extremely high and equipment may be exposed to direct sunshine with surface temperature of 70 C. 20.1.4 STANDARD All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate standards and/or IEC Standards. B.S.
o
20.1
TNG QUT
20.1.1 M T Mc tiu chun k thut h thng kim sot xe s l mt phn ca hp ng. Nh thu phi cung cp, lp t, kim tra, v nghim thu h thng kim sot xe ra vo theo bn v u thu v tiu chun k thut.
20.1.2 NH SN XUT Tt c thit b v vt t s c cung cp cng mt nh sn xut bo m tnh ng nht ca tiu chun v thnh phn cu to. Vt t v ph kin c giao ti cng trng trong tnh trng mi v nh du r rng phn bit thit b v vt t. H thng kim sot xe ra vo s l h thng c vi tnh ho c kh nng iu khin v qun l hot ng bi u xe mt cch c hiu qu.
20.1.3 S CHN LA Vt t, thit b, ph kin v vt t ph s dng loi thch hp trong iu kin nhit v mi trng ca bi u xe. Nhit c th ln 45oC m tng i t n 100%. Mt bi c bit cao, v thit b c th phi trc tip di nh mt tri vi nhit b mt ln ti 70oC.
20.1.4 TIU CHUN Tt c cc vt t, thit b v nhn cng s tun theo tiu chun BS v/hay tiu chun IEC.
All aspects of the installation shall comply with the statutory obligations, Vietnam regulations and local requirements.
Vic lp t s tun theo cc qui nh ca c quan chc nng, cc qui nh ca Vit Nam hay ca a phng.
20/1

20.2 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT The Carparking Barrier Systems shall be computerised system capable of controlling and managing the car park operation shall consist of the following equipment features:CARPARKING BARRIER SYSTEM 1. Entry Station 2. Exit Station 3. Barrier Gate 4. Auto Payment System (Not in use) 5. Cashier Operated Payment System (Not in use) 6. 7. 8. Central Processor and Control Console Car Park Hourly Parking Full sign Hourly Ticket (1000 nos.) and 1000 nos. pass card Mater Intercom Station
20.2
DANH SCH THIT B H thng kim sot xe ra vo s l h thng c vi tnh ho c kh nng iu khin v qun l hot ng bi u xe mt cch c hiu qu. H thng bao gm cc thit b nh sau:
H THNG KIM SOT XE RA VO 1. Trm li vo 2. Trm li ra 3. Thanh chn cng. 4. H thng tr ph t ng (Khng s dng) 5. H thng tr ph ti quy (Khng s dng)
6. B vi x l trung tm v bn iu khin. 7. Bng n bo hiu ht ch. 8. V gi (1000 v) v 1000 th t.
9.
9. in thoi lin lc ni b. 20.3 TRM LI VO (i) Mi trm li vo s c trang b mt b vi x l ring cho n. B vi x l trung tm ca trm li vo s thc hin tt c cc chc nng nh m ha, pht hnh v, v b sung (ch thch nh th t), kim tra, ghi thng tin, v.v B nh s c bo v khi cc tc ng bn ngoi v li ngun bng accu d phng c tui th ti thiu l 3 nm.
20.3 ENTRY STATION (i) Each Entry Station shall be equipped with its own microprocessor. The microprocessor which is the heart of the Entry Station shall perform all functions of coding, ticket issue, season or complementary ticket (denoted as pass card, hereinafter) validator, storage of information etc.. The memory shall be protected from external interference and power failure, by a minimum 3 years battery backup. (ii) On detection of an entry of a vehicle by an inductive loop detector or any other type of equivalent vehicle detector, the entry station shall be activated with the opening of it's built-in shutter.
(ii) Pht hin s i vo ca xe bng mt vng cm bin cm ng hay cc loi cm bin xe c khc tng ng, trm li vo s c kch hot bng mt ca chp bn trong ca n.

The self-tuning induction loop shall detect the presence of a vehicle in its loop before any of the above transactions can be activated. The loop shall be designed in such a way that it will not be activated by motorcycles. (iii) The ticket dispenser shall issue hourly ticket upon activation of a push button. (iv) Information consisting of entry time and data shall be coded on the entry ticket and visible printout of other information such as entry time, data, year, etc. shall also be provided for visual verification. The method of coding for the entry ticket shall be magnetic coding process. This machine-readable code must not be interpreted by the customers and any manipulation on the ticket will be recognised and rejected when the ticket is processed. (v) The issue time for entry ticket on initiation from the push button shall not be more than 2 seconds. The ticket dispenser unit shall consist of a drive system, a high speed magnetic coding, a high technology dot matrix printer and a ticket cutter. (vi) A warning system to indicate low ticket level (i.e. when tickets in the entry station reach to a defined minimum quantity) shall be provided. Each Entry Station must be able to contain not less than 2 boxes of 4,000 fan folded ticket each. Upon completion of the last ticket from the first box, the feeder system shall automatically feed in the second box of ticket for operation. Manual insertion of the second box of ticket by a operator is not allowed. (vii) The clock in the entry station shall be equipped with a perpetual calendar system so that there is no necessity to adjust the clock at the end of each month, in leap year etc.. The clock shall always show the correct time and date (year, month, date,
Vng cm ng chnh hng s pht hin s hin din ca xe c trong vng cm ng ca n trc bt c s lu thng bn trn c th c kch hot. Vng cm ng s c thit k nh l mt ng m n s khng c kch hot bi xe gn my. (iii) My pht hnh v s pht hnh v thng trong trng hp nt nhn c kch hot. (iv) Thng tin bao gm thi gian vo v d liu s c m ha trn v vo v in ra cc thng tin khc nh thi gian vo, d liu, nm, v.v s cng c cung cp cho s kim tra bng mt thng. Phng php m ha cho v vo s l quy trnh m ha bng t. Cc m m c th c bng my phi khng th dch c bi khch hang v bt c s tc ng no trn v s c chp thun v c loi b khi v c kim tra.
(v) Thi gian pht hnh v vo c bt u t khi nhn nt nhn s khng qu 2 giy. My pht hnh v s bao gm h thng truyn ng, b m ha t tc cao, mt my in kim k thut cao v my ct v.
(vi) H thng cnh bo sp ht v (v d khi v ti trm li vo pht hin khi lng v ti thiu) s c cung cp. Mi trm li vo phi c th cha khng t hn 2 hp ca 4,000 k v dng qut. Trong trng hp ht v ca hp th nht, h thng ray s t ng kch hot hp v th hai hot ng. S chn bng tay ca hp v th hai bi ngi iu hnh s khng c cho php.
(vii) ng h trong trm li vo s c trang b h thng lch lin tc m khng cn thit phi chnh ng h ti cui thng, s chuyn nm, v.v ng h s lun lun th hin chnh xc thi gian v ngy thng (nm, thng, ngy, gi v pht).
20/3

hour and minute). (viii)On insertion of a pass card into the Entry Ticket Dispenser in any 4 directions, the coded data is read and processed by the built-in electronics. If the card is valid, the Ticket Dispenser shall return the card and open the barrier gate on removal of the card. If the card is invalid, the Ticket Dispenser shall return the card and not open the barrier. (ix) An anti-pass back feature shall be included to reject any illegal entry e.g. a card is used again after a tenant has already parked a car. (x) Provide a push button 2-way (viii) S chn ca th t vo my pht hnh v li vo t bt c 4 hng, d liu c m ha c c v c kim tra bng in t tch hp bn trong. Nu th t hp l, my pht hnh v s tr li th t v m thanh chn trong thi gian di chuyn ca th t. Nu th t khng hp l, my pht hnh v s tr li th t v khng m thanh chn.
(ix) Chc nng ngn chn s quay li s c bao gm loi b bt c s xm nhp tri lut v d nh th t c dng li sau khi ngi thu u xe ri. (x) Cung cp h thng lin lc ni b hai chiu bng cch nhn nt cho mi trm li vo vi b in thoi chnh t ti phng FCC.
communication intercom system for each Entry Station with the master intercom station located in the FCC Room. (xi) The Entry Station shall be housed in a standard metal housing capable of operating in environments to extremes of maximum temperature of 40 degree C and relative humidity 90% non-condensing. (xii) Each Entry Station shall be equipped with a data transmission interface which is able to transmit all ticket data and alarms to the remote central processor located at FCC Room. (xiii)A battery back-up of 3 years shall be provided for each entry station in the event of power failure for both the clock and the microprocessor. 20.4 EXIT STATION (i) The exit station shall be microprocessor based and shall be able to accept, process pre-paid coded hourly tickets and acknowledge pass card in any 4 direction. (ii) On detection of vehicle exit by an inductive loop detector or any other type of
(xi) Trm li vo s c bc trong mt v kim loi tiu chun hot ng trong iu kin mi trng nhit c th tng ln 40oC v m c th t n 90%.
(xii) Trm li vo s c trang b mt b giao tip truyn d liu, n c th truyn d liu ca tt c cc v v bo ng n b x l trung tm t ti phng FCC.
(xiii) Accu d phng c tui th 3 nm s c cung cp cho mi trm li vo trong trng hp ngun cp in chnh ca c hai ng h v b vi x l b mt. 20.4 TRM LI RA (i) Trm li ra s l loi vi x l v c kh nng chp nhn, kim tra m ghi sn ca cc v gi v nhn bit c th t t bt c 4 hng.
(ii) Pht hin s i vo ca xe bng mt vng cm bin cm ng hay cc loi cm bin xe c khc
20/4

equivalent vehicle detector, the exit station shall be activated by the opening of it's built-in shutter. (iii) The exit station shall read the coded data of the hourly ticket to confirm that the grace period of the pre-paid ticket is not exceeded. On confirmation, the ticket shall be retained and the barrier activated to open. If the grace period is exceeded, the pre-paid ticket or unpaid ticket shall be returned. The barrier shall not be activated to open. (iv) The clock in the exit station shall be equipped with a perpetual calendar system so that there is no necessity to adjust the clock at the end of each month, in leap year etc.. The clock shall always show the correct time and date (year, month, date, hour and minute). (v) For pass card, the exit station shall evaluate the validity and activate the barrier accordingly. (vi) A battery back-up of 3 years shall be provided for each exit station in the event of power failure for both the clock and the microprocessor. (vii) Provide a push button 2-way communication intercom system for each exit station with the master intercom station at the FCC Room. (viii)The ticket reader shall incorporate a data interface for remote data transmission as described hereinbefore. (ix) An anti-pass back feature shall be included to reject any illegal exit. 20.5 BARRIER GATE (i) Barrier Gates shall be provided at the locations specified in the drawings and the schedule of equipment. The entry gate 20.5
tng ng, trm li vo s c kch hot bng mt ca chp bn trong ca n.
(iii) Trm li ra s c cc d liu m ho ca cc v gi xc nhn rng thi hn cho php ca v tr trc khng vt qu. Trong thi gian xc nhn, v s c gi li v thanh chn c kch hot m ra. Nu thi gian vut qu s cho php, v tr trc gay khng tr s b tr li. Thanh chn s khng c kch hot m.
(iv) ng h trong trm li vo s c trang b h thng lch lin tc m khng cn thit phi chnh ng h ti cui thng, s chuyn nm, v.v ng h s lun lun th hin chnh xc thi gian v ngy thng (nm, thng, ngy, gi v pht).
(v) Khi th t c thng qua, trm li ra s tnh ton s hp l v kch hot thanh chn tun theo. (vi) Accu d phng c tui th 3 nm s c cung cp cho mi trm li vo trong trng hp ngun cp in chnh ca c hai ng h v b vi x l b mt. (vii) Cung cp h thng lin lc ni b hai chiu bng cch nhn nt cho mi trm li vo vi b in thoi chnh t ti phng FCC.
(viii) B c th s s kt hp b giao tip d liu cho truyn d liu t xa nh c miu t trn. (ix) Chc nng ngn chn s quay li s c bao gm loi b bt c s xm nhp tri lut. THANH CHN CNG (i) Cc thanh chn cng s c cung cp ti cc v tr c m t trn cc bn v v danh sch thit b. Cng li vo s c giao tip n trm
20/5

shall be interfaced to the Entry Station to automatically open when the vehicle loop detector detects the presence of a vehicle on its loop and after an entry ticket is taken or a pass card is authorised. It shall close automatically when the car passes it. (ii) The exit gate shall be similarly interfaced with the Exit Station. (iii) The Barrier Gate shall consist of a gate arm fixed to the drive system by a special mechanism to avoid damage to the drive system by accidental or vandalism acts.
li vo t ng m khi vng cm bin pht hin s hin din ca xe c trn vng cm bin ca n v sau khi v vo c ly hay th t c thng qua. N s t ng ng li khi xe i qua n.
(ii) Cc thanh chn li ra s c giao tio hon ton vi trm li ra. (iii) Cc thanh chn cng bao gm tay chn c c nh trn h thng truyn ng bng c kh chuyn dng trnh cc tc ng n h thng truyn ng gy ra bi tai nn hay cc hnh vi ph hoi. (iv) Cc mch iu khin cho cc thanh chn cng s l board mch d dng thay th. Cc tip im rle s cng c bao gm cho cc tn hiu v b m. (v) Thi gian ng hay m ca tay chn khi c tc ng s khng ln hn 2 giy.
(iv) Control Circuits for the Barrier Gate shall be printed circuit board type of easy replacement. Relay contacts shall also be included for signalling or counting. (v) Opening or closing time for the gate arm on activation shall not be more than 2 seconds. (vi) The barrier gate with its gate arm, drive system and control circuit shall be able to operate in environments to extremes of maximum temperature 45 degree C and relative humidity 90% non-condensing. 20.6 AUTO PAYMENT STATION (NOT IN USE) 20.6
(vi) Thanh chn cng vi cc tay chn, h thng truyn ng v cac mch iu khin s c th hot ng trong mi trng nhit c th ln n ti a 45oC v m n 90%.
TRM THU PH T NG (KHNG S DNG) (i) Trm thu ph t ng s l loi vi x l thch hp cho vic tr ph u xe t ng m khng cn bt c mt nhn vin thu ph no.
(i) The auto payment station shall be microprocessor based suitable for payment of parking fees automatically without any cashier assistance. (ii) The auto payment station shall be constructed with door safeguarded against breaking including safety lock and alarm contact, and big sign showing "Please Pay Parking Fee Here" on the panel. (iii) The auto payment station shall incorporate a card pull in and return mechanism with ticket reading and encoding terminal for
(ii) Trm thu ph t ng s c cu trc vi ca bo v chng va p bao gm kho an ton v cng tc bo ng v mg bng ln c ch Vui lng tr ph u xe ti y trn t.
(iii) Trm thu ph t ng s kt hp mt khe y th t vo v tr li th bng c kh vib c th v b gii m cho vic chp thun v thi
20/6

the acceptance of the hourly ticket in any 4 directions. (iv) A sensitive needle or printer shall be provided for the imprint of time, date and amount paid on the ticket as well as the issue of a receipt with date and amount paid upon a push button request. (v) A four digit clearly visible readout fee due with special notice "PAY WITH CORRECT CHANGE ONLY" and falling plate "OUT OF ORDER" shall be provided. The notice "PAY WITH CORRECT CHANGE ONLY" shall only be operational when there are insufficient coins in the change store to effect change. The readout shall be readable even in bright sunlight. (vi) The auto payment station shall incorporate a money handling system with electronic coin checker for four types of coin, coin slot, coin channel and intermediate coin register. The four coins are new coins of VND 500, VND 1000, VND 2000, VND 5000. (vii) The change store hopper for minimum fours types of coin shall be provided which are self-replenishing with each hopper capacity of minimum 400 coins, including automatically self-sealing coin safe with safety lock. (viii)An alarm message shall also be transmitted to advise the status of insufficient coins for change, both at the auto payment station & FCC Room. In addition, an alarm is also transmitted to the FCC Room when the payment station is tempered with. Alarm reset switches are to be provided to reset all alarms locally. (ix)The auto payment station shall also incorporate a bank note acceptor, suitable to receive VND 20000, VND 10000, VND 5000, VND 2000, VND 1000 and VND 500 with automatic cash acceptance and with
gian trong bt k 4 hng.
(iv) Mt kim c nhy hay my in s c cung cp cho vic in khc thi gian, ngy v tng cng ph trn v nh s pht hnh ca s chp nhn vi thi gian v tng cng ph khi nhn nt nhn yu cu. (iv) Ph c hin th r rng bng 4 ch s vi ch c bit CH TR NG S CHUYN I v bng KHNG NG s c cung cp. Ch CH TR NG S CHUYN I s ch hot ng khi y c nhng ng khng ng trong kho chuyn i chuyn i hiu qu. Bng hin th s s c th c trong trng hp thiu nh sng.
(vi) Trm thu ph t ng s kt hp vi h thng cm tin vi b kim tra tin ng bng in t cho 4 loi tin ng, khe tin ng, knh tin ng v ng k tin ng trung bnh. Bn loi tin ng l loi mi nh 500 ng, 1000 ng, 2000 ng v 5000 ng.
(vii) Ci phiu cha thay i cho ti thiu 4 loi ng s c cung cp n c th t b sung vi mi phiu ti thiu l 400 ng, bao gm b t ng ng li vi kha an ton.
(viii) Mt thng bo bo ng s cng c pht ra thng bo tnh trng ca cc ng khng ph hp cho vic chuyn i, ti c hai v tr trm thu ph t ng v phng FCC. Thm vo , bo ng cng pht n phng FCC khi trm tr ph tng nhit . Cng tc khi ng li bo ng s c cung cp khi ng li tt c cc bo ng ti khu vc. (ix) Trm thu ph t ng s kt hp vi h thng nhn bit tin giy, thch hp nhn tin mnh gi 20000, 10000, 5000, 2000, 1000, 500 vi s t ng thu tin v kho hp tin t ng thng bo li. Thng bo s c chp thun t bt
20/7

lockable cash deposit box and automatic return of faulty notes. The notes shall be accepted in any 4 directions. (x)The auto payment station shall incorporate a built-in quartz controlled digital clock with direct access by the microprocessor with back-up battery for its buffer memory up to minimum two hours in case of mains power failure. (xi) Automatically regulated thermostatically controlled heating and ventilated system shall be built into the housing to maintain a constant operation temperature irrespective of the outdoor temperature. (xii)The housing shall incorporate an intercom with call button for two-way remote communication with the master intercom. (xiii)The maintenance access of the auto payment station shall be of front access type. (xiv)The system shall be capable of statistical report of past cash collection and vehicle occupancy pattern for up to 1 day, 1 week & 1 month. (xv) Sufficient security facilities and features to prevent misuse of access by unauthorised person. (xvi)A battery back-up of 3 years shall be provided for the auto payment station in the event of power failure for both the clock and the microprocessor. 20.7 CASHIER OPERATED PAYMENT STATION (NOT IN USE) (i) The Cashier Operated Payment Station shall consists of the following :(a) Electronic fee computer for automatic computation of parking fee and issue of receipts.
c 4 hng.
(x) Trm thu ph t ng s kt hp vi b iu khin ng h k thut s tch hp bn trong vi vic truy cp trc tip bng vi x l vi accu d phng cho b nh m ca n ln n 2 gi trong trng hp ngun cp in chnh b mt.
(xi) B t ng n nh nhit v h thng thng gi s c tch hp bn trong v che duy tr hng s nhit hot ng bt chp nhit bn ngoi.
(xii) V che s kt hp vi in thoi lin lc ni b vi nt gi cho 4 ng lin lc t xa vi my lin lc chnh. (xiii) S bo tr ca trm t ng tr ph s c c xm nhp t ph trc.
(xiv)H thng c kh nng thng k bo co ca s chn la thu ph v thi gian u xe ln n 1 ngy, 1 tun v 1 thng.
(xv)Kh nng an ninh thch hp v cc tnh nng chng li s xm nhp ca nhng ngi khng c trch nhim. (xvi)Accu d phng c tui th 3 nm s c cung cp cho mi trm li vo trong trng hp ngun cp in chnh ca c hai ng h v b vi x l b mt. 20.7 TRM THU PH (KHNG S DNG)
(i) Trm thu ph s bao gm cc tnh nng sau :
(a)
My tnh ph in t cho vic t ng tnh ton ph u xe v pht hnh cc bin lai.

(b)
Ticket Validator to validate ticket in any 4 direction. Remote fee indication for display of parking fee to customer.
(b)
My kim tra tnh hp l s kim tra v trong bt c 4 hng. Bng hin th chi ph cho vic hin th ph u xe cho khch hang.
(c)
(c)
(ii) The fee computer shall consist of the time recording unit, microprocessor, cash register and keyboard combined as a single unit or in separate components interfaced together. Computation on parking fee based on real time is performed automatically and instantly on insertion of entry ticket and depressing the appropriate key on the keyboard. (iii) The fee computer shall have a printer and paper roll for issue of receipts for cash payment. (iv)A perpetual calendar routine shall be programmed into the fee computer which will require no subsequent date adjustment at the end of a short month, in leap year, etc.. (v) All programming assignment of fee rates setting or changes, etc. shall be made on the fee computer keyboard. Access to use the fee computer shall be provided in the form of a key switch or other equivalent methods. (vi)Provide a remote fee indicator with digital display to display the amount in VND to the customer. This indicator shall be mounted at a strategic location to be viewed easily by the customer. (vii)The Cashier Operated Payment Station shall be equipped with a data transmission interface to replay all fee data to the central processor in the FCC Room. (viii)Provide a push button for 2-way intercom system for the Payment Station linking to the master intercom station at the FCC Room.
(ii) My tnh ph s bao gm b ghi thi gian, b vi x l, ng k tin mt v bn phm c kt hp nh l mt h thng hay cc thnh phn ring l giao tip vi nhau. S tnh ton ph u xe da trn thi gian thc c thc hin t ng v ngay khi chn v vo v tc ng phm thch hp trn bn phm.
(iii) My tnh ph s c my in v giy cun cho vic pht hnh bin lai cho vic tr tin mt.
(iv) Mt lch trnh lin tc s c lp trnh vo trong my tnh ph, n s yu cu khng chnh ngy tip theo ti cui thng, chuyn nm, v.v
(v) Tt c cc nhim v ca chng trnh ca gi chi ph c ci t hay thay i, v.v s c thc hin ti bn phm ca my tnh ph, S xm nhp x dng my tnh ph s c cung cp trn mt b bn phm hay mt thit b khc tng ng. (vi) Cung cp mt b hin th ph t xa vi s hin th s hin th tng s ph bng VND cho khch hng. Bng hin th ny s c treo ti v tr thch hp d dng cho khch hng nhn thy. (vii) Trm thu ph s c trang b cc b giao tip truyn d liu chuyn tt c cc d liu chi ph n b x l trung tm trong phng FCC.
(viii) Cung cp b lin lc ni b 2 chiu nt nhn cho trm thu ph kt ni n my lin lc chnh ti phng FCC.

(ix)Access to the Cashier Operated Payment Station shall be via passwords or individual cashier keys. (x) A battery back-up of 3 years shall be provided in the event of power failure for both the clock and the microprocessor.
(ix) Cung cp b lin lc ni b 2 chiu nt nhn cho trm thu ph kt ni n my lin lc chnh ti phng FCC. (x)Accu d phng c tui th 3 nm s c cung cp cho mi trm li vo trong trng hp ngun cp in chnh ca c hai ng h v b vi x l b mt. 20.8 B X L TRUNG TM V BN IU KHIN
20.8 CENTRAL PROCESSOR AND CONTROL CONSOLE (i) A Central Processor and a Control Console located in the centre FCC Room shall be installed for central monitoring and control of the operation of the carparking system. Their electronic data shall be battery backup for 3 years in the event of power failure.
(i) B x l trung tm v bn iu khin c t ti trung tm phng FCC s c lp t cho vic gim st v iu khin trung tm hot ng ca h thng kim sot x era vo. Cc d liu in t ca chng s c cp ngun d phng bng accu c tui th 3 nm trong trng hp ngun cung cp ngun chnh b mt. (ii) B x l trung tm s bao gm my tnh trung tm iu khin v quan st hot ng ca cc trm li vo, trm li ra, thanh chn cng. Cc thit b ny s c giao tip vi my tnh trung tm thng qua ng giao tip truyn dn d liu.
(ii) The Central Processor shall consist of a central computer to control and monitor the operations of the Entry Stations, Exit Stations, Payment Stations, Barrier Gates. These equipment shall be interfaced to the central computer via data transmission interface lines. (iii) All data on ticket, fee, time, alarms, vehicle entries and exits including manual override shall be reported for hard copy printout of all the above data. This printer can either be a separate unit or as an integral part of the central computer. (iv)A central console complete with control panel and a display panel shall also be installed. Remote and by-pass control of the Barrier Gates shall be effected at the control panel of the central console while status of the various Entry & Exit Stations, Payment Station, Barrier Gates shall be shown by LEDS on the display panel. (v) The control panel shall be constructed in stainless steel of SWG16 hairline finish to be flush mounted on a console table which is provided by others. Characters on panel
(iii) Tt c d liu ca v, chi ph, thi gian, bo ng, s ra vo ca xe c bao gm b chuyn bng tay s c ghi li c in ra tt c cc d liu bn trn. My in ny c th l mt b ring l hay l mt phn bn trong ca b my tnh trung tm. (iv) Mt b iu khin trung tm hon chnh vi bng iu khin v bng hin th s cng c lp t. iu khin t xa v b qua ca cc thanh chn cng s c tc ng ti bn iu khin ca bn iu khin trung tm trong khi trng thi ca ring cc trm vo ra, trm thu ph, thanh chn cng s c hin th bng n LED trn bng hin th. (v) Bn iu khin s c cu to bng inox SWG16 c nh trn bn iu khin m n c cung cp bi ngi khc. Cc k t trn mt bng iu khin s c khc mu en.
20/10

face shall be etched in black. Size of panel shall not be larger than 500mm x 500mm. Cutting on console table for fitting this panel shall be by others. Design of this panel shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer.
Kch thc ca bng iu khin s khng ln hn 500mm x 500mm. S ct bn iu khin cho bng vi kch thc ca bng iu khin ny s c thc hin bi ngi khc. Vic thit k cc bng iu khin ny s c trnh c chp thun bi Qun l k thut. (vi) iu khin trung tm s c th nhn c tn hiu t h thng cnh bo t trm li vo cnh bo sp ht v v trm thu ph t ng cnh bo tin ng khng thch hp chuyn i. (vii) Cung cp b lin lc ni b 2 chiu nt nhn cho trm thu ph kt ni n my lin lc chnh ti phng FCC. (viii)B m ho s c giao tip n b my tnh trung tm thng qua ng dy giao tip truyn d liu. (ix) B m ho s c s dng kim tra tnh hp l v khng hp l ca tt c cc th t. S xm nhp vo b m ha ny s c iu khin bng mt khu. 20.9 BNG HIN TH HT CH U XE
(vi)The central control shall be able to receive signal from the warning system of Entry Station to indicate low ticket level and the Auto-Payment Station to indicate insufficient coins for change. (vii)Provides a 2-way communication intercom to link the FCC room master intercom.
(viii)The coding unit shall be interfaced to the central computer via data transmission interface lines. ix)The coding unit shall be used to validate or invalidate all pass cards. Access to the coding unit shall be controlled by passwords.
20.9 CAR PARK - "HOURLY PARKING FULL" SIGN The Contractor shall provide a "Car Park Full" interfacing point such that signage would light up automatically when the car park is filled to a pre-determined number of cars. The signage would be provided by others. 20.10 SIGNAGES, TICKETS & PASS CARDS (i) Standard size plastic pass card shall be issued to each tenant for season parking purposes. This card can either be punched coded or magnetically coded. Coded information shall also be embossed on card for visual identification. (ii) User instructions and signages for all car park equipment shall conform to the Engineer's requirements.
Nh thu s cung cp im giao tip bng hin th ht ch u xe m n s t ng sng ln khi xe u ht ch c xc nh trc ca s lng xe. Bng ny s c cung cp bi ngi khc. 20.10 BNG HIU, V & TH T
(i) Th t bng nha c kch thc tiu chun s c cp cho mi ngi thu cho vic u xe. Th t ny c m ho bng cch c l hay bng t. Cc thng tin m ho s cng c dp ni trn th cho vic nhn din bng mt thng. (ii) Cc ch dn ca ngi dng v bn hiu cho tt c cc thit b u xe s c lm theo cc yu cu ca Qun l k thut.

(iii) The Engineer shall have the option specify the details of the messages and logos on the ticket and pass cards without additional cost. 20.11 VEHICLE COUNTING Provide for automatic counting of all vehicular movement in and out of the car park. Data on vehicle count shall be available automatically by request at the central computer. 20.12 MASTER INTERCOM STATION A Master Intercom Station shall be installed in the FCC Room. Intercom sub-station shall be provided at each Entry / Exit Station, Payment Stations. 20.13 POWER SUPPLIES Power Supplies for operating all the various equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. All equipment shall be capable of operation on a 230 Volts 50 Hz single-phase supply. The Contractor shall provide emergency battery / power back-up supplies at the individual equipment as required. Alternatively he may provide a centralised battery-operated supply unit to provide emergency supplies to the various items of equipment. 20.14 ACCEPTANCE TESTS The Contractor shall programme the design, manufacture, factory test, installation and commissioning tests to allow for earliest possible completion of the System. The Contract shall allow maximum time for possible remedial works and adjustments which may be found necessary during the commissioning tests. The Engineer shall witness all tests and the Contractor shall notify the Engineer one (1)
(iii) Qun l k thut s c nhng s chn la chi tit v ghi ch v k hiu trn v v cc th t m gi cng khng c tng.
20.11
B M XE Cung cp mt b m t ng ca tt c cc xe di chuyn vo v ra biu xe. D liu ca b m xe s t ng sn sang nh c yu cu ti my tnh trung tm.
20.12
TRM IN THOI LIN LC NI B CHNH Mt trm in thoi lin lc ni b chnh s c lp t ti phng FCC. Cc my in thoi lin lc ni b ph s c cung cp ti mi trm li vo/ ra, trm thu ph.
20.13
NGUN CUNG CP Ngun cung cp cho hot ng ca tt c cc thit b ring l s c cung cp bi nh thu. Tt c cc thit b c th hot ng ti in th 220V 50Hz mt pha. Nh thu s cung cp ngun khn cp t accu ti cc thit b ring l nh c yu cu.
gim gi thnh, nh thu cng c th cung cp mt ngun accu trung tm cung cp ngun khn cp cho tt c cc hng mc ca thit b. 20.14 KIM TRA CHP THUN Nh thu ln k hoch thit k, nh sn xut, kim tra ti nh my, lp t v nghim thu h thng hon thnh sm nht. Nh thu s cho php thi gian ti a sa cha v hiu chnh nu thy cn thit trong qu trnh kim tra chy th.
Qun l k thut chng kin qu trnh kim tra v nh thu phi bo cho Qun l k thut bit
20/12

week before the date of testing. Generally, the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of detailed and comprehensive test plans and procedures of the commissioning tests to the Engineer for approval. These test plans and procedures shall be submitted three (3) weeks prior to the scheduled date of commencement of tests. All test plans and procedures shall be designed to fully test the System to demonstrate and verify the compliance of the System equipment and System performance to the requirements of this Specification. The Contractor shall be responsible for all arrangements and costs associated with the testing of the System, including simulation of all loading conditions of the System. Test plan and procedures to be submitted shall be comprehensive, and shall include all details necessary to ensure that test procedures and test results will demonstrate sub-systems and System's compliance with all requirements specified herein. 20.15 TEST REPORTS & DOCUMENTATION The Contractor shall maintain proper records for all test results. Triplicate sets of comprehensive test reports and test certificates are to be supplied for all tests carried out in accordance with the provisions of this Section. These test reports and certificates shall be supplied for all tests. The information given on such test certificates shall be sufficient to identify the material or equipment to which the certificate refers. The test reports shall contain, but not limited to the following information: a) Functions that were tested. b) All test results and necessary analysis of test results. c) Evaluation of test results and analysis
trc 1 tun trc ngy kim tra. Nh thu cp 3 bn copy chi tit k hoch kim tra v th tc cho Qun l K thut duyt. Nhng k hoch kim tra v th tc c trnh 3 tun trc ngy bt u kim tra.
Tt c k hoch kim tra v th tc c thit k kim tra ton b h thng chng minh v kim tra li s tun th ca thit b v vn hnh h thng c theo ng yu cu ca ti liu k thut. Nh thu s c trch nhim sp xp v tr ph cho vic kim tra h thng bao gm vic gi lp tt c iu kin ti hot ng ca h thng.
K hoch kim tra v th tc c trnh phi r rng, v bao gm cc chi tit cn thit bo m th tc kim tra v kt qu chng t cc h thng ph v h thng chnh ny t yu cu k thut qui nh.
20.15
H S V BO CO KIM TRA Nh thu phi duy tr cc bo co v kt qu kim tra. Copy 3 b kt qu kim tra v giy xc nhn kt qu c cp cho tt c cc kim tra tin hnh ph hp theo chng ny. Thng tin v kim tra phi y r rng v vt t hay thit b vi giy chng nhn i km. Kt qa kim tra bao gm (nhng khng gii hn) cc thng tin sau:
a) b)
Cc chc nng c kim tra Tt c kt qa kim tra v phn tch kt qu kim tra cn thit. nh gi kt qu kim tra v phn tch phi
c)
20/13

indicating explicitly whether the test results meet the specified performance and functional requirement. d) A record of all adjustments, engineering or program changes found necessary during the test. e) Suggested corrective action to improve the test results, if any. f) Suggested test plans for re-running of the whole or part of the test, if found necessary. The documentation for the System shall be completed and ready before the commencement of the commissioning tests. This documentation shall be made available to the Engineer and his representatives throughout the commissioning and performance testing phases. Upon detection of inaccuracies, or typographical errors, the Contractor shall amend these inaccuracies or errors to the Engineer's satisfaction. f) d)
th hin r rng cc kt qu kim tra t yu cu c trng v chc nng v vn hnh thit b Bo co ghi nhn cc chnh sa, thay i v k thut hoc chng trnh nhn thy cn thit trong qu trnh kim tra. ngh nhng bin php chnh xc hon thin kt qu kim tra nu cn. K hoch kim tra li cho mt phn hay ton b h thng nu thy cn thit.
e)
Ti liu cho h thng s c hon thin v sn sng trc khi bt u kim tra chy th. Ti liu ny gi cho Qun l k thut v i din sut cc giai on kim tra vn hnh v hiu chnh.
Trng hp pht hin s khng chnh xc, hoc li, nh thu phi chnh sa li ny t yu cu ca Qun l K thut.
SECTION 21 AUDIO / VIDEO INTERCOM SYSTEM MC 21 H THNG IN THOI GI CA
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 21 AUDIO / VIDEO INTERCOM SYSTEM
MC 21 H THNG IN THOI GI CA
21.1 GENERAL 21.1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section specifies the Audio / Video Intercom System which form part of this Contract. The Contractor shall provide, install, test, commission and set to work the Audio / Video Intercom System as indicated in the Contract Drawings and specified in this section. The proposed audio/video intercom system is to be installed at the following areas:a) Guardhouses b) Apartment units & Penthouses Guard unit & monitor at the guardhouses shall have the ability to link up to a minimum of 800 apartment units, penthouses. Visitor call panels shall be provided at the Ground storey and Basement Levels of all Passenger Lift Lobbies. The system shall be fully digital with maximum eight twisted pair of 1.0mm screened cables and RG59 co-axial cable for the entire system. The system shall be able to provide high fidelity audio and video quality, for the communication between visitors and residents and between the guard and the residents. The system shall provide up to two (2) speech circuits to the development, which means that two (2) different sets of conversations can take place simultaneously at any time. 21.1.2MANUFACTURER All equipment and materials shall be supplied preferably by a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity of standards and composition.
21.1 TNG QUT 21.1.1 M T Mc ny m t h thng in thoi gi ca l mt phn ca hp ng ny. Nh thu s cung cp, lp t, kim tra, nghim thu h thng v ci t h thng in thoi gi ca nh c hin th trn bn v d thu v c m t trong mc ny. H thng in thoi gi ca cung cp s c lp t ti cc khu vc sau : a) Nh bo v b) Cn h v cn h p mi in thoi bo v v mn hnh ti nh bo v s c th kt ni n ti thiu khong 800 cn h, cn h p mi. Bng gi ca s c lp t ti tt c cc snh thang my ti tng trt v tng hm.
H thng s l dng k thut s vi cp xon 4 i c tit in 1.0mm2 chng nhiu v cp ng trc RG59 cho ton b h thng. H thng s c kh nng cung cp cc tn hiu m thanh v hnh nh c cht lng cao cho s lin lc gia khch v ch nh v gia bo v v ch nh. H thng s c cung cp cc tuyn lin lc i, ngha l trong cng mt thi im c hai tuyn lin lc khc nhau.
21.1.2 NH SN XUT Tt c cc thit b v vt t s c cung cp mt cch tt nht bi mt nh sn xut chc chn rng chng ng b v tiu chun v cc thnh phn cu to.
All equipment and accessories delivered to the Site shall be new and shall clearly marked to identify different components, and materials. 21.1.3SELECTION All equipment, materials, fittings and accessories used shall be suitable for use in the temperature and ambient conditions that will exist in the car parks. It is assumed that the air temperatures will rise to 45oC and relative humidity will rise to 100%. The dust content will be extremely high and equipment may be exposed to direct sunshine with surface temperature of 70oC. 21.1.4STANDARD All equipment, materials and workmanship shall comply with the appropriate B.S. standards. All aspects of the installation shall comply with the statutory obligations and local requirements. 21.2 SYSTEM OPERATION When a visitor arrives at the entrance to the condominium, screening by the security guard is carried out. The guard will call the resident via the guard unit for verification. The audio/video intercom unit of the apartment concerned will chime to alert the resident. The resident answers the call by lifting the handset and talk to the guard. The call shall be cut off automatically upon replacing the handset. The visitor proceeds to the respective passenger lift lobby entrance and presses the call button of the apartment, from the visitor call panel. The apartment audio/video intercom unit shall chime (a different tone to differentiate the call from the guard porter station) and the video image of the visitor shall be transmitted to the apartment video monitor. The resident may answer the call by lifting the handset and communicate with the visitor. The resident can grant access to the visitor to get into the Lift lobby by pressing the dedicated
Tt c cc thit b v cc ph kin c vn chuyn n cng trng s phi l mi v c nh du cc ph kin v vt t. 21.1.3 S CHN LA Tt c cc thit b, vt t, ph kin c s dng s thch hp cho vic s dng trong iu kin nhit v mi trng m thch hp vi khu vc u xe. c tnh rng nhit khng kh s tng ln 45 oC v m s tng ln 100%. Bi bn cc k cao v cc thit b c th b phi di nh sang mt tri ln n 70oC.
21.1.4 TIU CHUN Tt c cc thit b, vt t v tay ngh s tun theo tiu chun Anh c chp thun. Tt c cc b phn lp t s tun theo cc lut nh c hiu lc v cc yu cu ca a phng. 21.2 HOT NG CA H THNG Khi khch n li vo chnh ca khu chung c, ni m s gim st an ninh l trch nhim ca nhn vin bo v. Bo v s gi cho ch nh thng qua in thoi bo v. in thoi trong cn h tng ng s chung bo cho ch nh. Ch nh tr li in thoi bng cch nht tai nghe v ni chuyn vi bo v. Cuc gi s t ng ngt khi tai nghe c li v tr c.
Khch vo snh thang my chnh v nhn nt gi cho cn h t bng gi ca. in thoi gi ca bn trong cn h s pht m thanh (khc vi m thanh t in thoi bo v gi ln) thng bo cho ch nh v hnh nh ca khch s hin ln trn mn hnh in thoi. Ch nh tr li in thoi bng cch nht tai nghe v ni chuyn vi khch.
Ch nh c th chp nhn cho khch vo thang my bng cch nhn vo nt m ca trn in

8/7
release button on the audio/video intercom unit. Simultaneously, a voltage free contact will be sent to the Door lock and open the door of lift lobby. There shall be two-way communication between the visitor call panel and the Apartment intercom set, the visitor call panel and the guard unit at the Guardhouse, the guard unit at the guardhouse and the apartment set, the guard unit at the Guardhouse and visitor call panel. Each lobby call panel should have its own speech path within its own tower block. Calling of the apartment intercom unit from the visitor call panels or guard unit shall be via a programmable 4-digit code number. The system shall be able to operate normally, even if one or more of the apartment video intercom unit is left "off-the-hook". The system shall be interfaced with the Security Card Access Control System to control the opening/ closing the main door and of the Passenger Lift doors by the residents. Notwithstanding the above performance
thoi gi ca trong cn h. Ngay lp tc, cc rle s gi tn hiu n kha ca v m kha ca snh thang my.
y c hai ng lin lc gia bng gi ca v in thoi trong cn h, bng gi ca v in thoi bo v, in thoi bo v v in thoi trong cn h, bng gi ca v in thoi bo v.
Mi bng gi ca s c kh nng tng tc vi ch trong khi nh . Cc cuc gi ti cc in thoi cn h hay in thoi bo v s thng qua cc s c ci t l 4 s. H thng vn c th hot ng bnh thng nu mt hay nhiu in thoi cn h b kt phm.
H thng s c giao tip vi h thng kim sot ra vo iu khin vic ng/ m ca chnh v ca thang my t ch nh.
Mc d c tha mn cc tiu chun k thut, nh thu cng phi trnh cc c tnh hot ng chi tit v cc chc nng bao gm catalog k thut cho h thng in thoi gi ca bao gm cc in thoi bo v, bng gi ca, in thoi trong nh,
Specifications, the tenderer is to submit detail operation facilities and functions c/w relevant technical catalogues for Audio/Video Intercom System including guard unit, visitor call panel, apartment unit set, etc.. 21.3 SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT The proposed Audio/Video Intercom System shall consist but not limited to the following :a) GUARD UNIT Compact in design, suitable for table top or flushmounted and shall be equipped with the following features or components and all other necessary accessories :i) 16 x 2 character alphanumerical LCD display
21.3 DANH SCH THIT B H thng in thoi gi ca c cung cp s bao gm nh khng gii hn cc thit b nh sau:a) IN THOI BO V L loi tch hp thch hp cho vic trn bn hay treo tng v s c cc tnh nng hay thnh phn v tt c cc ph kin cn thit :-
i. Mn hnh LCD hin th 16 x 2 k t v c th kt

8/7
and ability to link up to 10,000 Audio/Video intercom inputs. ii) Display of code of the user called/calling, keeping calls not dealt with in the memory. Display technical alarms coming from visitor call.
ni n 10.000 ng vo t cc in thoi trong cn h. ii. Hin th cc m ca cuc gi ngi dng, lu cuc gi trong b nh. iii. Hin th bo ng t cc cuc gi ca khch.
iii)
iv) The indicator shall be clearly visible under normal lighting condition. A buzzer sound shall activate whenever a call is made and a blinking light with the apartment unit number calling shall flash on the LCD indicator. v) A master handset for voice communication between security personnel and apartment unit. The call shall automatically disconnect when handset is replaced and LCD indicator cease to be lighted. vi) Any calls from the residents shall be stored in a memory so that the Guards can contact the residents immediately after a previous communication. The memory shall store up to 20 calls. vii) An auto-switching to communicate with the apartment unit without interfering with the existing conversation between entrance intercom and the apartment unit respectively. viii) To transfer calls from one station to another from the guard unit. This function shall be able to be disabled. ix) Able to receive and differentiate between normal calls and emergency or alarm calls from the apartment intercom units or visitor call panels. The LCD screen shall display the code number of the initiating party and indicate whether it is a normal, panic or emergency call. x) The programming of the audio/video intercom system shall be able to be done via the guard unit.
iv. Hin th r rng trong iu kin nh sng bnh thng. m hiu s kch hot khi c mt cuc gi c thc hin v nhy n cng vi s ca cn h thc hin cuc gi trn mn hnh LCD.
v. Tay nghe cho vic lin lc bng ging ni gia nhn vin bo v v cn h. Cuc gi s t ng ngt khi tai nghe b xung v n hin th LCD c sng ln.
vi. Bt k cuc gi no t cc cn h s c lu vo trong b nh v th nhn vin bo v c th lin lc n ch nh ngay lp tc sau khi nhn c cuc gi. B nh c th lu c 20 cuc gi. vii. T ng chuyn lin lc vi cn h m khng cn giao tip vi cuc m thoi hin hu gia in thoi li vo v cn h tng ng.
viii. C th chuyn cuc gi t in thoi ny n in thoi khc t in thoi bo v. Chc nng ny c th c b. ix. C th nhn v phn bit gia cuc gi bnh thng v cuc gi khn cp hay cuc gi bo ng t cc in thoi trong cn h hay t bng gi ca. Mn hnh LCD s hin th s ca phn chnh thc v hin th ci no l cuc gi bnh thng, bo ng hay khn cp.
x. Chng trnh ca h thng in thoi gi ca s c th lp trnh thnh qua in thoi bo v.
b) VISITOR CALL PANEL The visitor call panels shall be housed in a compact and sturdy die-cast aluminium housing, and suitable for recessed mounting and equipped with the following :i) Speaker unit with double amplifier, control of the two volumes, watertight loudspeaker and electric microphone. Digital call module. Complete with LCD 2 rows x 16 digit display, 12 push-button panel illuminated from the rear, reassurance tone for push-button pressed and illuminated text display for "enter" and "engaged" modules.
b) BNG GI CA Bng gi ca s c bc kn bng v nhm, thch hp cho vic gn m tng v c bao gm cc thit b nh sau :-
i) Loa vi khuch i i, iu khin hai m lng, chng thm v microphone.
ii)
ii) Module gi s. Bao gm LCD 16 x 2 k t, 12 nt nhn phn quang, pht m khi nhn v hin ch cc module nhp v module ang s dng.
iii) High quality vandal proof audio-video module with 1/3" CCD Colour TV camera, infra-red illumination LED, integrated lighting, Pan and tilt function with a swivel angle of + 20 and sensitivity of not less than 0.3 lux. iv) Panic signal and user technical alarms to guard unit. v) Programmable configuration vi) "Engaged" conversation system. mode system for system
o
iii) Module m thanh hnh nh cht lng cao vi camera mu 1/3 CCD, n hng ngoi, n tch hp bn trong, chc nng quay v qut vi gc quay + 20 v nhy khng nh hn 0.3 lux.
o
iv) Gi tn hiu bo ng v bo ng ngi dng sai k thut n in thoi bo v. v) Lp trnh cho cu hnh h thng.
to
indicate in the
when
vi) Ch bn s hin th khi cuc gi tm thy trong h thng c chn.
occurring
selected
vii) Internal circuity shall be protected against overloads and short circuits. Upon calling an apartment intercom unit, the camera shall be switched on automatically and the 'infa-red LED lights up. If the call cannot get through, the 'engaged' text display appears. However after the resident presses the release button on the intercom unit, the 'enter' text display should appear. Communicating at the visitor call panel shall be a hands-free operation. The visitor shall be able to contact the guard unit for any assistance, from any visitor call panel. c) APARTMENT AUDIO/VIDEO INTERCOM
vii)Cc mch in bn trong c bo v qu ti v ngn mch. Trong lc c cuc gi n in thoi cn h, camera s t ng kch hot v n hng ngoi sng ln. Nu cuc gi khng thc hin c, dng ch ang bn s hin ln. Tuy nhin sau khi ch nh nhn nt m trn in thoicn h, dng ch hin th nhp vo s xut hin. Lin lc ti bng gi ca s hot ng.
Khch c th lin lc trc tip n in thoi bo v nu cn t bt c cc bng gi ca. c) IN THOI TRONG CN H

8/7
SET Each apartment shall be equipped with an colour Audio/Video Intercom unit. Each intercom unit shall be flush-mounted and equipped with the following:a) Buzzer b) Condenser speaker c) Conversation button on handset d) High image quality colour liquid crystal surface-mounted monitor e) Main entrance door release button with LED indicator. f) Push button with LED indicator for homing Private/Passenger Lift to ground storey and Basement Level to enable visitor to enter Passenger Lift. Microphone and dynamic
Mi cn h s c trang b mt in thoi mu.
Mi in thoi trong cn h s l loi treo tng v c trang b cc chc nng sau :a) Pht m hiu. b) Micro v loa
c) Nt nhn v tai nghe m thoi. d) Mn hnh mu cht lng hnh nh cao.
e) Nt nhn m ca chnh vi n LED hin th.
f)
Nt nhn vi n LED hin th cho vic a thang v tng trt v tng hm cho khch vo thang my.
g) Video brightness/contrast control h) Electronic call volume adjacent i) Interfacing with electromagnetic entrance lock Guard unit call button
g) Chnh c sng/ ti ca hnh nh. h) Chnh m lng cuc gi. i) Giao tip c vi kha ca in t.
j)
j)
Nt nhn gi in thoi bo v.
k) 4 additional push buttons for additional services l) Chime shall be different for a visitor call, door bell call, guard unit call and a general alarm.
k) 4 nt nhn thm cho cc dch v cng thm.
l)
m bo s khc i vi cuc gi t khch, cuc gi t nt nhn chung, cuc gi t bo v v bo ng.
SECTION 22 CAPACITY BANK
MC 22 T B
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 22 CAPACITOR BANK
MC 22 T B
22.2 INTRODUCTION
22.1 GII THIU Phn ny bao gm cc cng vic thit k, cung cp, vn chuyn, lp t, kim tra chy th ca h thng t b chng xung in. H thng t b chng xung in phi c thit k c bit v ng gi nng cao h s cng sut c thc hin bi mt b iu khin b vi x l chuyn dng m cc bin php h s cng sut h thng, so snh n vi mt h s cng sut t mc tiu v tip sinh lc cho cc t in thng qua mt b iu khin thyristor cung cp tm thi chuyn i min ph.
22.1.1 This section covers the work for the design, 22.1.1 supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of Transient Free Reactive Power Compensator. The Transient-Free Reactive Power Compensator shall be of specially designed and packaged for the improvement of the power factor performed by a dedicated microprocessor controller which measures the system power factor, compares it to a set target power factor and energize the capacitors via a thyristor controller providing transient free switching.
22.1.2 The switching of the capacitor units shall be of 22.1.2 S chuyn i ca cc n v t c nng ng, phn ng nhanh min ph thit k dynamic, fast response transient free design, capable of compensating variation 1 second. reactive power thong, c kh nng b cng sut phn khng s thay i 1 giy.
22.1.3 The system shall be designed with reactor to shift 22.1.3 H thng ny c thit k vi cc l phn ng thay i tn s cng hng trnh the resonance frequency to avoid resonance condition as a result of changes in ratio of capacitance and inductance in the distribution system. tnh trng cng hng nh l kt qu ca nhng thay i trong t l in dung v in cm trong h thng phn phi.
22.1.4 The system shall be able to perform 3-phase 22.1.4 H thng s c th thc hin giai on 3-o measurement and compensate on the average result. lng v bi thng v kt qu trung bnh.
22.1.5 The system shall have the scanning mode feature 22.1.5 H thng c cc tnh nng ch qut vi thi gian qut l 10 pht phn phi vic s with a scanning period of 10 min to distribute the usage evenly among the capacitor groups. dng ng u gia cc nhm t in.
22.1.6 The system shall have self-diagnostic that will be 22.1.6 Cc h thng c trch nhim t chn on s c thc hin mt ln trong mt ngy v thi carried out once in a day and the timing shall be gian s c quyt nh bi b iu khin decided by controller based on the reactive power of the load. Controller shall alarm/indicate through display to the user if kVAr capacity of a group is decreased by 30, and the system shall disconnects the defective group, and resumes normal operation. da trn cng sut phn khng ca ph ti. Controller s bo ng / ch thng qua mn hnh hin th cho ngi dng nu kVAr nng lc ca mt nhm c gim 30, v h thng s ngt kt ni cc nhm khim khuyt, v h s hot ng bnh thng.
22.1.7 User shall be allowed to set the power factor to 22.1.7 Ngi s dng c php thit lp cc yu t sc mnh c bi thng da trn max be compensated based on max or min. hoc min.
MC 22 T B
Min. Maintain minimum even if its capacitive.
Min. - Duy tr ti thiu ngay c khi l in dung.
Max. Maintain maximum even if its inductive. 22.1.8 The kVAR ratings of the equipment shall be according to the Specification, the equipment schedule and the Specification Drawings. 22.1.9 The system shall include all components, cabling, control equipment, operator interface, microprocessors, semi conductors, fuses, circuit breakers and support systems as required to provide a fully functional system. 22.2 STANDARDS 22.2
Max. - Duy tr ti a ngay c khi l quy np. 22.1.8Vic xp hng kVAR ca thit b s c tun theo k thut, tin cc thit b v cc bn v k thut. 22.1.9 H thng bao gm tt c cc linh kin, dy cp, thit b iu khin, giao din iu hnh, b vi x l, bn dn, cu ch, b phn ngt mch v h thng h tr theo yu cu cung cp mt h thng y chc nng. TIU CHUN
22.2.1 The Reactive Compensation equipment shall be 22.2.1 Cc thit b phn ng bi thng phi c designed in compliance with Electromagnetic thit k ph hp vi tiu chun tng thch Compatibility standard; EN50081-2, EN 50082-2, in t; EN50081-2, EN 50082-2, IEC 1000IEC 1000-4/5. 4/5. 22.2.1 The RPC equipment shall meet the safety 22.2.1 Cc thit b RPC phi p ng cc tiu chun standards of EN 501010-1/EN 50439-1. an ton ca EN 50439-1 501010-1/EN.
22.3 SUBMITTALS
22.3 TRNH
22.3.1 Manufacturers product data sheets for Capacitor 22.3.1 Cc nh sn xut sn phm d liu t cho T Banks, overcurrent protection devices, automatic Ngn hng, qu dng thit b bo v, t ng power factor regulators, harmonic filters, etc. iu chnh in yu t, b lc sng hi, vv 22.3.2 Dimensioned layout and elevation drawings 22.3.2 Kch thc tng b tr v cao bn v th showing the capacitor banks, housekeeping hin cc ngn hng t in, tm lt v sinh, v pads, and support locations and types. a im h tr v cc loi. 22.3.3 One line diagram showing capacitor ratings, 22.3.3 Mt ng biu hin th xp hng t in, thit b bo v qu dng xp hng, lugs cp, overcurrent protection device ratings, cable lugs, o sng mn hnh, tn ni nhn dng, v kch metering displays, identification nameplate, and thc clip cu ch. fuse clip sizes. 22.3.4 Wiring diagrams. 22.3.5 Installation instructions. 22.4 WARRANTY 22.3.4 S dy dn. 22.3.5 Hng dn ci t 22.4 BO HNH
MC 22 T B
22.4.1 Provide warranty with the Employer named as 22.4.1 Cung cp bo hnh vi ngi ch tn l ngi beneficiary for Reactive Power Compensators as th hng cho cc phn ng in specified in Section 01000, General. Compensators theo quy nh ti Mc 01000, Tng. PRODUCTS 22.4.2 ENCLOSURE SN PHM 2.1. RO CHN Ro chn phi l thp tm. B mt phi c ph bng bt epoxy. Mu sc phi l mu m, theo tiu chun RAL 7032.
2.1.1. The enclosure shall be of steel sheet material. Its 2.1.1. surface shall be coated with epoxy powder. The colour of the enclosure shall be gray, according to colour code RAL 7032. 2.1.2. The enclosure shall be designed to withstand an 2.1.2. operating ambient temperature of 40 degrees C and not less than minus 10 degree C. The enclosure front panel and top panel shall be fitted with vent holes designed for proper air circulation and ventilation.
Chung phi c thit k chu c nhit mi trng xung quanh hot ng ca 40 C v khng thp hn 10 C. tr i pha trc vy Cc bng iu khin v bng iu khin hng u s c trang b cc l thng hi c thit k lu thng khng kh thch hp v thng gi.
2.1.3. The enclosure shall be designed to meet the 2.1.3. Ro chn phi c thit k p ng vic bo v s xm nhp ca IP43 theo tiu chun ingress protection of IP43 in accordance to IEC IEC 529. 529 standard. 2.2. THE CONTROLLER MODULE 2.2. CC MODULE CONTROLLER 2.2.1. B iu khin s c th o v hin th, h s cng sut, nng lng hot ng, cng sut phn khng, cng sut biu kin, tn s, giai on hin nay, trung lp hin nay, giai on ti giai on in p giai on hin nay,, in p trung tnh v pha cho giai on in p. 2.2.2. B iu khin s c da trn mt b x l tn hiu k thut s. N bao gm mt mn hnh hin th LCD. 2.2.3. Cc module iu khin c chc nng t chn on ch nhm tht bi ca t in. 2.2.4. Cc n v iu khin c kt hp vi cng giao tip RS485/232 giao din cho php o t xa v kim sot.
2.2.1. The controller shall be able to measure and display; power factor, active power, reactive power, apparent power, frequency, phase current, neutral current, phase to phase current, phase voltage, neutral voltage and phase to phase voltage.
2.2.2. The controller shall be based on a Digital Signal Processor. It shall include a LCD display Screen.
2.2.3. The controller module shall have self-diagnostics functions to indicate the failure group of capacitor. 2.2.4. The controller unit shall incorporate with RS485/232 interface communication port for remote measurement and control.
MC 22 T B
2.3.
SWITCHING MODULE
2.3. CHUYN MCH MODULE 2.3.1. Cc module chuyn i s bao gm cc trng thi rn chuyn i cc yu t c kh nng cung cp nng ng phn ng, nhanh chng chuyn tip chuyn mch min ph. 2.3.2. Cc module chuyn mch phi c thit k ch chuyn i 'v' v 'OFF' cc n v t in trong t in hin nay khng vt qua. Cc module chuyn i phi c kh nng cung cp ng thi chuyn i mt vi bc ca t in m khng cn bt k s tr hon gia mi bc. 2.4. T / CUN CM MODULE Cc t in c tn tht thp (0.25W mi kVAr) loi c tnh t cha bnh v qu p tear-off cu ch. Cc yu t t cho cc mng 400V s c nh gi 440V + 10% i ph vi iu ha v hn th. Cm ng s c xy dng vi mt s mt mt nhiu lp tr thp ca li st vi khong cch khng kh chnh xc kim sot v ba cun dy ng, giai on theo IEC 831-1/2. Cm ng s c ng gi vi cch in H lp.
2.3.1. The switching module shall consists of solid state switching elements capable of providing dynamic, fast response transient free switching.
2.3.2. The switching module shall be designed ONLY to switch ON and OFF the capacitor unit during capacitors current zero crossing.
2.3.3. The switching module shall be capable of 2.3.3. providing simultaneously switching of several steps of capacitors without any delay between each step. 2.4. CAPACITOR/INDUCTOR MODULE
2.4.1. The capacitors shall be of low loss (0.25W per 2.4.1. kVAr) type with self-healing properties and overpressure tear-off fuse. 2.4.2. The capacitor elements for 400V networks shall 2.4.2. be rated at 440V + 10% to cope with harmonic and over-voltage. 2.4.3. The inductor shall be constructed with a 2.4.3. laminated low hysteresis loss of iron core with precise controlled air gaps and three phase copper windings according to IEC 831-1/2. 2.4.4. The inductor shall be encapsulated with class H 2.4.4. insulation.
2.4.5. The inductor shall be designed to prevent 2.4.5. Cm ng s c thit k ngn chn hin hi ha t hng-de vic thc hin cc t in. harmonic current from de-rating the performance of the capacitor. 2.4 OPERATOR CONTROLS AND INTERFACE 2.4 TON T V IU KHIN INTERFACE
2.4.1 Two mode LCD screen with 5 selection push- 2.4.1 Hai ch mn hnh LCD vi 5 la chn pushbuttons. nt. 2.4.2 Parameters available for display: 1. 2. Power factor (Load side) Power factor (Source side) 2.4.2 c sn hin th cc thng s: 1. H s cng sut (ti ph) 2. H s cng sut (Ngun ph)
MC 22 T B
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 2.5
Load current (Three phase) Source Current (Three phase) Capacitor Current (Three phase) System frequency Phase voltage Line Voltage Real power Reactive power (Load side) Reactive power (Source side) Reactive power (Capacitors) Apparent Power (Load side) Apparent Power (Source side) %THD Voltage %THD Current DESIGN
3. Ti hin thi (ba pha) 4. Ngun hin ti (ba pha) 5. T hin ti (ba pha) 6. H thng tn s 7. Giai on in p 8. ng dy in p 9. Thc quyn 10. Cng sut phn khng (Load bn) 11. Cng sut phn khng (Ngun ph) 12. Cng sut phn khng (t) 13. R rng Power (Load bn) 14. R rng Power (Ngun ph) 15. THD% in p 16. % THD hin ti 2.5 DESIGN Cht bn dn in vi thyristor hoc cng ngh tt hn s c s dng, m chuyn sang cc dng AC iu chnh sn lng nng cao h s cng sut. Thi gian p ng khng c di hn 1 giy. Phn ng b in phi c kh nng bi thng khng cn bng 3-pha cng sut phn khng.
2.5.1 Power semiconductors with thyristor or better 2.5.1 technology to be used, which switch into the AC lines to modulate output to improve the power factor. 2.5.2 Response time must not be longer than 1 second. 2.5.2
2.5.3 Reactive Power Compensator must be able to 2.5.3 compensate unbalanced 3-phase reactive power.
.2.5.4 Microprocessor topology to control the operation .2.5.4 of the power converter. 2.5.5 Fuses: Current limiting type, rated breaking 2.5.5 capacity 100kA minimum, to IEC 60269. 2.6 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Vi cu trc lin kt kim sot cc hot ng ca b chuyn i in. Cu ch: Hin ti hn ch loi, nh gi kh nng vi phm 100kA ti thiu, IEC 60269.
2.6 HIN TRANSFORMERS Nm 2.6.1 cho php o cng sut phn khng chy ti mi im quy nh ca khp ni ph bin. 2.6.2 Loi toroid.
2.6.1 Located to allow measurement of reactive power flowing at each defined point of common coupling. 2.6.2 Toroid type. 2.6.3 Three current transformers per compensator mounted on each phase. 2.6.4 Size according to full load current of connect load.
2.6.3 Ba bin hin nay mi b c gn trn tng giai on. 2.6.4 Kch thc theo ti trng ti ton hin hnh ca kt ni.
22/5
MC 22 T B
2.7
FACTORY TEST REPORTS
2.7
NH
MY
TEST
BO
CO
2.7.1 Test full current and voltage while functioning as a power factor correction device to assure compliance with equipment specifications defined herein.
2.7.1 Kim tra ton hin hnh v in p trong khi hot ng nh thit b in mt s iu chnh yu t m bo ph hp vi thng s k thut thit b xc nh y.
PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION
PHN 3 THI HNH 3,1 INSTALLATION 3.1.1 Ci t theo hng dn ca nh sn xut in. 3.2 LNH VC QUN L CHT LNG 3.2.1 Theo 16.950 mc, in kim tra v kin ngh ca nh sn xut. 3.3 SN XUT DCH V 3.3.1 Nh sn xut ca i din: Hin ti trang web hoc lp hc ch bi v, i vi ngi ti thiu-ngy lit k di y thi gian i li, khng bao gm: 1. 1 ngy c h tr ci t v kim tra. 2. 1 ngy cho cc chc nng v hiu sut th nghim v hon thnh cc chng ch ca Nh sn xut thch hp lp t ti mi a im xy dng. 3. 1 ngy cho o to sau khi ng ca nhn vin tuyn dng ca. 4. 1 ngy cho o to cn b ca Hng bo tr v hot ng. 3.3.2 Xem Phn 01640, sn xut ca dch v v mc 01810, Thanh tra, kim tra, v C s hnh th. 3.3.3 Cung cp Giy chng nhn Nh sn xut ca cc ci t thch hp. 3,4 B SUNG 3.4.1 B sung c lit k di y, sau
3.1.1 Install in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.2.1 In accordance with Section 16950, Electrical Testing and manufacturers recommendation. 3.3 MANUFACTURERS SERVICES
3.3.1 Manufacturers representative: Present at site or classroom designated by S.O., for minimum person-days listed below, travel time excluded:
1. 2.
1 day for installation assistance and inspection. 1 day for function and performance testing and completion of Manufacturers Certificate of Proper Installation at each construction site. 1 day for post-startup training of Employers personnel. 1 day for training of Employers personnel for maintenance and operation.
3. 4.
3.3.2 See Section 01640, Manufacturers Services and Section 01810, Inspection, Testing and Facility Commissioning. 3.3.3 Provide Manufacturers Certificate of Proper Installation. 3.4 SUPPLEMENTS
3.4.1 Supplements listed below, following END OF

MC 22 T B
SECTION, are a part of this Specification.
"KT THC PHN", l mt phn ca k thut ny. Data 1. B sung: Hot ng ha lc Data Sheet (s).
1.
Supplement: Sheet(s).
Active
Harmonic
Filters
MC 22 T B
SECTION 23 TESTING & COMMISSIONING MC 23 KIM TRA V NGHIM THU H THNG
J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd SECTION 23 TESTING & COMMISSIONING
MC 23 KIM TRA & NGHIM THU H THNG
23.1
GENERAL
23.1
GII THIU
23.1.1 DESCRIPTION This section sets out the basic requirements for the testing and commissioning of the entire Electrical Installation. The Contractor shall be responsible for the complete and thorough testing and commissioning of the system/equipment installed and to bring into safe and reliable operation the entire Electrical Installation. All instruments, materials and labour necessary for the tests shall be provided by the Contractor. 23.1.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLY All materials and equipment supplied and installed under this Contract which fail the test shall be replaced or rectified by the Contractor and further tests shall be carried out. 23.1.3 TESTS BY LICENSED TESTING ENGINEER ELECTRICAL
23.1.1 M T Hng mc ny cho nhng yu cu kim tra v nghim thu ca tan b cng vic lp t h thng in. Nh thu phi c trch nhim cho tan b v xuyn sut trong sut qu trnh vn hnh v nghim thu h thng hoc thit b c lp t nhm a vo vn hnh tan b h thng an tan. Tan b thit b v vt t cn thit cng nh nhn cng cho vic vn hnh v nghim thu phi c cp bi nh thu.
23.1.2 CUNG CP VT T V THIT B Tt c cc vt t v thit b c cung cp v lp t theo hp ng, cc thit b vt t vn hnh b li phi c thay th hoc sa cha bi nh thu v thc hin nhng kim tra.
23.1.3 VIC KIM TRA THC HIN BI K S CHUYN MN Tt c vic kim tra lp t cc thit b v vt t theo m t ca hng mc ny s c thc hin theo ch dn ca in lc a phng ( hoc nhng ngi c giy php cho vic lp h thng in h th L.V) 23.1.4 GHI CH Nh Thu phi thng bo Qun l k thut k thut v k hach kim tra v nghim thu ca thit b cng nh h thng t nht l 7 ngy trc khi thc hin. 23.1.5 GHI NHN Nh thu phi thc hin ghi nhn tt c cc kim tra theo ch dn trong hin ti v phi tha mn yu cu Qun l k thut. Nhng bo co vit cho cc kim tra s c trnh bn sao bi Nh Thu cho Qun l k thut trong vng 7 ngy sau khi han tt vic kim tra hng mc
All tests on installation, equipment and materials as described under this Section shall be conducted by Local Power Company (or appropriate grade of Licensed Electrical Worker for L.V. installation). 23.1.4 NOTICE The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his programme to test and commission the equipment and systems at least seven (7) days before actual execution. 23.1.5 RECORDS The Contractor shall make records of all tests which shall be conducted in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Written reports of the results of all tests etc. shall be submitted in duplicate by the Contractor to the Engineer within seven (7)
23/1
days of completion of such tests. 23.2 L.V. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 23.2
. L.V H THNG IN H TH
23.2.1 TESTING The Contractor shall be responsible for the testing of all switchboards, sub-main cabling, final sub-circuits, earthing, etc. Generally, tests shall include but not be limited to the following :a) Insulation resistance and continuity tests. b) Operation of protective gear circuits and system faults circuits sensitivity and stability c) Earthing system tests d) Phasing out and polarity tests e) Correct operation of interlocks, tripping, closing circuits and indications f) Effective bonding of earth terminals in metal enclosures of all light fittings, switches and socket outlets and sensing equipment for checking
23.2.1 KIM TRA Nh thu phi c trch nhim kim tra tan b cc thit b ng ct, cp in, h thng ni t, v.vNi chung vic kim tra khng bao gii hn cc hng mc sau:
a) Kim tra cp cch in v kim tra thng mch. b) Vn hnh mch bo v v mch li h thng cho vic kim tra n nh v nhy. c) Kim tra h thng ni t.
d) Kim tra phn pha v phn cc. e) Kim tra vn hnh kha lin ng, ngn mch, mch ang ng v ch hin th. f) Hiu qu vic hn ni t tt c cc v bc kim lai cho cho cc thit b n v cm.
g) Measuring accuracy
g) o v phn an s chnh xc ca thit b.
h) Any other tests as required under British Standard and/or IEC Standard or as required by the Engineer. 23.2.2 PROTECTION RELAY SETTING The Contractor shall be responsible for the calibration and setting of all protection systems. All settings shall then be permanently marked on the control equipment. All calibration procedures shall be properly recorded. 23.2.3 TYPE TESTS AND BATCH TEST The Contractor shall submit Type Test and
h) Bt k nhng yu cu kim tra theo tiu chun Anh v/hay tiu chun IEC yu cu hoc yu cu ca Qun l k thut. 23.2.1 CI T R LE BO V Nh thu phi c trch nhim cho vic xc nh v ci t cho tt c h thng bo v. Tt c ci t s c c nh trn thit b iu khin. Th tc xc nh cho thit b phi c ghi nhn mt cch chnh xch.
23.2.3 KIM CHNG LAI V VN HNH Nh Thu s trnh lai kim tra v chng nhn
Test Certificates issued by recognised Testing Authorities on specific equipment as stated in this Specification. Prescribed Articles as specified by BS/IEC standard shall be batch-tested and bear approved labels. 23.2.4 AUTHORITIES TESTS The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements including paying any fees incurred for all tests required by the relevant Authorities. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the tests are scheduled to avoid delay in the turn-on and overall completion of the project. All instruments shall have been recalibrated within three months of the start of Commissioning or testing. Calibration of all instruments shall be certified by the instrument manufacturer or an approved calibration agency. Copy of the certificate shall be submitted for review and record. 23.3 H.V. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The following tests shall be made on site during and on completion of erection of the switchgear. All tests shall be carried out by the Contractors Licenced Electrical Testing Engineer :20.3.1 GENERAL TESTS a) CURRENT CARRYING AND EARTHING CONNECTION All primary conductors and conductors used for the earthing system shall be checked to ensure full clamping pressure is applied to all contact surfaces and that all bolted connections are tightly secured with lock washers. Flexible connections shall be checked to ensure that sufficient slack is available for expansion.
kim tra v chng nhn kim tra bi n v Kim Tra c thm quyn trn k thut ca thit b ghi nhn trong ti liu k thut. Nhng hng mc quy nh bi tiu BS/IEC s c kim tra vn hnh v dn nhn chng nhn.
23.2.4 KIM TRA CA N V CHC NNG Nh thu s lm tt c cc sp xp cn thit bao gm vic tr ph cho tt c yu cu kim tra ca n v chc nng lin quan. Trch nhim ca nh thu phi m bo vic kim theo ng tin trch tr hn vic bn giao tan b d n.
Tt c cc thit b s c chng nhn kim tra li trong vng 3 thng k t ngy bt u kim tra v nghim thu. Vic kim tra cc thit b phi c chng nhn bi nh sn xut thit b hoc n v kim tra chp nhn. Sao chp mt bn chng nhn kim tra cho vic xem st v ghi nhn.
23.3 H THNG IN TRUNG TH Nhng cng vic kim tra sau y ti cng trng n lc han thin lp ghp cc thit b ng ct. Tt c cc kim tra s c thc hin bi nh thu in c cp php chng nhn.
23.3.1 KIM TRA TNG QUT a) TRUYN IN V NI T
Tt c cc dy dn chnh v dy s dng cho ni t s c kim tra m bo rng vic p lc ni c thc hin cho tan b b mt tip xc v cc bu-lng ni c ni chc chn vi ming kha m. Ni mm s c kim tra m bo mm do sn sng cho vic m rng.
b) SECONDARY WIRE AND CIRCUITS All wiring shall be checked against wiring diagrams provided by the Contractor. Tests shall be made to ensure the continuity of each wire. c) OPERATION TESTS The operation of trip and closing devices, mechanism motors, etc. shall be checked. d) BATTERY TESTS Battery units shall be checked and tested for correct output voltage and proper functioning of charging equipment. 23.3.2 COMMISSIONING TESTS FOR SWITCHGEAR a) LEAKAGE TEST ON SF6 GAS CHAMBERS All chambers containing SF6 gas under pressure shall be tested for leakage by an approved method. b) MECHANICAL OPERATION TESTS All circuit breakers shall be tested for satisfactory performance by subjecting it to the mechanical operating tests as follows:i) Electrical closing and opening operation test at maximum, minimum and rated DC supply voltage. Motorcharging operation test shall also be tested at minimum AC supply voltage. ii) Manual operation cycle (ON and OFF test). All disconnectors and earthing switches shall be tested for satisfactory performance and subjected to the mechanical operation test as follows:The English language version prevails SECTION 23/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT
b) DY V MCH NH TH Tt c cc dy s c kim tra theo s nguyn l c cp bi nh thu. Vic kim tra c thc hin m bo rng mi tuyn dy phi c thng mch. c) KIM TRA VN HNH Vic vn hnh ng, ngt cc thit b, ng c, v,v.. s phi c kim tra tan b. d) KIM TRA BNH LU IN Bnh lu in s oc kim tra m bo in p ng ra ng v chnh xc theo chc nng st in ca thit b. 23.3.2 KIM TRA V VN HNH TH THIT B NG CT a) KIM TRA VIC R R GA SF6. Tt cc khoang cha kh SF6 di p lc s c kim tra cho vic r r ga bi nhng phng php c chp thun.
b) KIM TRA VN HNH C KH Tt c cc thit b ng ct phi c kim tra cho vic tha mn chc nng bi yu cu cho vic kim tra vn hnh c kh theo cc yu cu sau: i) Kim tra vn hnh ng v ct in ti in p ti a v ti thiu. Kim tra vn hnh ng c st s c kim tra in AC p thp nht.
ii) Vn hnh tun han bng tay (kim tra chc nng BT v TT). Tt c cc tip im v im ni t s phi c kim tra t yu cu v chc nng v nhim v cho vic kim tra chc nng c kh s nh sau :
23/4
i) Operating cycle (ON and OFF) test.
i) Vn hnh tun han bng tay (kim tra chc nng BT v TT). ii) Vic gn v ly ra cc thit b ng ct cho v tr rin l nh yu cu c m t trong ti liu k thut.
ii) Inserting and withdrawing of circuit breaker to various positions as specified in specifications. the technical
c) MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK TESTS The correct operation of the mechanical & electrical interlocks shall be checked. d) CONTACT RESISTANCE TEST The contact resistance of each pole of the main circuit breaker shall be measured with 100 amps DC in accordance to BS 5311: 1988 Specification for high-voltage alternating current circult-breakers and/or IEC standard. The resistance measured in the closed position shall not exceed 1.2R where R is the resistance measured during the corresponding type test. e) SI TEST Relays shall be tested for accuracy and compliance with BS 142 Electrical protection relays requirements by the secondary current injection method. f) RELAY OPERATION AND TRIPPING TESTS All relays shall be operated to assure the correct tripping of circuit breaker. g) SECONDARY WIRING TESTS The insulation of the secondary wires and circuits shall be checked with an insulation tester.
c) KIM TRA VIC KHA LIN NG C IN Vic vn hnh chnh xc ca thit b ng ngt lin ng c kh v in phi c kim tra. d) KIM TRA BN TIP IM bn tip im chnh ca mi cc ca thit b ng ngt phi c o vi 100 amps DC theo tiu chun BS 5311 : 1988 Ti liu k thut cho Thit b ng ngt xoay chiu trung th v/hay tiu chun IEC.
Vic o bn ti v tr ng s c thc hin khng qu 1.2R, R l bn o c trong sut qa trnh kim tra chc nng chnh ca thit b ng ct. e) KIM TRA SI R-le s c kim tra chnh xc v tun th theo tiu chun BS 142 Yu cu rle Bo v bi phng php dng nh th v/hay tiu chun IEC. f) KIM TRA KH NNG VN HNH V NGT S C Tt c cc rle c vn hnh phi m bo kh nng ngt chnh xc ca n. g) KIM TRA Vic cch in ca dy th cp v mch s phi c kim tra bng thit b kim tra cch in.
h) SUPERVISORY CONTROL SYSTEM The complete supervisory control system inclusive of accessories and wiring shall be checked by simulation and insulation tests. i) PI TEST All protective systems shall be tested for correct current transformer ratio, polarity and relay operation by the primary current injection method. j) POWER FREQUENCY VOLTAGE TESTS The complete switchgear shall be subjected to a power frequency voltage withstand test of 46kV (2X rated voltage + 2kV) for one minute in accordance with the test method specified in BS 5463 : 1977 Specification for high voltage switches on BS 5227 : 1992 Specification for a.c. metal enclosed switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above 1kV and up to and including 53kV and/or IEC Standard. 23.3.3 POWER CABLES a) D.C. PRESSURE TEST Test voltage shall be applied between conductors and between conductors and the sheath for a duration of 15 minutes. The test voltage shall be 50kV applied to the core under test with all other cores earthed. b) INSULATION TEST Megger test shall be carried out immediately before and after pressure test to measure the insulation resistance between conductors and between conductors and the sheath. 23.3.4 CONTROL CABLES
h) H THNG IU KHIN GIM ST H thng iu khin gim st bao gm thit b v dy phi c kim tra s tng thch v cch in.
i) KIM TRA PI Tt c h thng bo v phi c kim tra t l bin dng, phn cc v vn hnh rle bi phng php kch dng s cp.
j) KIM TRA TN S IN P Cc thit b ng ct phi c phi c kim tra kh nng chu c xung in p 46kv (2Xin p + 2KV) theo tiu chun v phng ph kim tra ca tiu chun BS 5463 : 1977. Tiu chun k thut cho thit b ng ct trung th, BS 5227: 1992 Ti liu k thut cho dng xoay chiu, v kim lai cc thit b ng ct in p trn 1KV n in p 53KV v/hay tiu chun IEC.
23.3.3 CP NGUN a) KIM TRA P LC D. C in p kim tra gia dy v v trong thi gian 15 pht. in p kim tra phi t 50kv p dng cho cc li kim tra vi tt c cc li ni t khc.
b) KIM TRA KH NNG CCH IN Kim tra mega ohm s c thc hin ngay tc khc trc v sau khi kim tra ng sut m bo kh nng nang cch in ca gia dy v dy v dy v t.
23.3.4 CP IU KHIN
Megger tests shall be carried out to measure the insulation resistance between conductors and between conductors to earth. 23.3.5 CURRENT AND VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS a) CURRENT TRANSFORMER
Kim tra mega ohm s c thc hin do mc cch in gia dy v dy v dy v t.
23.3.5 MY BIN DNG V BIN P
a) MY BIN DNG Vic phn cc dng in phi c kim tra dng nh mc 100%. b) MY BIN IN P Cc vic kim tra sau y phi c thc hin ti cng trng. i) Kim tra phn cc ii) Kim tra th t pha. 23.3.3 R Le I.D.M.T.L Kim tra h thng mch th cp s c thc hin trong qu trnh nghim thu. a) KIM TRA C TNH NG M Vi vic ci t c thit k cc thng s, kim tra t tnh vn hnh s c thc hin trn rle ti thi gian nh trc tng ln 10 ln thi gian ci t.
The polarity and spill current shall be tested at 100% rated current. b) VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
The following tests shall be carried out on site:i) Polarity Check ii) Phase sequence test 23.3.6 I.D.M.T.L. RELAYS The following secondary injection tests shall be carried out during commissioning:a) OPERATING CHARACTERISTIC TEST With the plug setting at the designed value, the operating characteristic test shall be carried out on the relays at unity time multiplier for a current up to 10 times of plug setting. b)TIME MULTIPLIER TEST With the plug setting at the designed value and with an injection current at 210% of plug setting, the operating time at time multiplier setting at 0.2, 0.5 and 0.8 shall be tested. c) PICK UP CURRENT With the plug setting at the designed value, the minimum current at which the relay disc starts to rotate shall be measured.
b) KIM TRA A NNG Vi vic ci t c gi tr c thit k vi dng in a vo 210% dng ci t, thi gian vn hnh ti thi gian kim tra mc 0.2, 0.5, 0.8
c) DNG IN NH Vi vic ci t cc thng s c thit k, dng nh nht ti r-lay lc lm cho r le tc ng phi c o.
Primary injection shall be carried out to verify the operation of each relay at all likely type of faults as prescribed by the Engineer.
Dng in s cp a vo s phi c thc hin xc nh kh nng vn hnh ca mi rle cho tt c cc lai tng t ca cc lai nh c yu cu ca Qun l k thut. 23.3.7 KIM TRA IN P CAO / THP MY BIN TH Vic kim tra c thc hin cc cng vic sau, nhng khng gii hn: a) Kim tra bn ngai ti cng trng m bo khng b h hi hay va p trong sut qu trnh vn chuyn v lp t. b) Tt c cc im u ni phi c u ni chnh xc. c) T s my bin p
23.3.7 H.V./L.V. TRANSFORMER TESTS
Tests to be carried out shall include, but not be limited to, the following:a) Physical inspection on site to ensure that no damage have been incurred during transportation and installation. b) All connections correctly. c) Transformer ratio have been made
(on
all
tappings)
measurements. d) Insulation tests. e) A.C. pressure test on windings and installations. Type test certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer for vetting. 23.3.8 PHASING TEST The Contractor shall be responsible for phasing tests on the H.V. and L.V. switchboards after turn-on. d) Kim tra cch in e) Kim tra ng sut A.C trn cun dy v kh nng cch in Cc giy chng nhn kim tra phi c trnh cho Qun l k thut xem xt. 23.3.8 KIM TRA CC PHA Nh thu phi c trch nhim cho vic kim tra cc pha H.V v L.V ca thit b ng ct sau khi chuyn sang ch bt.
23.4
REPEAT TESTING REPORT
AND
SITE
TEST 23.4 KIM TRA KH NNG LP LI V CC BO CO KIM TRA TI CNG TRNG. Nu theo yu cu chnh nh r rng ca Qun l k thut cho vic thc hin li kim tra (vd kim tra kh nng vn hnh c hc), nh thu phi thc hin cc yu cu kim tra cho n ln cui cng khi t c kt qu yu cu ca Qun l k thut. Tt c cc vic kim tra c lit k trn s c thc hin bi nh thu chuyn nghip.
If at the discretion of the Engineer, certain tests need to be repeated (e.g. mechanical operation test) numerous times, the Contractor shall be required to carry out these tests until such time as the Engineer is satisfied with the results. All tests as listed above shall be conducted by the Professional Engineer. Satisfactory
test reports shall be submitted to Power Grid for the recording/approval with copies (3 sets) to the Engineer prior to the scheduled turn-on of the supply.
Nhng bo co t yu cu c trnh ln li in Quc Gia cho vic ghi nhn va chp nhn vi bn sao (3 bn) gi cho Qun l k thut thc hin tin ng in.

ELECT (Combine All)

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ELECT (Combine All)

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS

DESIGN AND BUILD INCLUDING TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND MAINTENANCE OF

RIVIERA POINT PROJECT

FORM OF TENDER (NOT IN USE) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

PART 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

3.2 THNG S NH MC Nhng gi tr ca my ct s tun theo cc thng s nh sau : in p nh mc : S cc : Tn s :

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

Rated impulse withstand voltage to earth and between poles :

in p xung kch chu c gia pha vi t :

in p tn s nh mc gia in p v ni t v gia cc cc chu ng trong 1 pht : 50 kV Dng nh mc ca CB : 400/630 A

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/2

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/3

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

bng cch in.

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/6

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

M t sc : 85 - 110% in p nh mc Cun dy ng : 85 - 110% in p nh mc Cun dy ct : 70 - 100% in p nh mc

Nhng tip im ph c s dng tng v tr ring ca CB khi c ng hay m.

Mch ng ct phi c cu ch bo v cho mi cc v ring r vi nhau v vi nhng mch khc.

Thit b cch ly s lin kt vi nhng tip im t

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

sp xp, tip im c nh, d dng kim tra trong cng tc bo tr.

Trong thit k s c nhng plug v cm cch ly t sp xp c lp t cho tt c cc mch ph.

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/8

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

c) ng CB vo v tr hot ng tr khi nhng tip im ph c sn sng.

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/9

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

Khi nhng b phn cung cp c lp ring r, mi ci s c lp bng mt u ni t khng nh hn 35mm.

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/10

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

trc ca phn c nh c sp xp theo cng th t cho ring tng ci cng loi.

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

c im ca CT, nh ng cong t ho ca mi loi bin dng phi c xem xt v ng .

a) in p h thng : 22 kV 3 phase 50 Hz b) in p ln nht : 24 kV c) T s bin p : 22 kV/110 V

d) in p ng ra mi pha : 200 VA e) chnh xc : Class 0.5 for o m

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

Voltage Factor : 1.2 continuously & 1.5 for 30 sec

H s in p :1.2 lin tc & 1.5 for 30 sec

Cu ch ca s cp ch c tho ra khi V.T hon ton c ko ra khi v tr c cch ly

Loi cch in cho V.T v dy l loi F.

S u ni n nhng cng tc cch ly chnh s c

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

Dng in ct ngn mch nh mc : 25 kA R.M.S.

J. Roger Preston Vietnam Co., Ltd

thit k sao cho d dng v sinh.

The English language version prevails SECTION 3/RIVIERA POINT SPECS/ELECT

u tin s dng ting Anh khi c tranh chp 3/16